U.S. LIBRARY OF CONGRESS. LEGISLATIVE REFERENCE SERVICE. SOCIAL AND CULTURAL PROBLEMS IN WARTIME. (Bibliographies of the World at War No. VIII) Supplement No. 2 THE LIBRARY OF CONGRESS- LEGISLATIVE REFERENCE SERVICE ■SOCIAL Ail) CULTURAL PROBLEMS IN WARTIME (March-May 1943) Selected and Annotated Bibliography Washington, D. C. 1943 PREPACK These "Bibliographies of the World at War" are periodical cumula- tions of a weekly annotated index of material relating to the war in its various aspects. This material comes into the Library of Congress and into some of the Departmental and specialized libraries in Washington. It represents a selection from several thousand periodicals, books and pamphlets. In making the selection, emphasis is placed on the economic and social aspects of the war effort, since, the current index is prepared as a joint project of the National War Agencies and the Library of Congress. Increasing emphasis is placed on the impact of the war upon political con- ditions and institutions. Stress has always been laid upon postwar problems. Highly technical engineering, military, and medical articles and books are not covered. The cumulations as a whole have been brought together under ten subject divisions, noted below. The basic cumulation covered the first year of the project, from April 1, 1941, to March 31, 1942. The first supplement covered the nine months from the first of April 1942, to the end of the year. Supplement No. 2, herewith, covers January through May 1943. The titles of the separate emulations indicate roughly the coverage of each of the bibliographies. I. Political Developments and the War» II. Agriculture in a War Economy. III. Natural Resources and Raw Materials. IV. Industry in Wartime. V. Labor in Wartime. VI. Economics of War. VII. Civilian Defense' VIII. Social and Cultural Problems in Wartime. IX. Conduct of the War. X. Postwar Planning and Reconstruction. (Bibliographies of the World at War Mo. ViII) Supplement No, 2 • THE LIBRARY OF CONGRESS LEGISLATIVE REFERENCE SERVICE SOCIAL AND CULTURAL PROBLEMS IN WARTIME (March-May 19A3) Selected and Annotated Bibliography Washington, D. C. 1943 SOCIAL AND CULTURAL PROBLEMS IN WARTIME Supplement No. 2 CONTENTS • BIBLIOGRAPHIC NOTE 2 PART ONE: REFERENCE MATERIALS I. BIBLIOGRAPHIES, YEARBOOKS, AND MANUALS 3 PART TWO: SOCIAL AND CULTURAL CONDITIONS » II. GENERAL 4 A. Population Trends 4 B. Social Trends 6 III. THE UNITED STATES AND TERRITORIES 10 IV. LATIN AMERICA 12 V. EUROPE 17 A. Great Britain 17 B. Russia 19 C. France 22 D» Germany.. 23 E. Other Countries. 25 VI. AFRICA 28 VII. ASIA 30 A. Far East (General). 30 B. China 31 • C. Japan 34 D. India » 35 E. Australia and New Zealand. 36 PART THREE? SOCIAL GROUPS VIII. RACIAL AND NATIONAL GROUPS 38 A. Inter-racial Relationships 38 B. Citizenship Problems 39 C. Aliens and Refugees 40 , D. Japanese 44 E. Jews; Cultur al Development; Zionism; Anti-Semitism. 47 F. Negroes..... 52 G. Other Groups 54 IX. WOMEN .' 54 A. The United States ,...54 B. Other Countries......... 57 X. CHILDREN.. 58 A. The United States, 58 B. Other Countries..... 64 XI. YOUTH.... .' .65 A. The United States....... 65 B. Other Countries 68 , PART FOUR:SOCIAL PROBLEMS XII. PUBLIC WELFARE 70 A. General. 70 B. Social Legislation 71 C. Social, Agencies a Social Welfare.. 76 D. Housing. 79 E. Recreation .81 F. Liquor Control 82 XIII. PUBLIC HEALTH. 83 A. Gonoral 83 B. Food arid Nutrition.. ..88 C. Sanitation 95 D. Mental and Nervous Diseases....'...... 96 E. Venereal Diseases. 98 F. Hospitals..... 100 G. Doctors and Nurses 101 XIV. MORALE 106 XV. PROPAGANDA 109 XVI. CRIME AND DELINQUENCY .5 113 ' PART FIVE: SOCIAL INSTITUTIONS XVII. THE FAMILY 116 XVIII. THE COMMUNITY AND COMMUNITY PLANNING 119 XIX. LAW UNDER THE IMPACT OF WAR 122 XX. RELIGION 125 A. Nazism and Christianity 126 B. Religion, Churches and the War 127 C. Missions 132 D. Religion and Reconstruction 133 XXI. EDUCATION 136 A. Role and Function in Wartime 136 B. Curricula and Methods: Civilian Schools; Schools armed forces.146 C. Adult, Consumer and Vocational Education 156 D. Administration, -Hnance, Community Relations (in Guidance- and Counsel lin&.).. 161 E. Control of Education in Occupied Countries ’...172 F. Vicory Corps and Other Mobilization Measures.--. ................ 173 G. Physical Fitness Programs. 1$ 2 H. Teaching Materials ...... 18&- PART SIX; ARTS AND SCIENCES IN' WARTIME XXII. LIBRARIES 18ft •am. THE SCIENCES AND THE WAR 189 XXIV. ARTS UNDER THE IMPACT OF WAR • 196 XXV. EFFECTS OF THE WAR ON LANGUAGE 197 XXVI. LITERATURE IN WARTIME. ....197 avil. THEATRE AND MOTION PICTURES 199 BIBLIOGRAPHIC NOTE This issue' of Bibliographies of the World at War, No VIII, Social and Cultural-Problems, supplements two earlier numbers on the same topic, and’ covers' the first five months of 1943. The increase of materials over that in previous issues is noteworthy. ■ The'most’marked increases occur with respect to material on Russia, Africa, Latin’America, aliens and refugees, women and children in the United States, social legislation and other topics under public welfare, and food and nutrition;‘' Some rearrangement »f material under the subject heading of Education has been made. There has been a division of items on curricula and methods, on the basis of those in use in civilian schools and those in schools of . the armed services. ‘Some new headings have been added: Control of Education in Occupied Countries; Teaching Materials; and Physical Fitness Programs. Material closely related to certain aspects »f topics included here will bo found in other numbers of the series; Political Backgrounds of the War (No. l); Propaganda and civil • ■ liberties. Industry in Wartime (No. IV); Housing f»r war workers. • Labor in Wartime (No. V): Child labor. • Economics of War (No. IX): hent control and cost of living. • ‘ Conduct of the War (No.’ IX)': Rod Cross and U.S.O. , chaplains, military hospitals and doctors, military morale and recreation. * SOCIAL AND CULTURAL PROBLEMS IN WARTIME PART ONE: REFERENCE MATERIALS I. BIBLIOGRAPHIES, YEARBOOKS AND MANUALS 1 Adventure in Reading; Sixteenth Series, by Dale Spearman and Walter Spearman. University of North Carolina Library Extension Publication, Chapel Hill, Jan. 1943, v. 9, no. 2, 46 p, A guide to reading on contemporary problems, including abstracts of books, and reference bibliographies. Includes chapters on the friends we fight with, the foes we face, America in other wars, poetry in wartime, after the war - what ?, and numerous other subjects. 2 Selected War-time Bibliography. BULLETIN OP THE NATIONAL ASSOCIATION OF SECONDARY-SCHOOL PRINCIPALS (Washington), Feb. 1943, v. 27, no. 112; 95-100'. A list of references on wartime secondary education under the follow- ing headings; Courses of study, social studies, pre-flight training and pre-induction, youth and manpower, wartime opportunities, gen- eral, and wartime films. 3 Source List of War-Related Publicity Materials. ALA BULLETIN (American Library Association, Chicago), Feb. 1943, v. 37, no. 2; 42-46. A selected list of materials available free or at small cost from national organizations and government agencies. Lists posters, exhibits, photos, diagrams and charts, radio scripts, and speakers’ bureaus. 4 The Thousand Million. II. 3. Office of War Information, Dec. 1942. Washington, U. S. Govt. Print. Off., 1943. 49 p., illus., map. Brief stories about each'of the United Nations. Includes the text of the Atlantic' Charter' and the Declaration by the United Nations of Jan.,1, 1942. 5 U« S.. Government Publications and the War; A Selected List, part 2, by Carl H. Melinat. BOOKLIST (Chicago), Dec. 15, 1942, v. 39, no. 7; 153-175. Annotated bibliography issued as k supplement to the Booklist. 6 World War Information, by Margaret I. Rufsvold. BULLETIn OF THE SCHOOL OF EDUCATION. (Indiana University, Bloomington,) Jan. 1943, v. 19, no. 1; lT-125, An annotated list of current books and' pamphlets for teachers, stu- dents and adult discussion groups, published by the Bureau of Coop- erative Research and Field Service, Indiana University. Contains material on bae-kgrounds and progress of the war, understanding our allies and our enemies, the role of the civilian, civilian health, - consumer education, scientific information for war, occupations for war, education in wartime, and postwar planning. Tells how to obtain these materials. P. RT TWO: SOCIAL ATI) CL-LTURAL COIDIT IONS II* GEHK.-AL A. ■o;.PULA?ION TIcT:iTI>3 7. Germany.’s Deportation Policy in Eurooc, by Dr, E. Taborsky, CKMTHAL EUROPEAN fm SERVER (London), Jan, 22, 1943, v,20, n, 2; 27-28,chart, Discusses methods used by Germany in deporting; Germans v/ho work and live in other European countries, 8 Immigration in the United States; a Selected Last of Recent References• Compiled by Anne L, Baden, under the direction of Florence 3. Bellman, Chief Bibliographer, 11,3. Library of Congress. Washington, 1943, 94p, (Mimeo,) Includes sections on history, crime end the immigrant, importation, restriction, statistics, nationalities, refugees, citizenship and naturalization, , 9 Internal migration and the War, by Henry 3, Shrvock, Jr, ‘ JOURNAL OP THE AMERICAN STATISTICAL ASSOCIATION(Washington, D. c.) March 194.’ , v, 38, no, 221:16-30, Examines data gathered by various groups including the U, S« Bureau of the Census showing the net in-migration for cities states and regions. Explains the relation of estimated civilian population change to the determination of the in-migration and out-migration figures. Concludes that retention of large wartime gains in population will depend mostly on the resiliency of the area’s economy, 10 Migration and the War in Eastern Asia, by Bruno Lasker, WORLD ECONOMICS ( ashington), Jan, 1943, v. 1, nos. 1-2; 43-56 Discusses the effect of the war unon migration in Eastern Asia and possibilities of oostwar migration of that region* 11 Migration Problems in Australia, by dmund de S, Brunner. '.'•ORLI) ECOj ’Oi IC ( ashington), Jan,1943, v,l, no* .2: G4-69, Discusses the factors that should be taken into account in considering possible postwar migration into Australia, ‘12.. migration, u*S* Population Shifts Resulting from, the , ar, oy‘Philip I.-:* Hauser,* a LRICAV" G S ASSOCL-T10D fRTELY ( 'ew York), larch 1943, v,25, no. 3:87-90 Considers population shifts on a divisional and state basis, in the metropolitan counties in the Northeastern, the North Central, Southern, ’and estern regions of the United States, and discusses the permanence or transiency of these population shifts. . II. GENERAL (Gont.'v) 13. national Defense Migration, Final Report of the Select Committee Investigating National Defense migration. House of Representatives. 77th Congress, 2nd sess, pursuant to F. Res. 113. A resolution to Inquire Further Into the Interstate Migration of Citizens, Emphasizing the Present and Potential Consequences of the Migration, Caused by the National Defense Pro grain. Jan. 1943. ashington, U, S. Govt. Print. Off., 1943. 24 p. (U.3. 78th Cong. 1st sess. House. Reoort.) 14. National Defense Migration. Hearings Before the Select Committee Investigating liatioanl Defense igration. House of Representatives# 77th Cong,, 2nd Sess. Pursuant to H. R, 113# a Resolution to Inquire Further into The Interstate Migration of Citizens, Emphasizing the and Potential Consequences of the igration Caused by the National Defense Program, 1ashington, U. S. Govt. Print, Off., vii,p,9969-10233* ’ ( 15. Peculation Booms in Virginia’s Ports, by Lor in A. Thompson. CO-J OP-R.LYE (Richmond), Dec. 1042, v,9,no.12; 19-22. Growth of the Hampton Roads area s recorded by the Population Study of the Virginia State Planning,Board, Describes housing and community facilities to meet expanded wartime needs, 16.. Population Dislocation in Eurooe, by Irene ?,, Taeuber. ORLD LCF i!0mICS(.. ashington), Jan,1945, v.l, nos. 1-2:30-42 Reviews incidents op tranamigration of peoples in Europe before 1959 and the effect upon the people. Discusses the possibilities and limitations of mi ration us a solution to postwar problems. 18 Preview of the Postwar Generation. FORTUNE (T|ew York), ■ Parch 1943,v.27,no.3:116-117,130,132# 135-136,138,140, 142,charts. Gives statistics on births and marriages in the United States. Discusses the decline in the birth rate in the United States* 17 Preferential Draft Treatment for Young . .arried ion, by Dr. Constantine Ranunzio. SCIENTIFIC FONTLEY (ashington), April 1943,v.56,no.331:307-308 Indicates that the United States is in danger of a lowered birth rate if married men between the ages of twenty-two to thirty-six continue to be drafted. 19r The Prosoccts of International '’igration—III. BULLETIN OF INTERNATIONAL NEWS .(London), Jan. 9, 1943, v.20, no.l: 8-13* Considers the probable development of emigration from Europe and its future effects, taking account of both economic and nolitical factors. II. GENERAL ('Cont.) 20, State Settlement Laws Delay Victory; Settlement Lams 0 cess ary Accessary to Secure Full ar Production, by J. Howard KcGrath, Governor of Rhode Island. STATE GOVERNISENT (Chicago), Feb. 1943 v.lG,no.2:31-33. rgues that settlement and residence restrictions arc unsuited ,, , .to a, ’modern dynamic industrial society.* Discusses Rhode Island legis- lation which, has made- „ . ,. - ,, v . * assistance in case of need possible for im.grones in or out of the‘state* 21 The War end the movement of Population in- Palestine* DU* LET IN (Economic Research Institute of the Jewish Agency for Palestine, ■ Jerusalem), 1942, v.8, no. 2: 30-32, tables. Summarises and interprets population statistics for 1941. 22. airtime Migrations..• A Problem for the Commonwoalth, by Carrington Shields. VIRGINIA PUBLIC ■ • LlViUh (State Dept, of Public clfare, Richmond), Nov. 1942, v.20,no.11:1, 3-4, illus* Gives' statistics on the extent of the migration of defense- workers to various bounties and cities of Virginia. Sketches the social problems resulting in such con-unities as Hamp- ton' Roads, Portsmouth, Alexandria and Arlington, and tells of steps being taken in cooperation with Federal agencies to meet these proclems. 23. . hither Population? movement of Peoples Brought on by' ar Conditions Has Lasting Effect Upon the Organization and Functions of Government, by hilliam Fielding Ogburn. 3T TL GOVLLivIENT (Chicago), Feb. 1943, v.13, no.2:27-28,38-41, illus. Sketches the copulation shifts due to wartime conditions. Tables show the civilian population growth and loss by states April 1, 1940 to Kay 1, 1942; population gain in certain metropolitan areas, and population loss in certain metropolitan areas, 1940-1942. Indicates the effect on local government# 24. V ill wartime Population Shifts ,Be Permanent? by Philin E. Hauser. REV IS. OF THE SOCIETY OF RESIDENTIAL (Chicago), April 1943, v.9, no.4:3-5,13# Analyses migration shifts in the United States during the war and predicts possible changes in the postwar period. 3. Social Trends 25 Address by Lord_Halifax, BALTHORS (Baltimore Association of Commerce, Baltimore, lM,), .Doc. 1942, v. 36, no. 3: 9-12.,.. ..... Text ,,of ah address'delivered by the, British Ainbassador to the United States before the,.Maryland Branch of the. English-Speaking Union, December 7, 1942 reviewing the events, of 1942, the present war situation, axis propaganda and the minorities issue. II GENERAL (Cont.) 26. The Annual Register; A Review of Public Events at Home and Abroad for the Year 1941, edited by M, Epstein. London, Longman’s, Green, 1942. xii, 478 p. Chronicles the most significant political and military events both at home and abroad. Contains a review of literature, art and science in 1941, also chapters on finance and commerce, law and public documents. 27 . (Democracy and the Ur.-) La Democracia y la Guerra, por el Dr. Mariano Garcia Villas. REVISTA (El Salvador, Ministcrio de Instruccion Publica, San Salvador), July-Dee. 1942, v. 1, no. 3+4; 141-144. Outlines the legal and philosophical basis of democracy by contrasting it with totalitarianism. 28 Diagnosis of Our Time; Wartime Essays of a Sociologist, by Karl Mannhei^i. London, Kegan Paul, 1943. 179p. (International Library of Sociology and Social Reconstruction), Says that Britain has the chance and the mission to develop a new pattern of society. These essays develop the theme in relation to democratic planning, the sociological function of youth in modern society, edu- cational problems, and Christian values, 29. The Facts About Our Enemies and Allies, A Quarter-Year Broadcast Series of the University of Colorado. Boulder, Colorado. 1942’. 75p. (Numbered by Sections)(Mimeo.) (Bibliog.) This series, which has appeared previously in separate issues, is de- signed to give facts of current importance about the various nations engaged in the world war. Each broadcast is made by an expert in the field under discussion. 30 The Fear of Freedom, by Erich Fromm. London, Kegan Paul, 1942. xi, 257 p. (International Library of Sociology and Social Reconstruction) A psycho-analysis of the social scene. Holds that the rise of democracy, liberating man from traditional authority, has produced a sense of isolation which he seeks to escape from,, by blind devotion to a leader. 31 France and Germany. NINETEENTH CENTURY AND AFTER (London), Dec. 1942, v. 132, no. 790; 241-251. Considers the course of the war up to Nov. 17, 1942 and the philosophi- cal and psychological positions of France, Germany and Britain. 32. Freedom; Its Meaning, by Benedette Grace, Charles A. Beard, [and others], London, George Allen and Unwin, 1942. The meaning, the history, and the future of "Freedom” are discussed by nineteen distinguished modern thinkers. 33* The Freedom to Bo Free, by James Marshall, New York, The John Day Co., 1943. 277 p. Views the democratic faith as an expression of constructive psyochologi- cal attitudes and as an attempt to achieve moral ends. Considers its function in combating the throats of centralized government in the local sphere by means of cooperatives and labor unions. Thinks the same sort of functional agencies, on a world scale, can serve when peace comes. II GENERAL (Cont.) 3R. Human Development in Wartime, by Roy A. Doty. EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH BULLETIN - Ohio State., University, Columbus), Doc. 10, 194-2, v. 21, no. 9: 247-239. The proceedings of a conference held at Ohio State University, June 29- July 3, 1942, concerning health and recreation, child development and family relations, adult education, nutrition; and reading, in war time, 35 The Just Ear of Unjust Nations, .by Edward Hcimann. CHRISTIANITY AND CRISIS (New York), Feb. 8, 1943, v, 3, no. 1: 2-6. Contends that weaknesses of the-democracies gave rise to Hitlerism. Cite unemployment, unsound economic programs for Southeastern Europe, politics .pacifism, imperialism and communism as among these factors. Believes the; the-goal of this war is- to restore the proper use and dignity to human achievements. , 36 Liberty and Happiness, by Alan Shaw. AUSTRALIAN QUARTERLY (Sydney), Dec. 1942, v, 14, no. 4: 86-95. Considers the applicability of democracy to the problems of contemporary ’ society, and the relation of freedom to democracy, 37- Man in the Ljght of the, war, by -James Luther Adams. CHRISTIAN CENTURY (Chicago), March’3,. 1943, v. 60, no, 9: 257-259. Discusses human nature and criticizes the logic of the pacifist. Be- lieves that war and human nature are not inextricably bound together, that the insecurity, the frustration, the anxiety, the cleavages, the brutality of our civilization have brought on this war, and that we need a new meaning that will give direction to the life about us. 38. The March•of Freedom for,the Common Man, by The Hon. Henry A. Wallace. ARMY AND NAVY.^JOURNAL (Washington, D.C.), Dec. 7, 1942, v. 80, no. 15: 18, 161. ‘ Reviews the age-old seeking for freedom and traces it to the Bible where emphasis is laid on the dignity of the-individual. Says democracy is the only true political expression of Christianity. 39- Social Problems., by S. Natarajan. London, Oxford University Press, Sept, •1942, 31p. (Oxford Pamplets on Indian Affairs, no. 7) Discusses the'- caste system, the status of women, > .nd the problems of •industrialization in India, 40. (Spiritual Unity of the .World.-), La Unidad Espiritual del Mundc, (by) Stefan Zweig. CURSOS Y CONFERENCIAS (Buenos Aires), Jan. 1942, v, 20, no, ’ 10: 1033-1045. Contends that it is the intellectual's obligation to hold to this ideal despite the war. ■ 41 Synthetic Elements of War, by I, J. Alexander. New York, The Mocking Bird Press, 1943. 5Op. Part I treats of the "Elements of War." Part II discusses the socio- . logical ideas involved in the war. ... II GENERAL (Cont.) 42. That "Quart of Milk” Thunderbolt, by Gorhem Munson. CHRISTIAN CENTURY (Chicago), Dec. 30, 1942, v. 59, no. 42: 1623-1624. • Urges the use of propaganda to acquaint the world with-the possibility of an era of abundance following a victory by the United Nations. 43 To Strengthen, Not to Compromise A Study in the Conflict of Ideologies, by Everett W. Hall. SOCIAL SCIENCE (Menasha, Mis.), April 1943, v. IB, no. 2. 61-6?. Presents the thesis that since the groat initial military successes of the Axis have helped us to discover the weaknesses in our own military machine, their ideological successes in developing a strong loyalty in their followers, may indicate certain ways by which our own democratic faith may be strengthened. 44- Victory or Vested Interests?7 by G. D. K, Cole, Harold Laski, George Orwell, Mary Sutherland, Francis ,'illiaras, London, George R0utlodge, 1942. 97p. Essays covering such topics as: private ownership and war production, individual liberty and maximum efficiency, women’s part in the national effort, and the community and the war cffo'rt. 45. What Price Freedom; and Other Essays, by Frederick W. Reed, Boston, Bruce Humphries, 1942. 194p. Ranging in theme from Labor in a "Changing Morid" to "Wisdom, and Aar," . these essays analyze the significant facts of democratic life during the past century. 46 What Price. Victory? by John A. McAfee. PRESBYTERIAN TRIBUNE (Utica), Jan. 1943, v. 58, no. 4: 14-15. Fears’the brutalizing eff. ct of war upon the men in the armed forces. 47 What the Ear Is Doing to Us, by Edwin E. Aitto. REVISE OF POLITICS (Notre Dame), Jan. 1943, v. 5, no. 1: 3-25. Discusses the effect of the war on our economy, government, and society. 48 What This War Is Not and What It Is, by Fulton J. Sheen. CURRENT RELIGIOUS ’THOUGHT (Oberlin, 0)Feb. 1943, v. 3, no. 2: 14-16. Analyzes the war from a theological point of view and concludes that this war is not just .of a political and economic nature as that would imply a ■ a concern only for the means of living. Believes that the war is rather for the ends of living or the spiritual betterment of man. 49 Why Democracy Must Wgn, by J. Gordon Baker. EDUCATIONAL FORUM (Neyj Y0rk), May 1943, v. 7, no. .4: 383-390. Discusses the spiritual aspect of democracy and his belief in the the ultimate-triumph of democracy as a form of government because of its rooted trust in human nature and because it offers a plan by which life may become better. 50 (The World and the War;-) El Mundo y la Guerra, por Federico Orsova. REVISTA MILITAR (Bolivia, Estado Mayor General del Ejercito, La Paz), July, Aug. 1942, V. 7, no. 63: 753-756. Analysis of the cultural implications of the present world struggle. III. THE UNITED STATES AND TERRITORIES. 51 Aleutian Islands; A .List of References'.~‘ Compiled- by (Trace Hadley Fuller Under the Direction of Florence-S. Heilman, Chief -Bibliographer. 'Wash- ST Library of Congress, Division of.Bibliography, 1943. 41 p. •. , (Mimeo.) 52 The American System, by Robert Sumners Stockton. MINES MAGAZINE (Denver), Nov. 1942, v. 22, no. 11: 589-594, 606/ Suggests reforms which author believes should be made in the business methods of the American government, reforms to encourage free enterprise and a fair division of wealth with justice to all, reforms in law and order, in the money and banking system of the United States, and in the relations between labor and employer. 53- America’s Role in the New Europe, by Jacques llaritain. COiMuONVEAL (Now York), Feb. 26, 1943, v. 37, no. 19: 462-464. Suggests that the American respect for the dignity of the common man may contribute to American-Europoan cooperation for future progress. 54. The Changing Mind of.America; Effect of the Scrapping of Ideas Upon Our Future,.by Robert P, Crawford. BARRON’S (New Y0rk), March 29, 1943, v, 23, no. 13: 3-4. Discusses various traditional ideas of the American people and the in- fluence the war has had on them. Indicates that new concepts will change the future of American thought and action, 55 Changing the Colonial Climate; the Story, from his Official Messages, of Governor Rexford Guy Tugwell’s Efforts to Bring Democracy to an Island Possession Which Serves the United Nations as a T Jar base. San Juan, F. R., Bureau of Supplies, Printing and Transportation, 1942. 262 p. This selection of Governor Tugwbll’s writings made by John Lear, Coordinator of Public Information, P.1,, tells of his struggle to limit acreage under sugar cultivation and to establish the PRRA (Puerto Rico Reconstruction Administr, .tion. -) 56. Dangers that Lurk Behind Complacency, by Walter Lippmann. THINK (New York), Feb, 1942, v. 8, no. 2; 20-21, 41, photos. Analysis of America’s war effort and attitude showing how the ease of "what we have already done encourages the unawareness, the over- confidence, and complacency” which obstruct mobilization, and the • • extent to which our reserves are a liability, i 5? Democracy by Discussion, by Emory S. Bogardus. Foreword by Chester Williams Washington, American Council on Public -Affairs, 1942. 59p. Suggests simple and workable ways to take the •American people into partnership in the organization of the struggle to save democracy. These methods of organizing include round tables, forums, study groups, . and advanced discussion-groups. ‘ 58. Fantastic Interim;. A Hindsight History of American Manners, Morals, and .Mistakes between'Versailles and Pearl Harbor,- by Henry Morton -Robinson. New York, Harcourt, Brace, 1943* x, 341p. An indictment of American manners and morals in the between-war ora, and a plea that democracy be allowed to function in the life of the people in the future. III. UNITED STATES AND TERRITORIES (Cont.) 59 From Sea to Shining Sea, by James G. Dyett. London, Oxford University Press. 1943. 80p., illus. C0ntains 75 photographs which together with the text show the American people working, playing, governing, worshipping, and fighting. 60 Here is Alaska, by Evelyn Stefansson, with a Foreward' by Vilhjalmur Stefan- sson, with photographs by Frederick Machetanz and others. New York, Charles Scribner's Sons, 1943. 154p., illus. Pictorial discussion of life in Alaska, and of the strategic importance of the territory. 61. The Impact of 'Jar on Personality Organization by Florian Znaniccki. SOCIOLOGY ; ND SOCIAL RESEARCH (Los Angelos), Jan.-Feb. 1943, v. 2?, no. 3: 171-180. Summarizes findings in an investigation of some of the changes which America's participation in the war has produced in the lives of various groups of Americans. Survey was conducted during the second semester of 1941-42, at the University of Illinois. 62. The Now Deal; Interpretation of Its Origin and Nature, by D. Mitrany. AGENDA; A QUARTERLY JOURNAL OF RECONSTRUCTION (London), Oct. 1942, v. 1, no. 4: 296-310. Dpscusscs social end economic changes, social forces and trends, and foreign policy of the New Deal, as well as methods used in achieving the purpose of the New Deal. 63 NQ war whoops, But..., by Charles B, Nilson. THIS LEEK (Boston), Jan. 11, 1943i p. 7, illus. Gives figures on the number of Indians in the Army and on Indian war bond purchases. Relates anecdotes which illustrate Indian Patriotism. 64- Our Responsibilities as Citizens, by Howard TA. Jackson. VITAL SPEECHES OF THE DAY (New York), Feb. 15, 1943, v. 9, no. 9: 264-266. Stresses the importance of winning the war, but suggests that fighting success stems from the competent handling of problems on the home front. Asks that American Citizens continue a system of free enterprise in whici business, industry, capital and labor are supervised by the government. 65. Preserving Democracy: 2. Human Material for Democracy, by Milton Mueldcr. Michigan S+rte C0ilege, East Lansing, Fc-b* 1943, 19 p., illus. (Extension Bulletin 243). Asserts that the quality of human material developed in our citizen- body is basic to the success of the democratic state. Traces pre- Christian, Christian and scientific influences that have affected the democratic concept. . Examines the? Nazi ideology and propaganda and cites the need for unselfishness, flexibility and intelligent leadership at home, 66. Sugar Colony, by Richard Shannon. TOMORROW (New York), May 1943, v. 2, no, 9:4-8, illus. Discusses the sugar monopoly in Puerto Rico and efforts of Governor Tugwell to break it. Pictures economic conditions in Puerto Rico since the war and steps which should be tak-n to make Puerto Rico a function- ing prosperous democracy. •IIL UNITED STATES MUD TERRITORIES (Cont.) 67. This Is Your America, Compiled by Gurdon Simnmns and Ralph Louis Meyer. Illustrations by Lilli..m Shart. New York, Literary Classi.cs, Inc. 1943* 3 v. separately paged. ■ a compilation of articles on many topics by newspaper writers from every section of the United States. These articles reflect the richness of life and joy of living which we have known in the past in contrast with the rapidly changing values in the America of today. 68. Time to Inquire; How Can Ye Restore the Freedom Opportunity and Dignity of the Average Man? by Samuel Crowther. New Join Day Co., 1942. 353p Questions the general social, political, . nd economic values as they exist in the United States today, particularly the "internationalist complex," to which he attributes our being in the war. 69. Voices of Democracy; a Handbook for Teachers, Speakers and writers. Com- piled by Bernard Molohon under the direction of Chester S. Williams Assistant Administrator, Federal Forum Project. U.S. Office of Education. Washington, U.S. Govt. Print. Off., 3-941. 84p. (Bibliog.) (Bulletin 1941? no. 8) A collection of statements .:nd stories on such topics as the four freedoms, civil liberties, life, liberty and the.pursuit of happiness, and other topics. 70 Wanted: /merican Radicals, by James 3. Comint. ATL/JNTIC MDNTHLY (Boston), May 1943? v. 171? no. 5: 41-45. Believes that we should attack the problems of a stratified society with the same radical spirit that our ancestors did. Believes in equality and public education, that the government snould play a much larger role in the modern industrial state, and that state machinery should be set up to see that the returning soldier is retrained and placed in the kind of employment for which his talents are suited. 71. The World 'Viewed Sociologically, by John Eric Nordskog, SOCIOLOGY AND SOCIAL RESEARCH (Los Angeles), March-April, 1943? v. 27, no. k‘ 316-320. Discusses probable food shortages in the United States, the employment of the physically handicapped in war work, the Ruml plan of taxation and the factor of race in the present war. . IV. LATIN AMERICA 72. Agriculture in the Dominican Republic, by Jane Swift Powell. 'Washington, Pan American Union# Feb, 1943. 27 p., Ulus’, (Mimeo.) (Bibliog.) (American Agriculture Series, no. 2). < Pictures the geography, type of agriculture, social nd economic status of the agricultural worker, and the effect of the war on agriculture in the Dominican Republic i • • 73 • The Americans Got acquainted, by Duncan Aikman. JUNIOR RED CROSS JOURNAL (Washington), Jan. v. 19, no. 5' 142-145. Points out some of the things that are being done.in the.United States today to keep and to strengthen the- friendship with the other Americas. IV. LATIN AMERICA (Cent.) 74 The Americas in a Vo rid at War, by William Larger. [Washington] Pan- American. Union, 1942. 13 p. (Processed) Reports on cooperation among the American countries in the military and economic fields and in control of subversive activities. Includes quotations from various Latin American statesmen. 75 Argentina’s Democratic Press, by John T7. White, INTER-AMERICAN (Washington) Jan. 1943, v. 2, no. 1: 10-13, 47. Discusses the various free-spoken democratic newspapers of Argentina and the part they have played in undermining totalitarian rule in Argentina, 76. Brazil; Big Neighbor and Good Friend. U. S. Office of the Coordinator of Inter-American Affairs, 1943. 32p., illus., maps. A brief summary of Brazil's resources, strategic importance, land and water transportation trade, industries and social and political organi- zation, 77 (Canada and Latin America,-) Le Canada et 1'Amerique Latine, by M. T, Irving. AUJOURD'HUI (Montreal, Canada), April 1943, (n.v.), no. 43: .18-22, Points out the similarities between Canada and Latin America and urges the adoption of a policy of economic and cultural collaboration. 78 (Character of the Present War.-) Carater da Guerra Atual, por Octavio Malta. DIRETRIZES (Rio de Janeiro) Oct. 15, 1942, v. 5, no. 120: 9, 20. Discusses*the'political and social aspects of the war, stressing the attitude of Brazil, 79 (A False Religious War.-) Una Falsa Guerra Religiosa, por .Sergio Palma. FUTURO (Mexico, Oct. 1942, (n.v.), no. 80: 16-17, Describes the efforts of "Accion Nacional” and "Navedades" to provoke dissention on the religious question in Mexico, 80 A Free Mind For a Free World, by Charles A, Thomson. DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN .(Washington), Larch 20, 1943, v. 8, no. 195: 232-237. (Publication No. 1904) Sketches forms of cultural cooperation now existing among the American nations. Considers the "cultural imperialism" practiced by the Axis Nations. Suggests that cultural cooperation in the postwar period may develop along four main lines: diffusion and application of technological advances; development of understanding through education; growth of international social•services; development of intellectual exchanges. 81 (Fundamental Problems of Nationality.-) Los problemas fundamentales de la nacionalidad, by Julio Alvarado. K0LLASUY0 (La Paz, Bolivia), July 1942, v. 4, no. 42: 34-42. History of the rise of nationalism in SDuth America and an analysis of the reasons for the failure of the concept to flourish in Colombia. IV. LATIN AMERICA (Gout.) 82. Germans in Latin America, by -Richard F. Behrendt, INTER-AMERICAN( Washing- ton), April 1943, v. 2, no. 4: 19-23, 37. Describe the immigration-• of German people in Latin America, contri- butions of the German to these countries, German studies in the uni- versities, work of German teachers, investigators, and technicians. Makes four suggestions as to how the German propaganda can be counter- cicted • 83 Good Neighbor Deeds in Wartime, by John G. McClintock, BRAZIL (New York), Jan. 1943• 8-12. Dispusses the basic economy program of the Office of Inter-American Affairs which includes provisions for health and sanitation, nutrition and food supply, and emergency rehabilitation. 84> Guide to the Inter-American Cultural Programs of Non-Government Agencies in the United States Compiled for the Use of the Office of the Coordinator of Inter-American Affairs. Washington, Feb. 1943. IBlp. (Processed). A listing of organizations and their programs under 45 classifications. 85. If I Were Nelson Rockefeller, by Manuel Seoane. HARPER'S MAGAZINE (New York), Feb. 1943, v. 136, no. 1113: 312-318. A Latin-American discusses some aspects of the Coordinator's policies toward LatinsAmerica which could be improved. 86. The Inter-American Movement: an Outline. U. S. Office of the Coordinator of Intcr-American Affairs. Washington, D.C., Dec. 1, 1942. 14p. (processed) Deals, with important steps in the development of the inter-American existing international agencies devoted to Inter-American affairs, government agencies in the U. S. concerned with inter-American affairs, problems facing the American republics nov. and in the post- war period, and the role of cultural and social exchange between the various c ountries. 8? tntcr-Amoricanism.-) Inter-Americanism©, por Dr. Rafael Martinez Ibor. ANNUARIO DE 1942, Socicdad Cubaba do Derecho Internacional (Habana), 1942:341-347. Comments on the significance of the spirit of Pan-Afiicricanism in a world at war. 88 The Japanese in Peru, by Antonello Gerbi*ASIA AND THE AMERICAS (New York), Jan. 1943, v. 43, no, 1: 42-46. Discusses the history of Japanese immigration into Peru, the develop- ment of anti-Japanese feeling in Peru during the economic depression, the industrial pursuits of the‘Japanese in Peru, and so forth. 89 The Japanese in South America, An Introductory Survey with Special,Refer- ence to Peru, by J. F. Normano and Ant brio llb- ;0g rbi. Issued under the Auspieccs of the International secretariat, Institute of Pacific Re- lations, in Co-operation with the Latin American Economic Institute, New York, John Day Co., 1943. 135p. . IV. LATIN' AMERICA (COfitu) I 90 Latin America; Its People, Resources, and Share in the War. Exterision of Remarks of Hon; C.'Rabaut of Michigan-, 'in the House of' Representatives, June 30, 1942. 26 p; •(unnumbered)'Hap. -i* * Gives brief answers to the questions most frequently asked by North Americans regarding Latin America, with a view to promoting ’ - good will between the two countries. . .. kM 91 LatIn-American Democracy and Freedom of Worship. CONSOLATION (Brooklyn), March 3, 1943, v, 24, no, 612j 3-10, Reviews the influence of the Catholic Church in South America and comments on the work of the Inter-American seminar for social studies and the recent statement on victory and peace issued by American Cath- olic bishops and archbishops. 92 Life Goes on in Bogota, by Herschel Brickell. INTER-AMERICAN (Washington), Feb, 1943, v. 2, no. 2: 24-26. Shows how,Colombia 1 s largest city has been affected by the war. 93 Meet the South Americans, by Carl Crow, London, Hamish Hamilton, 1942. vi, 350p,, illus. A travelogue on Latin America which depicts the social, economic and political situation of the various countries through the personalities the author meets. Two chapters are devoted to Nazi diplomacy and propaganda. 94 Mexico, Real Neighbor, by Philip Leonard Green. AGRICULTURE IN THE AMERICAS (U.S. Office of Foreign Agricultural Relations, Washington), May 1943, v. 3, no, 5: 88-92, illus. Pictures present-day Mexico, agrarian reform, social legislation, artistic contributions and other developments. Sketches present collaboration with the United States, 95 (Mexico at War.-) Mexico en Guerra, por H, M, Lydenberg. DS'?ENSA (Mexico, D.F.), March 1943, v. 3, no. 21: 44, Impressions of an American concerning the war spirit of the Mexicans. 96 (The Mined .Field..-) Campo Minado,. por Adolfo Lanus. Buenos Aires, Los Establecimientos Graficos Esmeralda, July 10, 1942. 156p. The author considers Argentina to be camp ’mined with explosive Nazi propaganda. He undertakes the mission of clearing away these explosives by setting forth the fallacies of the Nazi philosophy and by examining the legal and moral fundamentals which make democracy the regime of socia.1 dignity. , ■ , . •’ 97 Montevideo Faces Wartime Change,, by Vincent de Pascal and Mario Dupont Aguiar. INTER-AMERICAN (Washington), Jan. 1943, v. 2, no, 1: 17-20. '•■Comments upon-the fact that Uruguay in spite of shortages of luxuries, gas, fuel,, medical equipment, and .other vital materials due to the war, is still the advance guard of South American democracy. Her sympathy is whole-heartedly with the United Nations. IV/ UTIN AMERICA (Cont.) 98. Our Island Hemisphere, by Waldo frank, FOREIGN aFFAIRS (Her; York), April 1945, v. 21, no. 5: 513-523. Outlines a program which will give effect to the basic unity of the Americas and will turn the hemisphere into a stronghold of democracy 99 Outlook in Mexico, by Alberto Rembao. Now York, Friendship Press, 1942. 64p. (Outlook Pamphlets on Latin America). A Protestant Missionary's outlook on Mexico, 100 Pan-American Health, by Glonn Sonnedocker. CROWN (Baltimore), March 1943, v, 32, no. 3* 9, 21,; Sketches the cooperation bping extended by the United States in public health work in Latin America, particularly in the field of malaria control. 101 (Peru and the World Situation,-) El Peru en .el Frente Mundial, por M, Arroyo Posadas, AMERICA (Habana, Cuba), Jan.-Fob, 1943, v, 17, nos. 1-2: 16-24. Discusses the social and political implications of the world conflict and outlines a wartime program of military and economic preparedness for Peru, 102 Progress of Inter-American Health and Sanitation Program, SOUTH AND WORLD AFFAIRS (Chapel Hill, N. C.), Dec. 1942, v. 4, no. 10: 8, 14* Report the organization of a health and sanitation program by Brazilian and United States doctors and sanitary.engineers for the purpose of protecting thousands of workers in the Amazon Valley and mineral areas producing strategic materials for United Nations' war industries, 103 (Public Military Education.-) La Sducacion Publica Militar, por Jose Trinidad Gudino Diaz. REVISTA DSL EJERCITO. ('Mexico, Sstado Mayor Presidenc ial, Mexico D. F.), July 1942, v. 22, no, 4: 85-36. Discusses the.-measures taken by the Presidential High Command to educat the people of Mexico in the problems and obligation arising from the wa 104 (Reason for War.-) Razon de Sor de la Guerra, by J. ?. Aloorta, REVISTA MILITAR (Ejercito de Guatemala, Guatemala City), May-Juno 1942, v, 19, no. 5 and 6: -132-135. - Analyzes the psychological and metaphysical reasons for war and con- cludes that periodical conflicts are inevitable .under natural law, 105 Religious Liberty for Latin America, by Gonzalo Baez-Camargo, CHRISTIAN CENTURY (Chicago), March 3, 1S43, v. 60, no, 9’r 259-261.' Examines the claim that the' work of Protestant Missions in Latin Americ •? has been purely destructives . : 1 . 106. (Report on Public Works, 1942-) Memoria de obrao puBllcas - 1942* fjose Gome’z Bogota, duprenta Naceonal, 1942., . 165 .p., .statistics. Covers road systems, railroads, marine navigation administration of public lands, and public health. IV. LATIN AMERICA (Cont.) 107 Sanitation in Latin-America, by Gordon Li, Fair, ENGINEERING NEWS -RECORD (New York), Feb. 11, 1943, v. 130, no. 6: 127 (210.)-128 (212) Discusses the cooperative wartime efforts of the American Republics , to improve sanitation in Latin America, i 108, Saving Lives an Inter-American Goal, by Dr, Albert R. Dreishbach, BOLIVIA (New York), Nov.-Dec. 1942, v, 8, no, 13: 14-15, Discusses the joint health and sanitation program being followed be- tween the two Americas, 109 The Spirit of Hemisphere Cooperation, by Nelson A, Rockefeller, SATURDAY REVIEW OF LITERATURE;PAN-AMERICANA-A SPECIAL ISSUE (New York), April 10, 1943, v, 26, ho. 15: 4-7, map. Advocates a wide interchange of ideas and ideals through the printed word—books* Holds that cultural understanding will constitute a last- ■ • ing basis for peace. 110 Those Dreadful Argentines.’ by Hubert Herring, INTER-AMERICAN (Washington), March 1943, v, 11, no, 3; 9-13, 46, illus. Seriously questions the indiscriminating hostility of Americans towardc Argentines, Analyzes the attitudes and background of five groups in Argentine life - the wealthy land-owners, the bureaucrats, the middle class, the industrial workers and the farmers. Poses a number of questions as to our economic policy, propaganda and relationships with Argentina, 111. (Traitors of Christianity,-) Traidorcs del Christian!smo, por Rydolf Dostoli-Mollcr. • COMSNTARIOS Y DOCUMENTOS DE La GUERRA (Mexico, D.F.), Jan. 15, 1943, v. 4, no. 72: 714-717. Describes the methods of infiltration used by the Gestapo to undermine the catholic clergy in occupied lands, 112 (The Voyage of Nelson Rockefeller to South America and the Continental Congress of Culture.-) El Viaje de Nelson Rockefeller a Sud-Amorica y el Congr'osso Continental de la Culture, by Pastor del Rio. AMERICA (Habanq Nov,-Dec, 1942, v. 16, nos, 1,2: 1-8, V. EUROPE A, Great Britain 113 The Achievements of the Empire, by King George VI. VITAL SPEECHES OF THE DAY (Now York), Jan, 15, 1943, v, 9, no, 7: 198-199. Christmas broadcast to the British Empire, London, December 25, 1942. 114 Address by the American Ambassador to Great Britain Before the United .... States Council of State Governments, by John G, Winant. DEPARTRIENT. OF STATE BULLETIN (Washington), Jan. 30, 1943, v, 8, no. 188; 93-102. .0 (publication 870) States the unity 'of purpose’which underlies the British civil organi - zation for total war and shows the interrelations between the various measures adopted in regard to labor, taxation, finance, manufacturing and service industries, food and attrition, and social welfare. Finds those policies to'be supported both by employers and organized labor. V. EUROPE-(Cont.) 115 Britain’s Social Revolution Is On. FREEDOM (Pasadena), Feb.-April 1943, v. 2, no, 4: 255-260, Discusses the re-cstablishment of agriculture and the land community as an integral and important part of the national life of Groat Britain 116 Britain Today, by Thomas North, HARVARD BUSINESS REVIEW (Boston),- Spring 1943, v. 21,' no. 3: 291-297. Discusses the attitude of the British people to the goals set forth in the Beveridge report; their adjustment to a changed mode of life; the effect of rationing upon their spending habits; the present equalitaria tinge of British democracy; and the objectives of postwar planning. 117 Change Here for Britain; The Revolution That Is- Happ'bnrng,- by Cecil North- cott. London, Student Christian Movement, Nov, 1942. 126p. An essay in social observation in wartime, based upon the author’s trav els in England, Includes such topics as education for everybody, work, land and leisure, democracy and religion. 118. Colonial Development and Welfare Act, 1940; Report on the Operation of the .Act to 31st October, 1942; Presented by the Secretary of State for the Colonies to Parliament by Command of His Majesty‘February, 1943, London, -H. M, Stationery Off., 1943. 14p, (Gt. Brit, Parliament. Papers by Command, • Cmd. 6422). States the general policy to proceed with the scheme of Colonial deve- lopment, in spite of the war, as rapidly as war-time conditions would allow, 119 England -- Its Civilian Protection and Industrial and Utility Operations ir Wartime, by Davis M. DoBard, ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING (New York)/ Feb. 1943, . v. 62, no. 2: 55-60, Discusses the protective measures taken by English, industries, utilities and civilians, how they have carried on during blitz attacks, and how they have repaired damages after them* Pointing out their spirit and accomplishment,' the writer drafts a’pattern :'or wartime living and working in U. S,'along lines similar to theirs. 120. Plight to England by I,A, R, Wylie, Nov/ York, Random House, 1943. 192p. The author tells of her flying visit to England in the summer of 1942 at the invitation of the British Authorities, Her story constitutes an interpretation of the spiritual values for which England is fighting. 121. ”A Generous Measure of Give and1 Take,” PUBLIC OPINiONf(London), Nov. 27, 1942,. v. 1‘62, no. 4229':. 283. * ‘ Speech’by Sir Stafford Cripps emphasizing*the need for national unity in Groat,Britain, now and after the war, ' ■’ "•* . ; . *; \> 1 122. The Home Front, by H. Baron, •. Introduction by Margaret Colo.' London, V, Gollancz and the* Fabicn Society, L942. 38p. (international Series) Considers general conditions, evacuation, 'production•agriculture, con- ditions of. living,, trade unions and politics in war-time England, • 123 India in the ’ModernWorld:"A British View, by Lord Hailey, FOREIGN AFFAIRS (Nc-w York),,,April 1943, v. (21, no. 5: 401-411, The British concept if the aoionitl problem, particularly as it exists in India. V. EUROPE- (Cont.) 124 Letters from England, Summer 1942 by Margaret Culkin Banning. New York and London, Harper, 1943", 515p,' Letters to her daughter written by an American woman who flew to Eng- land in June 1942, for the purpose of seeing what the war is doing to the women of England, 125 Mrs, England Geeis on Living, by Francos Blackwood, New York, Creative Age Press, 1943. 321 p. The story of the British homemakers who are carrying on in spite of bombs, rationing and shortages of consumer goods, told by an American woman journalist from first-hand observation, 126 Observations of the English in War Time, by Ignacio Matte, JOURNAL OF NERVOUS AND MENTAL DISEASE (New York), April 1943, v. 97, no. 4s 447-463. Describes the psychiatric reaction of the English to the declaration of war, their anxiety in air raids and methods of relaxation from fear. 127 Our Towns—A Close-up, a Study Made in 1939-42 with Certain Recommenda- tions by the Hygiene Committee of the Women's Group on Public Welfare (in Association with the National Council of Social Service) With a Pre- face by The Rt. Hon,’ Margaret Bondfield,.London, Oxford University Press, 1943. 143p. 128 Scotland in Wartime', by Isobel Wylie Hutchison, NATIONAL GEOGRAPHIC MAG- AZINE (National Geographic Society, Washington), June 1943, v. 83, no, 6: 723-743, photos, illus. Detailed story of Scotland 'at war from ‘the ’time that Mr, Chamberlain announced over the air that Britain was at war with Germany, through the 'first air raids by the- Germans, the arrival of Hess, vist of Mrs, Roosevelt and the subsequent happening of the war, to the present, 129 The Temper of British Ideals, by John Laird...Glasgow, Craig A Wilson, Jan. 1943. 51p. (The British Way, no, 2) , Examines the social, cultural, and political ideals of the British People, with a vio'w to finding what is good and what is amiss, 130 (The War a'nd the Social Problem,-) La Guerre ot lo Problcme Social, par Pierre Maillaud, FRANCE LIBRE (London), April 15, 1943, v, 5, no, 30; 447-452. Surveys the current of social evolution that continues in England de- spite the war, B, Russia 131 Canadians Rre Rediscovering Russia,' by Raymond A, Davies. SATURDAY NIGHT (Toronto), Fob, 20, 1943, v, 58, no, 24: 10, Tells of the interest Canadians are now taking in all phases of the Russian Government, particularly in how the Soviet system works and what ’the Russian pe’ople are like. 132 (The Epic of Russia.-) La Epopeya de Rusia, per Mauricio Magdaleno, * AMERICA (Habana, Cuba), Jan.-Fob, 1943, v, 17, no, 1-2: 12-13, Tribute to the courage and bravery of the Russian people. V, EUROPE. (Cont.) ' •137!. Health Caro in the USSR', by Isadoro Rosenfield, SOVIET RUSSIA TOaDAY (New York),- May 1943, v, 12, no..l; 14rl5, 33, photos. States that all medical institutions and services are provided for in the national and local budgets from revenues from income taxes, social security fees, and surpluses earned by the industry. Discusses the national health budget, hospitalization, medical science and the training of doctors in Russia-. 134 The Hidden Power Behind Russia's Stand, by George Lamsa, CH'UfCHMAN (New York), May 1, 1943, v. 157, no, 9: 14-15.' Believes that the Russian strength is not so much in her preparation for war, or in the production of planes, tanks, and guns, as in the wish to preserve the.Russian ideal and way of life. 1.35 I Was a Teacher in Moscow, by Deana Levin. LONDON CALLING (London), Feb. 1943, no. 177: 12-13, illus. Pictures the development of education in Russia since 1933, including adult education, .and teachers training .colleges. 136 Modern Science in Russia, by V. H,‘ Ipatieff. JOURNAL OF CHEMICAL EDUCATION (Providence, R. I.), April 1943, v, 20, no. .4: 159-166. Reviews the development of science in Russia over the la.st 100 years. Tells of methods of instruction and outstanding achievements in scientific research since the revolution., 137 Moscow Today, by Walter Graebner. LIFE (New York), Jan. 11, 1943, v, 14, no, 2:, 79-83, 84, 86, 88, 90, 92, illus. Finds that Russians drive on to victory at the cost of bitter privation and rigid bureaucratic control, but with high morals. 1&8, The "Nev/ Agrarian Order” in Nazi-Invaded Russia, by Lazar Volin, FOREIGN AGRICULTURE (U.S. Office of Foreign,Agricultural Relations, Washington), April 1943, v, 7, no, 4: 75-84. Reviews the salient features of the collective-farm system that the Germans found when they invaded Russia, and discusses the land policy of Germany in the Ukraine and White Russia, Finds that the Nazis have not changed the type of farm organization so much, but have geared it to "squeeze out of the Russian soil and peasant population all that they can possibly give to Germany," 139 Old Customs Survive in the Soviet Union, by Dr, Ilya M, Shenkrnan. WORLD REVIEW (London), Feb, 1943: 43-46, Believes the most outstanding feature in the cultural development in Russia in the last twenty five years, is the survival of the old forms of national folk-lore. Says this is a reversal of the tendencies in the rest of the world, in the cour.se of industrial and commercial revolutions. 140 Round Trip to Russia, by Walter Graebner, Philadelphia, J. B, Lippincott, 1943. 216p., illus. Sent to Russia in May 1942,.the author returned with several thousand feet .of movie film taken in the front lines of. the Russian war. His story of the trip includes not only accounts of Russian heroism at the front but tolls of the collective farms, the progress of war in- dustry, and the home life of the. people. V. EUROPE (Cont.) 141, Russia and Religion, "by Pierre Lazareff and Waverley Root. WORLD DOMINION AND THE WORLD TO-DaY (London), Jan.-Feb.“l943, v. 21, no. 1j 41, 43-44. Discusses modifications in present Soviet government policy toward religion, and evidences of religious observance during the repression of the church. 142 Russia.at War. ECONOMIST (London), Oct. 17, 1942, v. 163, no. 5173: 487. Describes the scope of the social insurances guaranteed to Soviet workers by'the State and the effect of war on the social services. 145 The Russian Front Through German Eyes, by W, W, Schutz. CONTEMPORARY REVIEW (London), Dec. 1942, no. 924; 341-345. Reveals the attitude of the German officials and the German people to- ward .the current war with Russia. 144 The Russian Peasant; and Other Studies, by John Maynard. London, Victor Gollaricz, 1942. 512p., front!s. Recounts .peasant history, starting from the days of serfdom and con- tinuing to the f.inal stage of collectivism. The ’’other studies” in- clude the treatment of religion, the standard of living of the urban workers the method of dealing with the non-Great-Russian nationalities. 145 Russian Women at War, by Ruth Carson. INDEPENDENT WOMAN (New York), April 1943, v. 22, no, 4; 100-102, illus. Describes the many tasks Russian women are doing on the battle front and behind the lines, 146 Russia's Child Army, by Arkady Gaidar, THIS WEEK (New York), Sunday Journal, March 7, 1943: 4-5, photos. Describes the organization of the Timurites and its work in helping to relieve war-strained families from the burdens of everyday living, collecting scrap, repairing equipment, and doing errands in military hospitals 147 Sources of Soviet Civilian Morale, by William H, E, Johnson. SOVIET RUSSIA TODAY (New York), Jan. 1943, v. 11, no. 9: 8-10. Maintains that the sense of group solidarity resulting from the Soviet way of life produced the conditions for a high morale, as outlined by sociologi sts. 148 The Soviet Homo Trront, by N, Barou, Introduction by Margaret Colo, London, Victor Gollancz, 1942, 38 p. The production figures are given as of June 1942. Living conditions and social organization are also described. 149 Soviet Strength; Its Source and Challenge, by Hewlett Johnson, Dean of . Canterbury. London, Frederick. Muller, 1942. 154p, Identifies the Charter of the New Rights of Man in Socialist society with the Christian religion. Urges England and the united States to take up the challenge and modify their social - structures on the prin- ciples followed by the . Conjrnuni st Party. V. EUROPE (dont.) 150. Special Issue U.S.S.R. LIFE (New York), March 29, 1943, v, 14, no, 13: . • 1-116, ■ phot6's, .maps. ... ■ Discusses the'works and manners of the Russian people. Contains car- toons of Nazis, pictures of the peoples of the U.S.S.R., Russian load- ers, paintings, collective 'arms, industries, the theater, education, sports, and the war. Has information on United States' Lend-lease to • .Russia and the desires of Russia in the postwar world. 151 (Street Fighting.-) Combats deRuos. LA FRANCE LIBRE (London), Nov. 16, 1942 v, 5, no, 25: 42-47, Describes’’the' battle of Stalingrad; and analyzes the social and mili- tary significance of the outcome*. 152. Twenty-Five Years of Soviet Achievement, by D. N, Fritt. ANGLO SOVIET JOURNAL (London), Jan.---arch 1943, v, 4, no. Is 8-17, Describes Tsarist Russia, industrial development, agricultural deve- lopment, the treatment of national minorities and the position of wo>- fflOnv the Russian constitution, fighting ability, and industry in war. 153 VOKS BULLETIN (U.S.S.R, Society for Cultural Relations with Foreign Countries, 'Moscow), 1942, no. 3-4: I02p., Ulus, This issue comprises reports by V. Molotov, N. Ashukin, Alexei Tolstoy, and D, Shostakovich on the pillage, despoliation, and destruction of Russian national shrines such as the-Tchaikovsky and.Rimsky Korsakov museums, by the Germans. 154 The War-Time Role of Soviet Universities, by Beatrice King, ANGLO SOVIET JOURNAL (London), Jan.-March 1943, v. 4, no. 1: 18-23. Reviews the part that Russian universities play - in peace time, and dis- , cusses -the emphasis which war has brought to certain aspects of uni- versity training and how it has minimized-other purposes of the uni- ■ ;■ versity. 155 Why the Russians Will Never Quit, by Maurice Hindus. AMERICAN MAGAZINE (New York), April 1943, v. 135, no. 4: 35, 130. Attributes the high morale of the Russians to such a consuming hatred of the Germans as they never had for any enemy in its history; to the 25,000,000 determined women workers and to the rebirth of a fiercely proud national spirit. Feels convinced that-at the peace table, Russia will insist that Germany bo forever deprived of the power to start another war. . . • . . . . C. France 156 The Allies and France, SPECTATOR (London), Feb, 5, 1943, no. 5980: 115-116. Expresses faith in -the people of France and complete confidence in their power-to restor'd their country to the great-and important place Francehas always held.,' 157 by. General Charles De Gaulle. VITAL SPEECHES OF THE” DAY (New York), Feb. 15, 1-943, v, 9, no. 9: 287. the unity of French feeling and the determination of the French to remain ’’one and indivisible.” V. EUROPE (Cont.) 158. (Franco Dies of Hunger, Cold and Lack of Clothing.-) Mrancia Hue re do Hajabro do Frio y do Malvcstir, by Antonio Huerta, HOY (Mexico, D,?,), Dec. 26, 1942, v, 21, no, 305: 52-55, illus. Surveyed famine condition prevailing in France and its effect on the lives the people. 159 (France in Arms,-)Francia on Armas, por el general Charles de Gaulle NORTH (New York), Sept. 1942, v. 2, no, 11: 7-9, illus, ' Outlines the spiritual basis for the fighting French movement. 160 (In Alsace and Lorraine.-) En Alsace ct en Lorraine, LES DOCUMENTS (Franco Corabattante, Service des Publications, London), Nov, 15, 1942, (n.v,), no, 30: 39-48. Contains selected documents which reveal the social and political con- ditions of the two occupied provinces, 161 Inside Franco, by Gabriel Racket. AMERICAN (How York), April 1943, v, 135, no. 4: 30-31, 92, 94, 95, illus. Pictures economic and social conditions in occupied Franco. 162.. (In the Service of the Enemy.-)Au Service do 1’Ennemi* LA FRANCE LIBRE (London), Nov. 16, 1943, v, 5, no, 25: 70-78, Reviews the recent writings of French authors who are in favor of collaboration with Germany. 163 Life in Unoccupied France, by Neville Lytton. London, Macmillan & Co., 1942. 95p. An account of France's military collapse and loss of faith. Conjectures on the future policy of the Retain regime, 164. (Testimony of a Worker.-)Temoignage dfun Ouvrier. LES DOCUMENTS (France Combattante, Service des Publications, London), Doc.1, no, 31: 47-50 The experiences of a worker of Franco who volunteered for labor ser- vice in Germany. D. Germany 165 (Abominations Planned by Hitler If He Is Definitely Beaton.-)Los Abominatioi que Promedite Hitler s 'll Est Dofinitivernbnt Vaincu, par Augustin Lusinchi. LE MESSAGER (New York), Feb. 15, 1943, v. 25, no. 10: 18-19. Discusses the possible use of gas and mass slaughter by the Gormans ih the event of their defeat. 166 Assignment to’ Berlin,by Harry W. Flannery. London, Michael Joseph, 1942. 310 p. 1 ‘ 1'he author succeeded William L, Shiror as Berlin correspondent of the Columbia Broadcasting System. His account covers news events in Europe from December 1940 to November 1941, and describes life in Germany and in the occupied countries, MONITOR 167. Europe’s Civil War Armies (II.) CHRISTIAN SCIENCE MEEKLY MAGAZINE SECTION (Boston), Dec. 12, 1942; 8, 18, illus. Discusses the police forces of Germany that control the home front dur*- ing the war and the Italian, French, and the Spanish police forces. V. EUROPE (Cont.) 168 German Home Front, by W, W, Schutz..,in Collaboration with B, Do SeVin..• ' ‘ London, V. Gollancz, 1943. 312p. Indicates some of' the ant-Nazi trends inside Germany. Touches upon the general attitude of the people, the mood of the home Front, and of the fighting front, also the developments within the German Youth Movement. 169, German Kultur; The Proper Perspective, by Otto Zarek. London, Hutchinson & Co., [1942]. 192p.. (bibliog,) ' An analysis of the Gorman mentality based upon the history, literature, music, and art of the people. The author seeks to prove that the Gor» mans suffer- from a divided personality and that their main objective is ■ - -to conquer the’world. 170 The German "Race”, by Dr. A. Hrdlicka, SCIENTIFIC MONTHLY (Lancaster), Mar 1943} 238-249. : / Indicates that the Gormans today are a mixture of Germanic-Keltic-Slav composition and differ basically neither in language, physical char- acteristics, nor inborn mental traits from other-white people. 171. The Historical German and the Perennial Nazi, by -albert Salomon. JEWISH FRONTIER (New York), Feb. 1943, v. 10, no. 2s 18-22. Sociological analysis of the German national character as revealed through German history, and a discussion of the German as a Nazi, Be- lieves that there is hope of Counter-balancing the militaristic radi- calism of the German tradition. 172. The Hitler Warj Nazi New Year Pronouncements Most Revealing, by Willson Woodsido* SATURDAY NIGHT (Toronto), Jan. 9, 1943, v, 58, no. IS; 12. Shows that the Nazis view the new year with more apprehension than they revealed in 1942. Shows that the Russian onslaught has made the Nazis new tactics in dealing with civilian morale at home. 173. Hitler’s Psychology, by Leonard Woolf. POLITICAL QUARTERLY, (London), Oct.* Dec. 1942, v. 13, no. 4; 373-383. A study of Hitler’s political psychology and methods as an orator as revealed in the recently published volume of excerpts from his speeches. 174- Is Germany Incurable? by Richard' M, Briokner ATLANTIC MONTHLY (Boston), March 1943, v. 171, no. 3: 84-93. Discusses the mental disease, paranoia'from which the majority of the Germans have long been suffering. 175 The Mind and Face of Nazi Germany; An Anthology Selected and Edited by N. , Gangulee•,.with a Foreword by Edward Bones, London, John Murray, 1942. xviii, 178 p. Selections from German writings which deify Hitler and preach the anni- hilation of Christian culture. V. EUROPE (Cent.) 176 National Socialism; Basic Principles, Their Application by the Nazi Party’ Foreign Organization, and the Uso of Germans Abroad for Nazi Pre- pared in the Special Unit of the Division of European Affairs, U, S, Dept, of State, by Raymond S, Murphy, Francis ‘B, Stevens, Howard Trivors (and) Joseph M. Roland. Washington, U, S, Govt, Print, Off., 1943. 510p, This treatise provides a study of Nazi ideology and the general pre- cepts of National Socialism, particularly the Nazi viewpoint toward citizenship, love, individual rights, and their relation to the State, It has been prepared from studies of Gorman literature and philosophy; Gorman statutes, decrees, and other official records; authoritative writings, and statements of German loaders, and from confidential re- ports and information. 177 Official Publications of Present-Day Germany—Government, Corporate Organi zations and National Socialist Party; with an Outline of the Governmental Structure of Germany, by Otto Nouburger. The Library of Congress, Division of Documents. Washington, U, S. Govt, Print. Off,, 1942, 130p. . . The list begins with publications of the legislate body, followed . ' , . by the ministries and their subordinate units, the highest independent administrative authorities (Oborste Roichsbehorden), the gazettes of th subsidiary states (Lander), Roichagaue .national provinces and occupied territories, the publications of the corporate organizations, and, finally, those of the National Socialist Party. 178 Our Enemies and Allies (3). University ofColorado Broadcast (n.p.) (n.d.) 5p, (Mimeo.) (Bibliog.) Dr, Carl C, Eckhardt speaks on Nazi Germany, contrasting social philo- sophy and conditions under the Nazis; with those of earlier periods of Gprman history and with those of the United Nations. Finds the Nazi period to bo one.of retrogression, 179. (Public Health in Germany; II: Children’s Diseases.-) La Salud Publica en Alcmania; II; Las Enfermedades do la Infancia, by Antonio de las lieras, LA DEFENSA (Quito,_ Ecuador), Oct, 16, 1942, v, 2, no, 103: 4. Discusses the deterioration of health in Germany;,pointing out the rapi wartime increase in dental diseases and tuberculosis, 180. Public Health Under Hitler, NEW REPUBLIC (New York), March 8, 1943, v, 106, no. 10: 317. Discusses the effects of wartime rations and policies upon the health and mortality rates in Germany, 181. Won't Starve Until Fall, by Hov/ard D, 'Fishburn, SCIENCE NEWS LETTER (Washington), Jan. 16, 1943, ’v, 43, 'no,- 3: 38-39, Discusses health conditions in Germany, supplies of food and medicine, and the possibility that there will be too great a shortage of these essentials by Fall, 1943, E» Other Countries * 182. Behind the Wall, by T0sha Bialer, COLLIER'S (Now York), Feb. 20, 27, 1943, v. Ill, nos. 8-9: 17-18, 66**7 and 32, 33. Tells the tragic story of Poland'’s Jews as they suffer and die behind the wall of the ghetto in Warsaw, V. EUROPE (Cont.) 183- Challenge- ‘to Death,' by Dr* .‘Aryoh Tar takeover« IIADASSATI NEWSLETTER (Rev; York), Feb, 1943,' v, 23, no, 4: 8-9, Shows how Polish Jews are endeavoring to continue educational and cul- tural activities in spite of Gorman persecution. 184. Czechoslovakia Fights Back, by Cecily Mackworth, London, Lindsay Drummond, 1942. 117 p, (Europe Under the Nazis), Tells what occupation means in terms of cultural repression and finan- cial and economic exploitation. Traces the growth of resistance. De- scribes t,he 1942 government sot up by the - Germans. 185 Economic Development of the Netherlands- 1898-1940, NETHERLANDS TRADE RE- VIEW (New York), August 1942, v, 1, no, 3: 9-11, 43-44, 46, tables. Discusses and gives statistics on the growth of the population of the r Netherlands, occupations of the people, industrial development, in- ■ • . dustrial exports, agriculture fishing, banking and shipping, and intcr- ( national trade, . . • , .186 Sire Now, by Dpnald F. Heathorington. FOREIGN COMMERCE WEEKLY (U.S. Bureau of Foreign and Domestic Commerce, Washington), April 24, 1943, v, 11, no, 4: 7-9, 39, Ulus, Pictures wartime measures taken by the government in Ireland, such as rationing of personal-use items; attempts to deal with shortages of tea, bread and fertilizer; stimulation of farm production; problems of fuel shortages; and emigration of workers. '187 General Sikorski’s Speeches During His Visit to the United‘States in December 1942. New York,.Polish Information Center, 1942, 35p* frontis. Pictures the,conditions in Poland under German occupation, particularly the executions of the old and infirm and of the Jews, Tells of Polish resistance at the time of the invasion and of the present underground , ■ r movement.• . 188 German Failures in .Poland; Natural Obstacles to Nazi population Policy, London, Polish Research Centre, 1942, 30 p,, maps. ■ - Discusses the economic policy of Gcrmanization of the incorporated ; Polish territories by means of transfer of population. Thinks Germany will be unable to provide the necessary manpower to overcome natural obstacles. 189. (it Is in Poland That One Learns to Enow Germany.-) C'est on Pologne qu’on Apprend a Gonnaltre L-'AUcmagno, par Stanislas Mikolajezyk. FRANCE LIBRE (London), Feb, 15, 1943-, v, 5, no, • 28«-261-267, * .Describes recent German, efforts to exterminate' the Polos in regions which,-are to be incorporated into the Poich. 190. (Life in Occupied Belgium,-)La Vida 'on Bclgica Ocupada, NOTICIAS DE BELGICA (Mexico, D.F.), Dec, 29, 1942, ,(n.v.),-', no, 73: 3-7, Describes the social and economic effects of the continued German . • occupation, • •" r A V. EUROPE (Cent.). 191. Murder of a Nation; German Destruction of Polish Culture,' by G. M, Godden. Foreword by Sir David Ross...Vice-Chancellor of the University of Oxford. London, Burns Oates, 1943. 66p,, illus, a documented account of the efforts of the German occupation forces to exterminate Polish culture. The author believes, however, that the soul of Poland still lives, as evidenced by the determined underground re- sistance of the people, 192 (Netherlands, Cradle of Liberty,-) Los Raises Bajos, cuna de la libertad, por J. Anton de Haas, COMENTaRJOS- Y DOCUMENTOR DE La GUERRA (Mexico, D, F,, Mexico), Feb. 15, 1943, v. 7, no. 74: 108-112. Review of past contribution of the Netherlands to democracy and its present aid to the Allied Nations, 193, No Peace for the- Swiss, by Marquis W. Childs. SATURDAY EVENING POST (Philadelphia), May 1, 1943, v, 215, no, 44: 14-15, 52-53, photos. Discusses the work that the Swiss arc doing in countries at war, such as inspecting prison camps, compiling lists of prisoners, and keeping track of prisoners, making arrangements for diplomats while they are being transferred out of a country, and conducting delivery service, 194- The Norway Year Book, Third Year o‘.f Issue, 1938, edited by Per Vogt. Oslo, Sverre Mortensen Forlog A.S',, 1938., illus, maps, tables, diagrs. Contains latest information available at the time of publication on government administration, religion, public instruction, social con- ditions, natural resources, industries, shipping, trade and banking, 195. People Under Fire, by Julien Bryan, SENTINEL (Meriden, Connecticut), Sept 1942, v, 4, no, 9: 4-5, Describes the psychological effect of the bombing of Warsaw, upon the Polish people. 196 .Politics in'Sweden, by Roy V, Pool. AMERICAN SWEDISH MONTHLY (New York), Feb, 1943, v; 37, no, 2: 7, 28-29, ■ Describes the cost of living, the press, elections, local government, and Sweden's social welfare program in 1942. 1S7. Shortcomings ‘of- German!zation. POLISH REVIEW (Now York), Uan. 18, 1943, v, 3, no• 3 : 3-5, Deals with the economic-, social and cultural consequences of the incor- poration of Polish provinces into the German Reich. 198., (Slavic Culture and the Second World War',-)La Cultura Sslava y la Scgunda ■ Guerra Mundial, •CONTINENTS (Mexico, D.F,), Dec. 1942, v, 2, no, 14: 21-23. History of the Slavic people; their political significance in the pre- sent war. 199, The Soul of‘a-Nation, by Demetrius -Caclamanos. CONTEMPORARY REVIEW (London, March 1943, no. 927t.138-143. Describes Greek resistance since the German invasion and the Italian and Bulgarian occupations and gives a general picture of conditions a-; within Greece today. V. EUROPE (Cont.) 200 (Spain’s Constitution and Social Structure.-) Spaniens nationalsozialistis* 'cho Verfassungs und Sozialbau, by Hans Erbler. Vfoimer, Verlag Hermann Bohlaus Nachfolgor, 1939. 220p. (Schriften des Instiuuts .fur Arbeitarocht an dor Univcrsitat Leipzig, Ho, 42) a survey of the present political organization of ohc Fulange Espanola, the social reconstruction being undertaken by France and the position of labor in the present Spanish State. 201 ”Spain Is Not At Homo.” WORLD DOMINION AND THE WORLD TODAY (London), Jan Feb, 1943, v, 21, no, 1; 49-50. Pictures the present of liberty in Spain and the persecution of the Church, 202 Switzerland in Wartime, by Erne'st S, Hcdigcr. FOREIGN POLICY REPORT'S (Foreign Policy Association Inc. Hew York), Jan, 1, 1943, v, 18, no, 20: 262-271, * Examines the changes brought about by the war in the military, economic political and social life of Switzerland9 203 Three Principles', by Quincy Wright. CENTRAL EUROPEAN OBSERVER (London), ' Jan. 22, 1943, v, 20, no. 2; 24. Discusses the principles of nationality, democracy and internationalism for which Czechoslovakia has stood, 204 Under Magyar Oppression; a Case From Subcarpathian Russia, CENTRAL EUROPEA’ OBSERVER (London), Jan. 22, 1943, v, 20, no. 2: 22. Describes the people of the Eastern part of Czechoslovakia, their occupations, and religious' affiliations, as. well as their present re- sistance to Hungarian rule, • ... VI• -AFRICA 205- The British Empire in Africa; Selected References I* General, Compiled by • Helen P. Conover under the Direction of Florence S,'.Heilman, -Chief Biblio- grapher, Washington, U, S, Library of Congress, Nov, 24, 1942, 37p. 206 Combined Action: Church and State in Africa, by H. D, Hooper. EAST AND WES' REVIEW (London), April 1943, v, 9, tno, 2: '35-40. * ' ■ Advocates' cooperation between the Church and colonial ’ governments in Africa, in the field of education, training of personnel, and rosistanc to racial discrimination. 207. The Copper Belt - a Strategic Centro, by T, . Cocker Brown,' WORLD DOMINON • AND THE WORLD TODAY (London), -''%rch-April 1943, v* 21, no. 2: 74-78. ‘ Describes the rich copper bolt of Northern Rhodesia, dwelling cspeciall; on labor conditions, education, and missions. 208c Dakar, by Joan: de Jacqucral, TRIUENT (London), Dec. 1942, v, 4, no,' 44: 934-935, illus, * , ; Reports on shortages of food and civilian goods at Dakar and fears that this may result in smaller crop production of the ground nut, valuable for its oil. VI,' AFRICA (Cent,) # • > 209 Egypt and the Suez Canal, by Frank H, H, Roberts Jr, Smithsonian Institu- tion, Washington. March 31, 1945, 68 p., illus, (Bibliog,) (Smithsonian Institution War Background Studies, no. 11j Publication 3728) Deals with social and political conditions in ancient and modern Egypt, foreign intervention in Egypt, and the importance of the Suez Canal, 210 (French North Africa,-)L Lifriquo du Nord Francaisc,. by Jacques Gascucl, BULLETIN HEBDOMADAIR (Antilles Francaises, Service ‘Central d'Information, Fort-dc-Francc, Martinique), Dee, 3, 1942, v, 2, no. 4$: 1458-1460, Describes the effect of the war on the social and economic life of French North Africa* 211 Impressions of Pre-War North Africa, by John C, Cosgrove, EXPLOSIVES ENGINEER (Wilmington), Jan,-Feb, 1943, v. 21, no, 1: 16-20, photos, (To be concluded) Describes customs, roads, agricultural and mineral production, geog- raphy, and the population of North Africa. Pictures the cities of Algeria and Oran. 212 Lighting Up Liberia, by Arthur I. Hayman and Harold Preece, New York, American Book-Stratford Press, 1943, 279 p,, illus. A compendium of the loro and of the political and social problems of the people of Liberia, Relieves it will be part of the responsibility of postwar planning to establish a real democracy there. 213 The Mysterious Island of Madagascar, by Nancy Cunard, WORLD REVIEW (London) Jan. 1943; 20-23, photos. Describes the history, population, government, and strategic importance of Madagascar, 214. (Morocco.-) Lo Maroc, by H, Pierre Voizard,' LSS DOCUMENTS FRANCAIS (Cler«* mont-Ferrand, France), Sept. 1942, v, 4, no, 9: 1-27. Study of the political and administrative organization and the economic and social aspects of French Morocco under the Vichy regime, 215. North Africa, by Alan Houghton Brodrick* London, Oxford University Press, 1942, 98 p., illus., maps. A brief study of the culture, resources and strategic importance of North Africa, Maps show Motor roads, railroads and proposed railroads. 216 The Northwest Africa Front. CONSOLATION (Brooklyn), Jan. 30, 1943, v, 24, no, 609: 5-11. Surveys the- geography, .customs, races, climate, crops, governments, religion, and sketches the early history of the countries of North Africa, 217. On Leave in Palestine, by Sulamith Schwartz', HaDaSSAH NEWSLETTER (New York),..Sept.-Oct. 1942, v. 23, no, 1; 10-11, * ' ’ ' Discusses’the reaction of American Jewish and non-Jewish, so-ldiors to the people of Palestine, • , VI. AFRICA (Cent.) , 218 South African Natives and the War, by Vernon A. Barber. NATIONAL REVIEW (London), Jan. 1943, v. ’120', no„, 719: 51-47. Says' that the Motive ’of Sniith Africa has but’ a snail stake in the country which is essentially his and that he has little to lose if the United Rations lose tha£ war and little to .rain if they win. 219 South Africa’s Problems, by Hugh Longdon. WORLD REVIEW (London), Jan. 2S-.29, photos.’ Shows that there is a strong pro-German element in South Africa and that 40 percent ‘of the population' is anti-British. 220 (There Are sixteen Million Inhabitants of 'North Africa Who Are Hot Concern ed with the War Taking-Place on Their Soil.-) En el norte de Africa viven diecise’is mi Hones de personas que no se preocupan por la guerra quo so desarrolla en su su'eloJvTUWDO (Madrid, Spain), Dec. 6, 1942, v. 3, no. 135 551-553. a Describes the social and political status of the native population of North Africa, 221 (Tunis Is a Zone of Geopolitical Transition Between^North Africa and the Near East.-) Tunez es una Zona de transicion goopo’iitica entre el norte de- Africa y el proximo oViente. I UNDO (Madrid, Spain), Dec, 6, 1942, v. 3, no, 135’; 547-549. : Describes the geographic and social characteristics of Tunis, VII. ASIA 222 Impressions From Syria, by Professor Rene Cassin. ’ENTENTE IN THE LE VANT (London), n.d,, n.v., n.n. : 7,9. Describes the economic and social activity of the Fighting French among the natives of the Near East. 223 Travels in Afghariist’an, 1937-1938, by Ernest F, Fox’. Row York, Macmillan Co., 1943. xviii, 285p., illus, • The introduction contains a geographical and historical sketch of Afghanistan. The author then gives an account of his expedition urAer- taken in search of oil and minerals and covering vast stretches’ of un- mapped and unknown regions. The end-papers contain maps’ of the route followed. ..r , , A. Far East (General) 224 Burma Front, by Maurice Collis. GEOGRAPHICAL MAGAZINE' (London’), Spring Number,’ March 1943, v, 15, no,- 11: 519-527, map, illus, A former civil administrator in Burma depicts the*-'physical background against which recent ..Hied and Japanese operations* have boon staged. 225 Development of the East Indies During the ‘Reign of Queen Wilhelrnina, NETHERLANDS TRa.DE REVIEW (New Work'), ~Atig,< 1942,’ v, T, no. 3: 13,15, 17, 48-49. Discusses improvements in hygienic' conditions of the islands, and cul- tural, economic, industrial, and governmental changes. VII. ASIA (CoAt.) 226 The Dutch East Indies, by Sir Edward T. Campbell, PROCEEDINGS OE THE ROYAL INSTITUTION OF GREAT BRITAIN (London), 1942* v, 32, Part I., no. 147: 122-130. Surveys the physical characteristics and population, the social and administrative features of the Netherlands Indies. 227 Fifth Annual Report of the United States High Conrnissioncr to the Philippic Islands, Covering the Year 1941, 77th Cong., ‘2d Soss., Committee on Insular Affairs, Nov. 12, 1942. Washington, U.S, Govt. Print. Off., 1943 (House Document no. 885) 147 p., illus. Includes material on civilian defense, and sections on social conditions and education, business, trade and general economy, public finance and banking. 228 Islands of the Pacific: A Selected Hist of References, Compiled by Helen F. Conover, under the direction of Florence S, Heilman, Chief Bibliographer. U.S, Library of Congress, Division of Bibliography. Washington, 1943. 181 p, (Mimeo.) Indicates modern and available sources for research on the Islands of Melanesia, Polynesia and Micronesia* 229 The Native Peoples of NCw Guinea, by M, W, Stirling. Smithsonian institu- tion, Washington. Feb. 16, 1943. 25 p., illus. (War Background Studies number 9. Publication 3726) Examines the topography, ports, discovery and exploration, political divisions, climate, fauna, products and native peoples of Now Guinea, 230 ■ (R eunion: Small and Fertile Island of The Indian Ocean was one of the Last Possessions to Remain Faithful to Vichy.-) La Reunion, Pequona y Fertil Isla del Oceano Indico Era una de las Ultimas Posesionos Fieldos a Vichy, MUNDO (Madrid), Doc, 6, 1942, v. 3, no. 135; 534-535. Describes the island of Reunion in the Indian Ocean to the East of Madagascar and explains its significance in the war strategy, 231 Siam - Land of Free Men, by H,' G. Dcignan. U.S, Smithsonian Institution, Washington, Feb. 5, 1943. 18 p*, illus, (War Background Studies, no, 8, Publication 3703.). .« Deals with the geography, peoples, pro-history and history of Siam, including a short sketch of modern Thailand. 232 The .Structure of Netherlands’ Indian Economy, by J. H, Bocke, Camden, N.J., Hadden Craftsmen, Inc., 1942. 201 p. study describing the indigenous economy, based on the village comm- unity, and deals.with economic adjustments between Europeans and the na 11 ve s. B. China 233 Between Slavery and Heath; Life of Chinese in Manchuria, CHINA aT WAR (Now York), Feb, 1945, v, 10, no. 2: 29-32. Deals with the conscription of Chinese youth, various forms of forced labor, scarcity of food for the native population, and Japanese control of education in Manchuria, VII. ASIA.(Cont.) 234 China, but no't Cathy, by Haiao Ch’ienv London, '-ho Pilot Press, Oct. 1942. .135 p«, illus. An account of contemporary life in China, giving a realistic impression of China at war and at work. 235 China Carries' On, by 'Donald K, Paris. QUEEN’S REVIEW (Kingston, Ont.), March 1943, v, 17, no, 3: 66-69, A missionary rural export tells of the problems of the Chinese rural masses and of the programs carried on at the Rural Institute at Cheeloc University to train rural loaders, both before and after the Japanese occupation. 256 China in Pictures, edited by Edward Gordon, foreword.by His Excellency V, K, Wellington Koo.•.London, Williams & Norgate Ltd., 1942. 23p., illus, map. Portrays China’s centruies-old heritage of civilization as well as recent achievements in modernization. Depicts China ’s-war-time activ- ities. . ■ 237 China’s Health Problems, .by Szeming Szo... General Secretary, Chinese Medical Association. How York, China Institute in America, Inc., 1942. 46p. A brief discussion of China’s health problems, the long-term and semi- permanent ones, as well as the many immediate wartime problems. 238 Chinese Women at War. CHINA AT WAR (Chungking), April 1943, v, 10, no. 4: 26-28. Discusses the activities of the Chinese National Women’s War Relief ' association which has been in operation for five and a half years. 239 Co-Operative Movement in China, ECONOMIST (London), Nov, 14, 1942, v, 163, no. 5177: 605-606. Discusses the history of Chinese cooperatives, and the growth of the Cooperative movement. 240 Culture and War, .by Emory S. B'ogardus,' .SOCIOLOGY AND SOCIAL RESEARCH (Lor Angeles), March-April, 1943, v. .27, no. 4s 303-306. Points to the attitude of China toward the ’value of culture, and sug- gests that it has helped her to meet both victory and defeat with a sense of balance. Considers that the Chinese policy of continuing to train students for future leadership indicates that China is determined , . , to preserve democracy during the postwar years. • 241 Cultural Life in Wartime China, by George Yoh, UNIVERSITIES REVIEW (Bris- tol, England), Nov. 1942, v. 15, no. 1: 13-15. Tells of the continuance of education, music, theater, and art in war- time China, ■VII. ASIA (Cont.) 242 Cultural Relations in Wartime, by Sangnoo Ai, ■ Lin'. INTERNATIONAL QUARTERLY (New York), 'Winter, 1943, v, 7, no.,1: 19-21, 47, Tells of the work of the Chinese Institute in America, in educating the -American people about the aspirations and culture of China, in super- vising scholarships and promoting forums among Chinese students in this country, .and in other ways promoting cultural interchange betwen the two countries. 243 Effect of the War on Rural China, by Irma Highbaugh. CHINA AT WAR (New ■ York), Feb. 1943, v. 10, no. 2; 15-25. Describes Changes that the war has brought in Chinese rural homost self- respect and more freedom for women; economic improvement with better food and health; more cooperative activity and better education; and consciousness of citizenship in a great nation. 244 Epidemic Control in Wartime China, CHINa AT WAR (Chungking), March 1943, v, 10, no. 3: 40-43. Names the agencies fighting and controlling the epidemics in China and discusses the epidemics that were found and controlled in the past several years in China, including cholera and other plagues. 245 ‘The Four Freedoms - A Chinese Interpretation, by Lin Housheng. VILLAGER (Bronxvillo, N. Y.), Fob. 1943, v. 15, no. 5t 7-9, 40-41. Offers an interpretation of-the four freedoms in the light of the polit- ical achievements and aspirations of the Chinese people. Defines the meanings of the four freedoms as the Chinese understand them. 246 Heroic China. JOURNAL OF THE NATIONAL EDUCATION ASSOCIATION OF THE UNITED .-STATES (Washington), Feb, 1943, v. 32, no, 2: 37-39, photos. Describes the rapid transformation of Chinese society which technological war has brought in its train. Stresses particularly the breaking down of provincialism and class barriers. 247 Highway Health Stations, CHINA AT WAR (Chungking), narch 1943, v, 10, no, 3 43-44. Describes the work of: highway health stations in China in giving- pre- ventive inoculations, and other health services to the people in out- lying districts in interior China, 248 The Jews of China, by Rt. Rev. William C, White. JEWISH SPECTATOR (New York, Feb. 1943, v, 8, no, 4; 16-18, • Discusses historic evidences of Jewish settlement in-. China, 249 Madame Chiang’s Children, by Rose-Hum Leo, SURVEY GRAPHIC (Now York), April 1943, v, 32, no. 4i 136-137, 144, illus. Tells how the Sino-Japanose war has upset the structure of clan families and how Madame Chiang Rai-Shek has introduced a new concept' of social responsibility to the Chinese Nation. • 250 Our Enemies and Allies (6) University of Colorado Broadcast (n.p.) (n.d.) 6p, (Mimeo.) (Bibliog.) Doctor Earl Swisher presents facts about the character of the people of China, the recent history and the part China has played in the war. VII/ ASIA (Cont.) 251 The People of China;. Who They Are; How They Live; What They Like; "hy They Are Fighting . Hew York,- East and West Association, 1943. 20p., map. Intended as a suggestive and introductory guide to the study of the Chinese people. 252 Understanding China, by Harold B. Battenbury. London, Frederick Muller, Sept. 1942. 127 p. A bird’s-eye view of changing China from the year 1900 to 1942. Ex- plains thp aims of the Nationalist Party. Accounts for China’s resist- ance to Japanese invasion and her capacity for endurance. Appraises China as an ally. 253 War Advances Public Health Cause in China, by Dr. Clara S. Shepard. MICHIGAN PUBLIC HEALTH (Lansing), March 1943, v. 31, no. 3; 49, 56. Tells how the war stimulus has advanced public health in China. C. Japan 254 Behind the Japanese Mask, by Jesse F. Steiner. New York, The Macmillan Company, 1943. 159 p. Presents a picture t)f Japanese life, cmistoms, mental processes, re- ligion, philosophy education, etc. 255 Civilization Japanese Style, by T. O’Neill-Lane...Sydney, Angus and Robertson, 1942. 173p. Pictures the fate that would overwhelm Australia if the southward drive of the Japanese is not stopped. 256 How Brave Is the Jap? by Frederic S. Marquardt. CORONET (Chicago), Feb. 1943, v. 13, no. 4; 50-54. Discusses the sources of tho Japanese fearlessness of death and his refusal to be captured in battle alive. 257 In Peace Japan Breeds War, by Gustav Eckstein. New York, Harper & Brothers 1943. 326 p. The book attempts to show that war with Japan has been inevitable over since the Exclusion Act of July 1, 1924. Discusses Japanese mores, traditions, religion. Emperor-worship, women, and the influence of the Geisha system and of centuries of isolation. 258 Japan; Dishonourable Anniversary, by Sir Robert H. Clive. FORTNIGHTLY (London), Dec. 1942, no. 912, new scries; 365-372. Reviews Japan’s relations with other powers. Predicts what Japan may do with regard to Australia, India, China, and the U.S.S.R. and how Japan may be defeated. . . ... , 259 The Japanese, by John F, Embroo. Washington, Smithsonian Institution, Jan. 23, 1943. 42 p., illus. (War Background Studios Number 7, Publication 3702.) Deals with origins, national social structure, family and household structure, cjrclo of life, and religion of the Japanese people. VII, ASIA (Cont.) f 260- Japanese Zombies, by James R. Young, ELltS MAGAZINE- (Dayton), Dec. 1942, v, 21, no, 7: 4-5/, Discusses the Japanese who are taken prisoners in wartime. Shows how the Japanese government considers these as dead officially. dis- cusses Japanese attitudes toward prisoners taken by then. 261 Japan Harnesses Religion in the National Service, by C, Burnell Olds, FOREIGN AFFAIRS (New York), April 1943, v, 21, no, 3: 535-547. Explores the origins of Japanese Shintoism and the uses of this amalgamated religion as an instrument of State Policy. 262 Japan: Political.and Economic Developments.in Occupied Territories of the South-West Pacific. CURRENT NOTES ON~INTERNATIONAL .uFFaIRS (Canberra, Australia, Dept, of External Affairs) Jan, 15, 1943, v, 14, no. 1: 1-7, Finds that Japan's sole aim in the southern regions is to exploit their economic resources for the benefit of Japan's war industries. Outlines the main points of Japan’s cultural warfare, 263 The Psychology of the Japanese, by Captain Sherwood F, Moran, USMCR. MARINE CORPS GAZETTE (Washington), Hay-June 1943, v, 27, no. 2: 19-28* "Considers ways in which the Japanese are fundamentally like us and, on the other hand, to what extent, and in what way, the fundamental nature of the Japanese has been molded and conditioned by their cultural heritage and geographical surroundings, 264 Soldier and Peasant in The Origins of Conscription, by E, Herbert Norman. PACIFIC AFFAIRS (New York), Mar. 1943, v. 16, no. 1:’47-64. Reviews the historical background of Japanese conscription,finding in the pre-Restoration society of Japan the basis for the present military caste, 265 Tokyo Record, by Otto D, Tolischus, New York, Reynal & Hitchcock, 1943. vi, 462 p., index. The ‘former Tokyo correspondent to the New York Times undertakes to tell how a military clique in combination with Japan’s secret societies undermined all efforts at a peaceful settlement of the issues in the Pacific. Analyzes the mysticism and fanaticism of the Japanese people, 266 (The Victory of Singapore.-) La Victoire do Singapour, CAHISRS FRANCO- ■ ALLEMANDS (Berlin, Germany), Feb. 1942, v. 9, no, 2: 41-44. Tribute to the martial spirit of Japan and an interpretation of the military and cultural significance of the fall of Singapore. D. India 267 Cultural Integrity of Political Nationality? PRABUDDHA BHAHATA (Awakened, India),(Mayavati, Almora, Himalayas), Sept. 1942, v, 47, no, 9: 407-414. Considers religious and,cultural bases for Indian unity and finds the current emphasis on political unity and economic betterment, one-sided. ,268 Great Achievements in India, by S. Maqbul Hasih, WORLD DOMINION AND THE ■ ‘ ’ WORLD TODAY (London), Jan. v, 21, no. 1: 21-23, Discusses the contribution of Christianity to the life of India, Be- lieves that it has..brought more freedom, knowledge, the emancipation of women, medical care, and higher standards of moral conduct. VII. ASIA (Cont.) 269 Indian Christians and the Political Situation, by The Rt, Rev, Vedanayaham ■ Samuel Azariah, Lid, Bishop *of Dornakal, EAST AND WEST REVIEW (London), April 1943, v, 9, no, 2: 49-51. Says the Indian Christian is torn between two loyalties to his country and to his religion, and that they hope for reconciliation of con- flicting forces in India and her peaceful development. 270 India's Revolutioni Its Challenge and Meaning, by William Symes, New York, Socialist Party, 1942? 3Tp. Discusses India's economic, racial and political problems, and the mean- ing and future of the Indian Revolution, Holds that the hope o4' India depends on the formation of a Socialist society after her independence from Great Britain is secured, 271 (India and' Its Liberty*-)La India y su Liberted, por Jawaharld Nehru. NORTE (New York), Sept. 1942, v. 2, no. 11; 16-17. Surveys the Indian situation and outlines Indian attitudes toward the world situation, 272 Our Enemie's and Allies (10) University of Colorado Broadcast, (n.p.) 6 p. (Mimeo.)' (Bibliog*) Professor James G, Allen presents facts about India, with emphasis upon the lack of unity among her peoples and previous steps taken in the direction of political independence, 273 OWI's Advertising:.Campaigns in India, EXPORT TRADE AND SHIPPER (New York), Feb, 1, 1943, v, 46, no, 26: 7, illus. Tolls ofthrbe advertising campaigns conducted in newspapers in India, concerning the war aims of the U.S.j American war production; and the war aims and problems of the United Nations and the relation of the U.S, to those problems, •274 Report of the'Gouncil and Statement of Accounts for 1941, Bombay, The Indian Roads and Transport Development Association, Limited, 1942. 17p, Discusses the road development in several of the Indian Provinces during 1941, 275 Statistical Abstract for British India, with Statistics, where Available, Relating to Certain Indian States Prom 1930-31 to 1939-40, Delhi, Manager of Publications, 1942, 921 p, (Eighteenth Issue) A comprehensive statistical picture the social and economic situatio: in India for the period indicated. Thoroughly indexed. E. Australia and Now Zealand 276, Australia - Base of Allied Nations in Southwest Pacific, by Clifford M, Ziorer, EDUCATION (Boston), Jan, 1943, v, 63, no, 5: 282-287, Describes life in Australia and discusses the strategic importance of Australia, , . 277. Australia's Friendly Invasion, by Ken Yiend, THIS WORLD (San Francisco), March 14, 1943, v, 6, no. 44: 14-15. Tells o’f the activities of the. United.,States troops pn.Australia and their relationship with the people of Australia, VII, ASIA (Cont.) 278 (The "Empty Continent)ll ’’Continonte Vuoto," Armando Troni* CERhRCHIA (Milano, Italy), July 1942, v, 21, no, .7: 290-291, Social, economic and political survey of Australia. 279 Lands Down Under, by C'* Hartley Grattan, Edited by Maxwell S. Stewart. Cover by LaVerne Riess. St, Louis, Webster Publishing Co,, 1943. 93p., illus, Reviews the history of Australia and Hew Zealand, of the white inhabit ants and of the native population, their customs and manner of living. Discusses the need for help from the United States and the possible after-effect of collaboration. 280 Meet New Zealand. Wellington, Whitecombe pc Tombs, 1942, 36 p., illus. A booklet prepared by an American resident of Hew Zealand which’gives miscellaneous information intended to orient the American soldier in his new environment. 281 Now Zealand and the War, by Walter Nash, VITAL SPEECHES OF THE DAY (New York), Feb. 1, 1943, v. 9, no, 8: 230-236, Discusses New Zealand's economic, social, and political affairs and New Zealand’s contribution to the war effort. 282 Our Boys in Australia, by Noel Monks, LIBERTY (New York), Feb. 20, 1943, 20, no'. 8: 24-25, 49. Describes the reception and social life of American troops in Australi PART III. SOCIAL GROUPS VIII* RACIAL AND NATIONAL GROUPS A. Intea Racial Relationships ,283 Attitudes Toward Germans, Japanese, Jews, and Nazis as Affected by , the War, by H. H. Reramers, • SCHOOL SOCIETY (Lancaster), Jan. 30, 1943, v.57,no.1466;158-140, tables. Gives a summary and conclusions of measurements of samples of , college students over a seven year interval. Shows among other things that average attitudes toward Germans and Nazis are widely separated, 284 The Color of America, by Carey McWilliams, ANTIOCH REVIEW (Yellow Springs, Ohio), Winter, 19'42, v, 2, no, 4: 635-650, Gives specific ways in which race discrimination in this country' can be eliminated. Urges that we take definite steps.now so that we may assume a position of world leadership at the mace conference, 285 It’s Friendship With Colored Peoples or 'Chaos, by Edwin R, Embree, NATION’S SCHOOLS (Chicago), April 1943, v.31,no,4;18-19, Believes that"to win this war and to build a stable world afterwards, the United States needs to put into practice the principles she has ■ professed—we must eliminate our race hatred, 286 (Jews and Mexicans, Inferior Races-?-) Judios y Mexicanos, rasas inferiores? /by/ V, Lombardo Toledano, Mexico, D.F., Universidad Obrora de Mexico, 1942, 54p, A discussion of the Nasi doctrine of superior and inferior races, 287 The Mixed Communities of Malaya, by Sir George Maxwell, K.B.E,, C.M.G. BRITISH MALAYA (London), Feb. 1945, v,17,no.10;115-119,121. Surveys the various racial groups in Malaya showing that the educated Malays are a small minority, criticizes recent British administrative no1icy and favors future recognition of all racial groups, especially the Chinese, 288 (Notes on the Fascist Doctrine of Race,-) Appunti per la Dottrina Fascista della Razsa, di Pasquale Pennisi, CERARCHIA (Milano, Italy), July 1942, v,21,no•7:286-289. 289 Our "Foreigners”, by Robert D, Kohn, STANDARD (New York), Jan, 1943, v,29,no,4;1-6,110, Discusses various racial groups in the United States and the general attitude toward them. Shows that we must encourage tolerance toward these peoples before we can help in wiping out racial hate in the rest of the world, 290 Problems of Discrimination, by John Beecher, Lucille J, Buchanan, and Charles A, Collins. SCIENCE AND SOCIETY (New York), Winter 19437 v.7,no,1:36-51, Discuss various instances of discrimination against Negroes in war production and possible results of such discrimination. VIII. RACIAL AMD NATIONAL GROUPS (oont.) 291 Race Prejudice Must Go, by Edgar A. Taylor, Jr, NATION13 SCHOOLS (Chicago), Jan, 1945, v,31,no,1:24-25, Lists many articles and magazines promoting good race relations and cultural understanding, and discusses what.the school and . community can do to lessen race prejudice, 292 Racialism in Our Immigration Lav/, by Taraknath Das, JEWISH FRONTIER (Now York), April 1943, v.10,no.4;10-12. Reviews the history of the United States in dealing with Chinese immigrants. Also mentions the treatment of Asiatics in Australia and other parts of the British Empire, Urges immediate revision of exclusion and discriminatory law in the Anglo-American world so that the peoples of Asia may have the rights of immigrants from other countries, 293 South Africa1s Race Problem, by J, Henry Carpenter, CHRISTIAN CENTURY (Chicago), May 5, 1943, v,60,no,18;537-539. Discusses the antagonisms of the four racial groups in South Africa, Considers discriminations in government policies, the land-ownership problem., and suggests social reforms, 294 World View on Race' and Democracy; A Study Guide in Human Group Relations, Compiled and Annotated by Alain Locke, Professor of • - Philosophy, Howard University, Chicago, American Library Association, 1943, 18p, (Processed) Contains annotated bibliographies on minorities in China, India, Russia, North and South America, and other regions. B. Citizenship Problems 295 Citizenship and C.D,, by Stephen Spender, SPECTATOR (London), Dec. 18, 1942, no,5973:571-572, Discusses the plan of the Army Bureau of Current Affairs to give every soldi.er three hours a week for four months of general education in citizenship and gives arguments for and against Civil Defense education, 296 Delayed Birth Registration, WEEKLY BULLETIN (California State Dept, of Public Health, Sacramento), Jan, 23, 1943, v.22,no,1:1-2, Summarizes the provisions of -the various bills which have been introduced into the current session of the State Legislature, with a view to making it easier for those whose births were not registered to obtain birth certificates,. 297 (Mexicans in the United States and the War,-) Los Mexioanos en los Estados Unidos y La Guerra, Mexico, 1942. /no author or publisher listed/, 16p, Discusses the military status of Mexican nationals resident in the United States, VIII. RACIAL AND NATIONAL GROUPS (cent.) 298 Proceedings of the'’Section on Citizenship and Immigration of the Seventh Annual-Institute of Government. Sponsored by the Bureau of Governmental Research in cooperation with the Extension Service, University of Washington, Seattle. October 1942, 44p, (Mimeo,) (Report no,55) Contains information on recent immigration legislation, naturalization as affected by the war, and dual citizenship. 299 Procedures for Obtaining Birth Records: United States and Territories, U,S, Work”Projects Administration, War Services Project, Service Division, Detroit, Michigan, Nov, 1942. 170 p, (Mimeo,) Contains information about where to apply for birth certificates, fees charged, documents required, together with the rules of each State, C,. Aliens and Refugees • 300 (Alien Legislation,-) Service de Publicacdes Legislacao sabre estrangeiros, oy Mauricio Wellisch, Mimsterio das ReXacoes Exteriores, Rio de Janeiro., Imprensa Nacional, 1941, 275p, Annotated bibliography, 301 Alien Seamen’s Rights and the War, by Arnold W, Knaugh. AMERICAN JOURNAL OF INTERNATIONAL LAW (Washington), Jan. 1943, v.37,no.l: 74-80, Discusses some of the problems presented by alien seamen at this time, such as "the Dislocation throughout Europe of arrangements for hiring, paying, and attending to the welfare of seamen," the impossibility of repatriating natives of Axis-occupied countries * who .overstay their leave here, and the like, 302 Assistance to Enemy Aliens and Other Persons Affected by Restrictive Action of the Federal Government. Idaho, Dept, of Public Assistance, (no place of publication) Jan, 15, 1943, 31p, (numbered by sections) (Mimeo,) (Bu11eti n no,1) Describes programs of assistance, persons eligible and procedures to be used in dealing with enemy aliens. Includes instruction • forms; and a list of United States attorneys; Swiss Consulates and Officers of the U.S. Department of Justice;;Immigration and t ■ - Naturalization Services, 303 Burma Refugees Evacuation via Assam, INDIAN ENGINEERING (Calcutta), Dec, 1942, v.112,no.6;144-145,155, Estimates that .there were. 4,268 deaths in the evacuation of Burma refugees .through Assam,.; Describes the country through which they passed, the lack of transport facilities, and the ■ organizations which aided in the evacuation, 304 China’s Child Refugees, by Barbara Simpson, WORLD DOMINION‘AND THE WORLD TO-DAY (London), Jan.-Feb. 1943, v.21,no.1:27,29-31. Account of the condition of refugee children in China, VIII. RACIAL AND NATIONAL GROUPS (cont.) 305 • Civilian War Assistance, by Ludwig Guckenheimer. LOUISIANA WELFARE (Dept, of Public Welfare, Baton Rouge), April 1943, v.3,no,2;3-6,19• Explains two new programs, civilian war assistance, and federal enemy alien assistance, financed who1ly by the federal government but administered by state departments of public weIfare. Tells how these programs are operating in Louisiana. 306 Control of Aliens in the British Commonwealth of Nations, by C. F. Fraser. London, Hogarth Press, 1940, 304p, Deals mainly with the legal aspect of the problem of aliens in the British Commonwealth, Discusses the question from the angle of the individual alien in his personal relationship with the administrative authorities of the various countries, 307 Efforts Toward Solution of the Refugee Problem. DEPARTHENT OF STATE BULLETIN , March 6, 1943, v.8,no,195:202-204, ( Publication 1896, ) Text of a note delivered to the British Government by the Secretary of State on Feb, 25, 1943, Reviews the steps taken by the United States in relation to refugees. Suggests further steps that might be taken through the Executive Committee of the Intergovernmental Committee on Refugees, Proposes that British and United States representatives meet at Ottawa for preliminary exploration of these problems, 308 European Junction, by Hugh London, George G. Harrap & Co,, Ltd. 1942. 168p. Describes the plight of the refugees in Portugal and warns that tho Allies of the German propaganda machine and of Germany1s effort to oust British traders, 309 Execution of Aliens’ Trusts in Wartime, by E, H, Bodkin, LAW JOURNAL (London), Oct. 10, 1942, v.92,no,4004;325-326, Examines problems encountered in connection with trusts when the trustee or beneficiaries are aliens, 310 Failure of the Dominican Scheme; Brookings Report Writes Finis to Colonization Project, by J, Schochtmann, CONGRESS WEEKLY (New York), Jan, 15, 1943, v,10,no,3;8-9, Indicates that the Brookings report on tho San Domingo project for Jewish colonization revealed a situation quite different from what the Jewish public has been led to believe. 311 A Free World of Prisons, by Norman Angell, FREE 1T0RLD (New York), Nov, 1942, v.4,no,2;111-116. Raises and discusses the question, "What Should United States’ policy be in respect to the refugee who wishes to live in the United States?" , VIII. RACIAL AND NATIONAL GROUPS (cont.) 312 Implementing the Geneva Prisoners of War Convention of 1929, by Mabel B. Ellis, WOMANS PRESS (New York), Jan 1943, v.37,no, 1:11-13,45, Outlines the applications of the Prisoners of War Convention,to civilian internees and reports on the services which the Y.W.C.A, is rendering to internees in the United States, 313 Initial Problems of the Refugee Children’s Homes in Montmorency, France, by Ernst Papanok, SCHOOL AND SOCIETY (Lancaster), Feb, 6, 1943, v.57,no,1467:141-145. Discusses educational goals and ways to make democracy function among children who have a background of persecution. Tells how to reduce the fear and confusion of the children, 314 The Jewish Refugees, by Arieh Tartakower, JEWISH SOCIAL STUDIES (New York), Oct, 1942, v,4,no,4:311-348, 33 tables. A sociological survey, which reviews the basic facts regarding the refugee situation insofar as the available scattered statistics make this possible, 33.5 Overseas Childrens Fitting the School to the Child, by W, H, Williams. AUSTRALIAN QUARTERLY (Sydney), Dec. 1942, v. 1.4,no, 4:15-22, Discusses the reception and absorption of English children into the Australian community, including placements in homes and schools, 316 A Polish Odyssey, by Col, Harold Mitchell, FREE EUROPE (London), Feb. 12, 1943, v.7,no.85:55-56. Gives impressions of visits to various Polish refugee camps, and '• explains the vastness of the task of organizing their evacuation from Persia and setting them up in other parts of the world, 317 The Problem of Refugees and Evacuees, by B, II, Mehta, INDIAN JOURNAL OF SOCIAL WORK (Bombay), Sept. 1942, v.3,no.2:171-178. Problems of providing food, shelter, and employment for refugees and evacuees, and suggestions for planning the necessary organization to provide for their protection and rehabilitation, 318 Program for the Rescue of Jews From Nazi. Occupied Europe, CONGRESS WEEKLY (New York), April 30, 1943, v.10,no.17;11-12, Outlines proposals submitted April 14, 1943 to the Bermuda Refugee Conference for the purpose of releasing Jews from Nazi Europe and save them from mass extermination, 319 Public Relations Problems of Alien Registration, by J, H, Pollack, PUBLIC OPINION QUARTERLY (Princeton),• Winter 1942, v,6,no,1:622-627, Shows that Alien Registration after Pearl Harbor was handled successfully due to well organized public relations. VIII. RACIAL AND NATIONAL GROUPS '( cont..) 320 Recent Innovations in Legal and Regulatory Concepts as to the Alien and His Property, by Otto C, Sommerich, AMERICAN JOURNAL OP INTERNATIONAL LAI. (Washington) , Jan. 1943, v.37,no, 1: 58-73, Briefly traces the history of enemy control acts in the United States and discusses some of the problems •which arise in connection with enemy aliens, 221 Refugee and Foreign War Relief Programs, Message from the President of the United States transmitting Report to Congress on the Refugee and Foreign War Relief Programs for the Period Beginning July 1, 1940, and ending April 30, 1942. Washington, U, S, Govt. Print. Off,, 1942, 61 p,, tables, ( /U,Sr/ 77th Cong., 2d sess. House Document no, 807 Union Calendar 824.) 322 Refugee Children, by H, J, R, Lane. ENTENTE (London), Oct. 1942, no,11;17,19, Describes British work of rehabilitation among the refugee children of France, 323- Refugees Contribute to England’s Strength, by Maurice Cranston, FREEDOM (Pasadena), Feb.-April 1943, v.2,no.4:288-289, Discusses the contribution made by refugees in England, to industry and cultural life, 324 Refugees Enrich America; I, Belgian Jews Build up Diamond Industry, by H. Vital. CONGRESS WEEKLY (New York), Dec. 25,. 1942, v.9,no. 40:11-12, Shows how Belgian Jews have entered the economic life of the country as diamond dealers. 325 Refugees From Burma, INDIAN ENGINEERING (Calcutta), Aug, 1942, v.112,no,2:32, Tells the story of how a half million persons, nearly fifty percent of the entire Indian population in Burma, were evacuated to India, after the Japanese occupation of French Indo-China, 326 Refugees in Spain, by Georg Bernhard CONGRESS WEEKLY (New York), March 19, 1943, v,10,no,12:10, Speculates upon the fate of many of the refugees who fled from France to Sp?dn, Warns of the seriousness of the latest Spanish restrictions on issuing exit permits for people who wish to go to England and, the United States, VIII. RACIAL AND NATIONAL GROUPS (Cont.) 327 Some Wartime Problems Concerning the Alien, by Dr. Henry B, Hazard. .PRO- CEEDINGS OF THE SUCTION ON CITIZENSHIP AND IMMIGRATION AT THE SEVENTH ANNUAL INSTITUTE OF GOVERN]PENT (University of Washington, Seattle), Oct. 1942. Report no, 55; 33-42 (Processed), Discusses the need for employment opportunities for aliens, the loyalty with which many aliens are serving in our armed forces, restrictions on enemy aliens, and the government’s educational program for aliens, 328 Spanish Refugees Take Root in Mexico, by Verna Carloton Mi11,an. INTER- AMERICAN (Washington), Feb. 1943, v. 2,* no. 2; 16-18, 46', ' Indicates, that the Spanish refugees in Mexico have made themselves at home and are contributing to the cultural life of the iiexicans. 329 Student Service of America, Inc, NEWS BULLETIN (institute of International Education, New York), March 1, 1943, v. 18, no. 6: 13-14. Describes the activities of the Student Service of America which include work for student refugees, 330 Treatment of Civilian Alien Enemies, by Robert H, Wilson, AMERICAN JOURNAL .OF INTERNATIONAL LAV (Washington), Jan, 1943, v. 37, no. 1; 30-45... Deals with the classification of noncombatant persons of enemy national- ity in the jurisdiction of the State; the custody of those considered dangerous, and restraints upon the liberty of others. 331 While the Jews Die, by Freda Kirchwoy. NATION (Now York), March 13, 1.943, ' , v. 156, no. Tl: 366-367. Suggests’ that the United States enter an agreement for common action with other anti-axis nations to take in all the victims of Hitlerism who are able to escape, D. Japanese 332 Americans — To 3o or Not To Be, by Hubert C. Armstrong. 'PROGRESSIVE EDUCATION (Now York), Jan. 1943, v. 20, no. 1: 12-15. Observations made as a result of six weeks spent in the Japanese Rolo- • cation Center at Poston, Arizona during the time that the writer was employed as a teacher in .the summer schooI,conducted for about one hundred Japanese, who were to become teachers in the elementary and secondary schools of this Japanese center. 333 Are the Nisei Good Americans, by Franklin Cummings.TOMORROW (New York), April 1943, vol. 2, no, 8; 46-48, .author a school teacher from the West Coast, warns of lumping all Japa- nese togohtor as enemy aliens, and insists that most of'the Nisei are loyal o-mori cans. 334 The Christian Church and the Japaneso-iU-noricans, by the Rev, S, Stanley Jones. LIVING CHURCH (Milwaukee), March 28, 1943, v. 106, no. 13; 10-11. Describes the work of the Church among Japanese. Christians in the War Relocation Camps and its opportunity to act as an agent for the resettle* mont and roemployment of Japanese-Americans through out the country. VIII. RACIAL AMtD RATI ONAL GROUPS (Gout.) • 335 The Churches Must Met, by E, Stanley Cones. WORLD CaLL (Indianapolis), April 1945, v. 25, no, 4: 11-12.* States that the resettlement of Japanoso-Arnericans is a challenge to Christians. Urges the Churches to cooperate with the government in working out plans for the useful employment of the Japanese now in ■ relocation centers. 336 Cool Heads in Hawaii, by William M, Maier. FREEDOM (Pasadena), Feb .-April 1943, v. 2, no. 4: 282-284. Shows that Honolulu's tradition of social understanding and tolerance toward Orientals persists during war. 337 Culture Conflicts in Relocation Centers, by Emory S, Bogardus. SOCIOLOGY aND SOCIAL RESEARCH (Los Angeles), May-Jvno 1943*, v. 27, no. 5 : 381-390. Discusses differences in attitudes between the various generation groups, problems arising .•‘’rom.differences in occupation, and conflicts that arise within the groups themselves,- . '338 "Democracy Corrects Its Own Mistakes”, by Larry Tajiri. aSIa aND THE AMERICAS (Now York), April 1943, v. 43, no. 4: 213-216. Describes the conditions under which the Japanese ev-acuce-s in the Unitoc States arc living. Tells of the effect of segregation on morale,- and attempts by the War Relocation Authority to remedy the situation. 339 Evacuating and Relocating Japanese, by J. B, HuRtey. CHRISTIAII-EVaHGELIST (St. Louis), May 19, 1943, v. 81, no.' 20: 479-480. Discusses the history of the Japanese in the United States, the spirit of the Japanese in accepting evacuation, reasons for the evacuation, and >the work of the War -Relocation Authority. 340 Friends and Japanese-American Resettlement, by Esther B, Rhoads. FRIENDS INTELLIGENCER (Philadelphia), May 8, 1943, v. 100, no. 19: 310-311. Discusses the visiting that Friends have done in relocation centers, and their work of supplying books and recreational equipment as well as speakers in an effort to pave the way for resettlement. V 541 Prom Evacuation to Resettlement; A Pago From History, by Aifriie Glo Watson. WOMANS PRESS (New York), May 1943, v. 37, no. 5: 193-199. Describes the work of the Y.W.C.a, in the ten Japanese relocation ’ centers and the program to prepare the girls for eventual resettlement. » > 342 Hawaii Shows Japan—and Asia, by Charles S. Bouslog. aSIa AND THE a!SRICAS (New York), Feb. 1943, v. 43, no. 2: 107-110, Indicates that Hawaii has placed no restrictions on her people of Japanese ancestry which are not shared by the entire population as war necossities♦ 343In the Relocation Centers, by George D. Nickel. SURVEY MIDMONTHLY (New York), Jan. 1943, v. 79, no. 1: 3-7. Pictures the housing, food, education, opportunities for employment, leave, and the need for social service workers in the Japanese relo- cation centers. yin. RaCIaL .xND NATIONS GROUPS (Cont.) 344 Inside Ni s o 1 -Amo r i. c a., by Clarence Anil, CHRISTIaN .iDV0CU'’E (Chicago), Oct. 29, 1942, v, 117, no. 44: 1383-1390. * . ; Describes the limitations of life in the Japanese Relocation Centers and the attitudes of the inhabitants toward their present and future. 345 "Jap Cro vr" Experiment, by John Lari son. NATION (Now York), April 1.0, 1943, v. 156, no. 15; 517-519. "Jap Crow" is the name applied to the special Japanese-American regi- ments which Japanese—Americans dislike because*they wish to have equal ■opportunity to serve their country. Deplores the continuance of re- taining many loyal citizens in relocation centers. Says information is available as to who in these centers are loyal and who arc not and that releasing of the loyal persons is imperative for satisfactory .postwar.rehabilitation. 346 Japanese Colony: Success Story, by Galen M, fisher. SURVEY GRAPHIC (few York), Feb. 1943, v. 32, no. 2: 41-43, 58-59. The story of 130 Japanese Americans who settled in Wasatch Co., Utah, i*1 March 1942, and their achievements under the leadership of Fred L, Uada. 547 Japanese-American Cooperation in the War Effort, by Charles ?, Ernst and Toshio Mori. PUBLIC WELFARE (Chicago), May 1943, v, 1, no. 5: 134-140. Describes the community life and cooperative attitude of the Japanese in the Central Utah Relocation Project, Topaz, Utah; and the develop- ment of a policy for the re-assimilation of the Japanese into normal life, .348 The Japanese Evacuation and Litigation /trising Therefrom, by Colonel Joel . Watson. OREGON JAM REVIEW (Eugene, Oregon), Dee. 1942, v. 22, no. Is 46- 59. Discusses some op the; legal problems confronting the commanding general of the Japanese evacuation in California. 349 The Japanese Evacuees, by Roy Malcolm. ' r0RLD AFFaIRS INTERPRETER (Los Angeles), Winter 1943, v. 13, no, 4: 390-398, Reviews the steps in the evacuation of the Japanese and Japanese- ■ Americans from the West Coast. Compares the inconveniences, of these people to those of the soldiers on various fronts. 350 The Resettlement of Japanese-Americans, by George E, Runjquist, SOCIAL PROGRESS (Philadelphia), March 1943, v. 33, no, 7: 10-12. Discusses the recent .Government request for the churches to help in the new policy of dispersal resettlement of evacuees. Outlines five impor- tant services for the Churches in their cooperation with the Committee on Resettlement of Japanese-Americans. 351 Resettlement of Our Japanese-Americans, by Perry B. Hall, HIGHLIGHTS ("Family Welfare- Association,ofWanerioa, New York), March 1943, v, 4, no. Is 4-6. < • , Discusses what family welfare agencies can do to assist in the resettle- ment of Japanese evacuees released from 'Jest Coast Caries of the War Relocation Authority, VIIT. RACIAL AND NATIONAL GROUPS (Cont.) 352 They *irc Part of This 'Tar-, by Priscilla Holton. PILGRIM HIGHROAD (Boston), Feb. 1943, v. IT, rib. 5; 2-5, illus.- * The first of two articles tolling of personal experiences of the author with Japanese in California and their reaction to the evacuation. 353 They Are Part of This War, by Priscilla Holton. PILGRIM HIGHROAD (Boston), March 1943, v. 11, no, 6: 11-14, illus. The second article of a series of two, relating personal experiences of the author with the Japanese in California and their reactions to the evacuation. This article describes living conditions and morale in an assembly center. A fiction article by the same author, dealing with problems of American-born Japanese appears on Pages 8-10, 56-57. 354 Mar Relocation Centers. Hearings Before a Subcommittee of the Committee or Military Affairs, United States Senate, Seventy-eighth Congress, first Scsssion, on S, 444, a Bill Providing for the Transfer of Certain func- tions of the far Relocation Authority to the War Department. Jan. 20, 27, and 28, 1943. Washington, U, S. Govt. Print. Off., 1943. 128 p. 355 War Relocation Centers. Hearings Before a Subcommittee of the; Committee or Military Affairs, United States Senate, Seventy-eighth Cong., first Soss., on S, 444, a b.,,11 Providing for the'Transfer of Certain Functions of the War Relocation Authority to the War Department•' Part 2, Feb. 11, 1943, Washington, U. S, Govt. Print. Off,, 1943 153 p. , The Director of tho War Relocation Centers answers questions regarding possible segregation of ’disloyal Japanese, hearing boards and condition at the'-centers. 356 War Relocation Projects. AMERICAN JOURNAL OF NURSING (New York), Jan. 1943 v, 43, no. Is 61-63, illus. Discusses tho government, operation, life, and medical care, including nursing staffs, in tho relocation communities for Japanese in tho' Unit'cd States. ‘ • 357 What Is Happening to America’s Japanese? by Paul H, Conrad, MISSIONS (Northern Bapitist Convention, New York), Jan. 1943, v. 34, no. Is 24-27, Reports on a visit to tho Japanese Relocation Center in Minidoka, Idaho. Concludes that the government has done a fine .job of evacuation and that the Christian youth born in tho United States of Japanese parents are the brightest hope of the group now in tho centers. E. Jews 1. Jewish Culture and the War 358 Britain’s Nameless -Tly, by Israel Cohen. London, W. R. .ullcn, 1942. 48 p., illus. activities and contributions of Palestinian Jews to British war effort. Yin. RACIAL -AID NATIONAL GROUPS (Cont.) 359 British Jewry in'Wartime, by albert 'M, Hyamson., CONTEMPORARY JEWISH RE- CORD (New York), Fob. 1943, v. 6, no. Is 14-22. Describes the material losses of Jews in Britain in wartime. Discusses also social and religious changes as a result of air raids and disper- sion of children and families away from Jewish communities. States there is a significant drift away from Jewry and Judaism. 360 European Jewry After Throe Years of War, by Yac'ob Lcstchinsky. AMERIC.uN OSE REVIEW (New York), Jan.-Fob. 1943, v. 2, no. 1-2: 10-15 / Gives statistics on the physical destruction of the Jews in Europe, by the Axis, Gives tho number of Jewish soldiers who fell in combat. 361 In Time of Oar Prepare for Peace, by Rabbi' Sidney S. Toicschc, SYNAGOGUE (Cincinnati), Jan, 1943, v, 10, no, 5: 3-7, Reports on a symposium concerning the functions of tho synagogue in wartime, together with comments thereon, 362 Jewish Social Services in a Nation at War, by Louis Kraft. JEWISH SOCIAL SERVICE QUARTERLY (Rochester, N. Y.), Sept. 1942, v. 19, no. Is 43-50, Declares that while tho Jewish people of the country share in tho ex- perience of being completely involved in the war effort, there are- areas of Jewish communal interest and specialized Jewish Programs which are being carried o t, to meet the responsibilities to Jews in other land s• 363 Tho Jews in a Christian Social Order, by Olga Lcvertoff; with a Preface by the Very Roy,' Hewlett Johnson, Dean of Canterbury, London, Sheldon Press, 1942, 66p, Sets forth tho profound and continued value o;p the Jewish religious contribution to tho future of Christianity, 364 Jews Seek .armed Service, by Llarenco G. Smed 1 cy,IA-T10UAL JEWISH MONTHLY (Mount Morris, 111,), Jan. 1943, v. 57, no, 5 : 156-157. A Christian member of a local draft board offers facts to refute the the contention that tho Jews are not doing their part in the war effort. 365 ’’Not Vain tho Weakest—If Their Force Unite”, by Rabbi Herschcl Lymon, HEBREW UNION COLLEGE MONTHLY (Cincinnati, 0.), Jan. 1943, v. 30, no. 2:5,16. Necessity for concerted action by Jews for the cause of tho United Nati ons. Factors which should work toward unification of Jews. 366 Selected Jewish Songs for Members of the -armed Forces; Published by Welfare Board,in Cooperation with American association for Jewish Edu- cation. New York City, Jewish Welfare Board 1943, 96p, 367 Test Case for Democracy; The American Press and tho Jewish army. Washington Committee for a Jewish Army of Palestinian and Stateless Jews, Oct, 1942, 78 p. Contributions by various authors who advocate tho creation of a Jewish army in Palestine, -accuse the British of short-sightedness in refusing to arm the Jews in tho Near East. viii. racial and national groups (cent.) 3gg Toward Unity...and Victory, by Frederic Ewcn, CURRENTS (Now York), March 1943, v, 1, no. 1: 23-26. Warns American Jews of the danger of division in thoir own ranks. Pleads for the merging of all differences in religion, politics and economics, and in common loyalty to the cause of the United Nations for unity, 3g9 Th© Trial of the Jewish Soul, by Alfred Werner. CONGRESS WEEKLY (New York), Feb. 5, 1943, v. 10, no. 6: 7-9, First of two' articles (paling with the psychological reaction of Jews to Hitlerism. Discusses the cultural accomplishments of the Jews and the activities of the Zionists from 1933 to 1941. f 370 The United Jewish War Effort, by Joseph Tenenbaun, CONGRESS WEEKLY (New York), Nan. 8, 1943, v, 10, no. 2 s 9, 10, Advocates the formation of a Jewish army, 2. Zionism 371 The 'Case of European- Jews, by Hermann Nuernberg, New York, Erich Hoffmann, 1943. 20p. statement of the existing situation of the European Jews and sugges- tions for forming a free self-governing Jewish state outside Palestine after the war, 372 The Jewish Struggle, by Jeremiah Ben-Jacob, London, Gillen & Unwin, 1942, 232 p. Historical and philosophical reflections on the Jewish problem which the author thinks can only be solved by the establishment and recog- nition of a collectivist State, preferably in Palestine, 373 The Jews of Europe; I, by Philip S. Bernstein, NATION (New Xork), Jan. 2, 1943, v. 156, no. 1? 8-11, First of a scries of three articles on European Jewry, ah authenticated report on the treatment of the Jews in Nazi Europe, 374 The Jews of Europe; II, Seven Ways to Help Them Now, by Philip S, Bern- stein. NATION (Now York), Ban. 9, 1943, v. 156, no. 2? 48-51. (Series to be concluded) Discusses the position of Jews in various European countries, and their chances for fair treatment after the war regardless of who wins, as well as ways in which the United Nations can help Jews at present. 375 The Jews of Europe; III, alternatives to Zion, by Philip S. Bernstein. NATION (Now York), Jan. 30, 1943, v, 156, no, 5: 158-161. Describes treatment of the Jews in Poland, Rumania, Germany and Hungary. Examines various possibilities for the mass resettlement of Jews by countries. 376 The Jews of Europe; IV, The Case for Zionism, by Philip S, Bernstein* NATION (New York), Feb, 6, 1943, v. 156, no. 6s 196-200, Reviews the Zionist movement after the last war, some of the accomplish- ments of the Jews in Palestine. Speculates as to the fate of Zionism after this,war and points out the advantages of reserving Palestine as ■ a homeland for Jews. VIII, RACIAL AND NATIONAL GROUPS (Cont,) 377 Palestine; a Jewish Commonwealth, by Moshe Shertok’. JEWISH FRONTIER (hew York), April 1943, v, 10, no. 4; 6-9. Urges adoption of a declared policy to create a Jewish Commonwealth in Palestine and.make it possible for as many oppressed Jews as are able to reach the country to live there and own land. Reviews the dissentio within the ranks of the Jews regarding a definite policy. 378 Soviet Russia and the Zionist Movement, by Hayira Greenberg. JEfISH PRONTIE (New York), Feb. 1943, v, 10, no, 2; 10-13. Examines the reasons for Russian hostility toward the Zionist Movement in the past, Russia’s present attitude toward Zionism, and the factors on which a neutral or favorable stand will depend on the future. 3. Anti-Semitism 379 Auguries of a New Europe, by William Zukerman. CONTEMPORARY JEUISH RECORD (New York), Feb. 1943, v. 6, no. 1: 37-48. Describes the attitude of sympathy, goodwill and friendship which has been created in Europe as a result of Nazi anti-Semitism. Tolls of the new and profound interests in Jews and their problems throughout the Continent. \ 380 The, Extermination of the Jews, AMERICAN MERCURY (New York), Feb. 1943, v. 56, no. 230: 194-199, illus. Includes two articles: (l) '’Remember UsJ,rby Ben Eocht; and (2) ’’Horror Unlimited,” by Eugene Lyons which describes massacres of Jews in Europe, Asks that Jews be remembered at the peace table although they will not be represented. 381 The Jewish Massacres and German Responsibility, by A, A, Berlc Jr. DEPART- MENT OF STATE BULLETIN (Washington), May 8, 1943, v. 6, no. 202: 395-397. (Publication 1935) Cites facts to show that the German people as a-whole are guilty of the atrocities against the Jews. 382 The Jewish Problem, by S. Brodetsky. NEW COMMONWEALTH QUARTERLY (Oxford, Eng.), April 1943, v, 8, no. 4: 121-130, Shows the gravity of the Jewish problem, why it cannot be adequately dealt with as a minority problem only, and the need of a radical policy for its solution after the war. Believes that many Jews will have to emigrate from Europe after the war and that those who remain must be integrated into the economic systems of the various countries of Europe. 383 The Jewish Problem, by Morris Ginsberg. AGENDA; A QUARTERLY JOURNAL OF RECONSTRUCTION (London), Oct. 1942, v.U, no. 4; 515-5 28, Gives the historical and social background of the Jewish Problem. Dis- cusses the present position of the Jew in Germany, Hungary, Poland, Lithuania, Rumania, and the handling of the Jewish Problem in the U.S.S. R. Comments on assimilation, territorial concentration, and granting of ethnic rights as possible solutions. 384 The Jew; 1943, by William Zukerman. NEW MASSES (New York), <-Tan, 19, 1943, v. 46, no, 3; 16-18, cartoon. Maintains,that a hatred of anti-Semitism has 'sprung up among the peoples of Europe, as distinguished from their rulers. VIII.. RACIAL AND NATIONAL GROUPS (Cont.) 335 Jews in South Africa, by Johanna Thal-Birsen. CONGRESS WEEKLY (Row Fork), Fob. 5, 1943, v. 10,;no. 6; 10-12. Discusses the present and past contributions the Jews have made to South Africa. Discusses the growth of anti-Semitism in South Africa due to Nazi propaganda. 386 Joint Protest on Jewish Wrongs. UNITED NATIONS REVIEW (United Nations In- formation Office, New York), Jan. 15, 1943, v. 3, no. Is 1-5. Reveals the continent-wide persecution of the Jews as an outgrowth of the Nazi anti-Semitic policy. 387 The Mass Extermination of Jews in German Occupied Poland; Note Addressed to the Governments of the United Nations pn December 10th, 1942, and Other Documents. Issued by Poland, Ministry of Foreign Affairs. London, Hutchin- son, 1942. 16p. 388 The Mass Murder of Jews in Europe. INFORMATION SERVICE (Federal Council of the Churches of Christ in America, New York), April 24, 1943, v. 22, no. 17 4 p. Reviews documentary evidence concerning the systematic repression and progressive elimination of the Jews in Nazi-controlled Europe. 389 The Massacre of the Jews, by Varian Fry. JEWISH SPECTATOR (New York), Feb, 1943, v. 8, no. 4: 25-27. Tolls of the systematic extermination of the Jews in Nazi Europe. 390 Ourselves and the Jew, by E, L. Allen. WORLD DOMINION AND THE WORLD TODAY (London), Jan.-Feb. 1943, v, 21, no. 1: 51-52. Explains why anti-Semitism is more than a social question. 391 Palestine’s Secret Weapon, by Israel Mereminski. NATIONAL JEWISH MONTHLY ’ (Mount Morris, 111.), Jan. 1943, v. 57, no. 5s 160, 161, illus. Claims that the will to create a design for a free life constitutes the strength of the Jewish colony in Palestine. 392 Retain*s Responsibility, by A. J, Fischer. CENTRAL EUROPEAN OBSERVER (Lon- don), Jan. 22, 1943, v. 20, no. 2s 21-22. Describes the treatment of Jews in France since the German advance into vichy, surveys Laval’s anti-Jewish measures and estimates the responsi- bility of Laval as well as ’°ctain for the present treatment of Jews in. France. 393 The Plight of the J.eWs in Belgium, by Henri Fast. BELGIUM (New York), March < . 194.3, .v. 4, no. 2: 62. Discusses physical persecution, forced labor, and deportation of the Jews in Belgium by the Nazis and the effort of the non-Jewi’sh people in Belgium to help them. 394 (Why Do the Germans Rag®, Against the Jews?) Per quo los Alomanes se ensanan contra los Judies? por Dr.. Alfredo Stern. COMSNTARIOS Y DOCUMENTOS DS LA* GUERRA (Mexico City), Feb. 15, 1943, v, 7, no. 74: 113-117. analysis of the historical and philosophical foundations of anti-Semitis? in Germany. VIII. RACIAL AND NATIONAL GROUPS (Gent.) 395 .. .Racismc-Antisernitisme, Antichristianisrao Jtectoierits ot Critique, by John M, Ocsterroichcr. Preface do Jacques Maritain; Traduit do■1 LGLlcmand. New York, Editions do la Liaison Francaise, 1943. 245 p.~ (Racism-Anti-Semitism. AntiChristianity, Documents and Critical Review, Preface by Jacques Maritain; Translated from the German.-) 396 Stop Mass Murder I by Hon. Edwin C. Johnson. CONGRESS WEEKLY (New York), Dec 25, .1942, v, 9, no. 40; 5-6, Text of an address delivered 'by Senator Johnson at the National Pro- clamation Dinner of the Committee for a Jewish Army, December 1.6., 1942. Stresses the fact that the Jew's should be permitted to form an array* 397 _Thc Time for Discussion Is Past, by James G, McDonald. NEW PALESTINE (Washington), March 19, 1943, v. 33, no. 10; 5-7. Tells the number of Jews that have been killed in Austria, Belgium, Germany, Poland, France, Bohemia and Moravia, and di’seussos immediate and emergency measures to stop the extermination of Jews, and the pro- gram which will continue and be extended into the postwar period. F. Negroes 398 Brothers Under the Skin, by Carey McWilliams. Boston, Little, Brown, 1943. 325 p. Traces the past history of our discrimination against the Negro, Indian, Mexican, Japanese, Chinese, Hawaiian, Puerto Pd can and' Filipino, and re- lates this history to the war effort and the peacetime world. Concludes that this is the time to achieve total democracy in the United States. 399 (How a ’Negro Looks at This War,-) Como un Negro Mira Esta Guerra, por J. Saunders Redding. PUERTO RICO ILUSTRAbo (San Juan, Puerto Rico), Fob. 27, 1943, v. 34, no. 1718? 14, 63, 67. 400 Harlem at War, by Charles Williams. NATION (Now York), Jan. 16, 1943, v. 156, no. 3: 86-80. Discusses reasons for lack of enthusiasm shown by the people' of Harlem concerning the winning of the war. Explains that morale is low and that anti-discrimination measures are'necessary to heighten it, 401 How Management Can Integrate Negroes in War Industries, Prepared by John A, Davi's. New York State War Council, Committee on Discrimination in Employment 1942. 43 p. 402 The Minority Problem; Prom the Inside Looking Out, A Frank Discussion of Negro, Anti-Semitism, and Jewish Jim Crowisrn, by Rabbi Lou-K'. SilbormSin, HEBREW UNION COLLEGE MONTHLY (Cincinnati, 0.), April 1943, v. 3.0, no. 4: 6, 21. Believes that our manner of handling the Negro problem will be used in large measure by our Asiatic Allies in ’their determining of our trust- worthiness to settle the matter of international race relations. Dis- cusses the relation between the Negro and the Uewish questions and points to the rise of Negro anti-Semitism. 403 The- Negro and American Democracy, by James W, Lane, CATHOLIC WORLD (New York Nov, 1942, v. 156, no. 932; 172-177* A discussion of the breech between our professed objectives of freedom and the position of Negroes in the United States. VIII. RACIAL AND NATIONAL GROUPS (Cont.) 404 The Negro and the War, by Eugene Konecky. FRATERNAL OUTLOOK (New York), April 1943, v, 5, no, 3; 3, 26. . Discussos'the part the war may play in furthering equality for the Negr and the example set by the International Workers Order in treatment of Negroes in its membership, 405 The Negro Lifts His Hoad, by Walter Davenport. COLLIER’S (Now York), Nov. 21, 1942, v. 110, no. 21: 17, 102-105. Discusses the increasing Negro activities toward the abolition of seg- regation in the army and in civil life. Describes the racial situation in the South as a serious menace to the war effort, 406 The Negro Worker, An .analysis of Management and Integration of the Negro in Industry. New York, American Management Association, 1942. 32 p. (Spedu Research Report Number l). 407 Negroes and the War, by Chandler ‘'Avon. Official Publication of the Office of War Information, Washington, U, S, Govt. Print. Off,, 1942. 64 p. Defines the Negro's stake in America, Reviews the progress made by the Race; tells1 of the Negro's role in industry and in the Armed Forces in this war, 408 Negroes Are Fighting for Freedom, by Shirley Graham. COMMON SENSE (New York) Feb.’1943, v. 12, no. 2: 45-50, Discusses the position of the Negro in the Army, in industry, in labor unions. Gives examples of Negro sogrstation and cites some of the work of the FSPG, 409 Pigeonhole 'for Negro Equality, by Games A. Wochslor. NATION (New York), Gar , 23, 1943, v, 156, no, 4: 121-122'. The Administration's effort to combat racial discrimination in war em- ployment, and reasons for retaining the Fair Employment Practices Committee. * 410 Some Unfinished Business at Home, by Alfre'd Baker Lewis. CHRISTIANITY AND CRISIS (New York), Gan, 11, 1943, v, 2, no. 23: 3-7, Discusses discrimination against the Negroes in the United States. Stresses the fact that our actual treatment of the Negroes does not correspond with our professed democratic ideal of equality. Analyzes the Negro’s attitude toward the present war and his part in the conflict 411 The War and the 'Negro, by Furman L, Templeton, MORGaN STaTS COLLEGE BULLET.! (Baltimore), Doc. 1942, v. 8, no, 10s 6-13, An address by the Racial Relations Advisor, Office of Civilian Defense of the Third Civilian Defense Region, Defines the essential elements of good morale, points to gains made by Negroes during tho war period, and considers the role of Negro college students at the present time. YIIX, RACIAL AND ILiTIONAL GROUPS (.Con*.) G. Other Groups 412 The Dilemma of the 'German**-merican, by Rudolf Glanz, JEWISH T?R0NTTEH (New York), Jan. 1945, ve 10, no. 1(96)s 13-15. Discusses the conflicting .loyalties which confronts many Also comments upon Jewish attitudes toward this Germai American group. 413 The Effect of the War on Our Minority Groups, by Gerhart Saenger. AMERICAN SOCIOLOGICAL REVIEW (Menasha, Wis.), Fob, 1943, v. 8, no. Is 15-22. Discusses the problems of morale that arise because of hostile attitudes toward minority groups which seem to increase during wartime. .414 The International Experiment of Upper Silesia; a Study in the Working of th Upper Silesian Settlement, 1922-1937, by George Kaokenbeeckt London, Oxford University Press, 1942. 859 p., folded maps A documented study of one of the complex minority problems in Europe' by the President of the Arbitral Tribunal of .Jpper Silesia, Issued under .the auspices of the Royal Institute of International Affairs. 415 Minorities, Chicago, University of Chicago Press, March 28, 1943. 26 p, (University of Chicago Round Table, no. 262) Participants include Ralph McGill, -ivery 0, Craven, and Robert Red fie 3d . Includes also a special supplement of eight picture pages, 416 Minority Sights and the Public Interest, by Louis Lusky, YaLE LAW JOURNAL (New Haven), Doc. 1942, v, 52, no. Is 1-41, Analyzes tho benefits to be derived from the’ ce-ssation of discrimination against minority groups'in the United States, Discusses the nature of tho problem of minorities, tho Supreme Court and minority rights, and unsettled issued involving minority rights, 417 Our Minority Groups’; 2: Spanish-Speaking People, BUILDING (New York Feb, 1943, v, 8, no, 5: 159 p., illus. (Bibliog,) One of a series of pictorial'study units sponsored by the Society for Curriculum Study, Depicts the life and problems of Span!sh-Americans in tho United. States, including their contribution to the war effort. 418 Sabotage and America’s Minorities, by Jos'eph S, Roucek, WORLD INTERPRETER (Los Angeles), Spring 1943, v. 14, no. 1: 45-66. States that subversive individuals do not predominate in any American minority group, discusses sabotage, the Nazi conception of sabotage, America’s Fascist imitators, Jow-Baiting in the United States, activities of theGSmmnBund, Italian propaganda; in the United States, Russian and Ukrainian Fascists, Falangist® and tho Sinarquists. , IX. WOMEN f A. The United States 419 The American Woman Physician Comes of Age, by Emily Dunning Barringer, VILLAGER (Bronxville, N.Y.), Fob, 1943, v. 15, no. 5: 11-14, 29. Traces tho development of opportunities for women physicians. •IX. WOMEN (Cant.) 420 Appointment of Female Physicians and Surgeons In the Medical Corps of ■'-he •army and Navy. Hearings* Before Subcommittee no, 3 of the Committee on Military .affairs. House of Representatives, 76th Cong., 1st soss., on H. R. 824, a Bill to Amend the of September 22, 1941, (Public Law 262, 77th Cong.,) 7/ith Relation to the Temporary .appointments of Officers in the Army of the United States and H, R, 1857, a Bill to Provide for the Appoint ment of Female Physicians and Surgeons In the Medical 'Corps of the .army ' and Navy, March 10, 11, and 18, 1943. Washington, U, S, Govt• Print. Off., 1943. 101 p. 421 aviation Uobs for 'Women. VOCATION-aL TRENDS (Chicago), Fob. 1943, v, 6, no. 2; 18-19. Indicates that the women of America are designing, producing, and flying airplanes today as their answer to-Hitler. 422 Catholic Mothers in National Dcfens'o, by Bordeaux Eborhardt. RGSaRY (New York), Uan. 1, 1943, v. 94, no. 1: 9-10, Considers the maintenance of health and spiritual values in the home an important contribution by Catholic mothers to national defense, 423 College Women and War Industry, JOURNAL OF THE AMERICAN ASSOCIATION OF UNIVERSITY WOMEN (Washington), Spring 1943, v. 36, no. 3: 130-170. Gives proceedings of the Conference of Representatives of War Industries and Women’s Colleges called by the American association of University Women Some of the topics covered are: the need for women’s services, need for college women outside industry, industry-college training programs. 424 Doors Open for Women, by Ruth Finney. INDEPENDENT WOMAN (New York), Uan. 1943, v, 22, no. 1: 5-6, 32. Lists new opportunities in industry and in the professional fields which the war is opening to women, and discusses the rationing program for the coming year, 425 Navy Woman’s Handbook, by Clella Reeves Collins.•.New York, Whittlesey House 1943. xvii, 219 p. Contains information on social usage in the and property rights of Navy women. 426 The New Role of Women in 'Industry, bv Elizabeth Gurley Flynn* COMMUNIST (New York), April 1943, v, 22, no. 4: 348-357. Discusses the present -recruitment of women in industry and in auxiliaries to the armed forces, the employment of Negro women in wartime, the possible registration of women, and ways that the Communist Party has fostered the rights of women. 427 Should Mothers Work in Wartime? TRAINED NURSE AND HOSPITAL REVIEW (New York] March 1943, v. 110, no. 3: 186. Believes that mothers with young children have a responsibility toward their homes- that should bo considered before they are required to enter • • into war industry, ... 428 Wartime Careers for Women, by Margaret A, Hickey, SCHOOL aND COLLEGE PLACE- MENT (Philadelphia), Mar«h 1943, v*T3, no. 3: 17-24. Deals with the many fields open to women during this present war. They ir elude engineering, physics, chemistry, nursing and nutrition, clerical, nursery education, civil service, factory work, and teaching. .IX. WOMEN (Cent.) 429 What Kind of Uniform I's That? bv Marv Hornaday, CHRISTIAN SCIENCE MONITOR WEEKLY MAGAZINE SECTION (Boston), Deo. 12, 1942: 10-11, illus. Discusses the uniforms of the WAVES and the WAACS* 430 The Woman Lawyer in the Effort, by Ruth Lewinson, WOMEN LAJYERS ’ JOURNA. (Washington), Dan, 1943,. v, 29, no* 1: 17-18, v Discusses the work of the Legal advice Bureaus, staffed by women lawyer in conjunction with Units- of the American Women's Voluntary Services, in giving free legal advice to men in service and their dependents on matters arising by reason of the war service. List rules governing the conduct of 'a Legal advice Bureau, 431 Women and Their Jobs, by Frieda S, Wilier, SURVEY GRAPHIC (Now York), May 1943, v, 32, no, 5: 182-184, 227-228, photos, tables. Analysis of the place of women in wartime and after, as wage earners, homo makers, or in some combination of the two, . v 432 [Women at War}. GENERAL FEDERATION CLUBWOBRN(Washington), Feb. 1943, v. 23, no, 5 : 26 p. This issue of tho General Federation Clubwoman is devoted to every phast * of women’s work in the war. Women in military service, war industry, civilian .defense, nursing, U.3,0, and voluntary work. 433 Women Chemists Play Role in Detroit Production,by Helen 1, Miner, CHEMICAL AND ENGINEERING NEWS (New York), Jan, 25, 1943, v. 21, no. 2: 80-83. Describes the work women chemists are doing in such plants as Parke, Davis & Co., Gelatin Products Co., and in medical and nutrition research to 434 Women Doctors in the Army, by Judge Dorothy Kenyon, WOMEN IN MEDICINE (Washington), Jan. 1943, no. 79: 9-10, Asks for the commissioning of women doctors in the Array Medical Reserve v Corps on the same basis as men, and discusses ’’legalisms” which have been used to oppose this, 435 Women Doctors in the British Army, by Louise Blartindale, M,D, MEDICAL WOMEN’S JOURNAL (Cincinnati), Jan, 1943, v. 50, no, 1: 6-7* Discusses the duties of medical women employed with the Royal Medical Corps* 436 Women in Industry; Their Problems of Health, by Dr. Milton H, Kroneifberg, INDUSTRIAL MEDICINE (Chicago), Doc. 1942, v. 11, no, 12: 539-592. Discusses the various health problems related to tho employment of wo- men in industry. 437 Women in War Industry, by Mildr'ed Fairchild, SCIENCE aND SOCIETY (New York) Winter 1943, v, 7, no, 1; 14-23* Discusses various problems connected with women working in war industry, 438 Women’s Place in Two Wars: Psychological Difference, by Esther N, Raushen- bush, VILLAGER (Bronxvillc, N.Y.), May 1943, v, 15, no, 8: 11-13, 54-55. i Discusses the role of the educated woman, tho college girl, in relation to enlistment in the armed service and to industrial needs, tho contin- * uanco of liberal education .arid preparation for non-war professions, and tho social responsibility 6'f women in reconstruction. IX. WOMEN (Don't •') 439 W men’s Wor}c in Wartime, by Prances Perkins, Secretary of Labor. MONTHLY LABOR REVIEW (U,S, Bureau of'Labor Statistics, 'Washington), April 1943, v, 56, no, 4: 661-665, , Examines briefly the number women in War work, types occupations, training programs, and safeguards that may bo needed; at the end of the war • . - B. Other Countries 440 Bibliography on British Women in the War; Books in British Library of Information, compiled by Eleanor Hewitt-Hyring. New York, British Library of -Information,* March 1, 1943. 5 p, (typewritten) 441 British Women at War, by Mary Cox. London, Bohn Murray & the Pilot Press, 1941. 71 p,, illus• a record of the resource, endurance and practical competence of the wo- men of Britain in industry, the home, and civilian defense work. 442 British Women in the War Services, by Elizabeth C, Phillips, PUBLIC HEaLTH NURSING (New York), Nov, 1942, v. 34’, no. 11 : 609-611. Describes the- varied activities of women under war conditions. Explains functions of the three women’s organizations attached directly to the navy, army and air force.- 443 Canadian Women at War, by Margaret Wherry. INDEPENDENT WOMAN (Now York), Ja 1943, v, 22, no, 1: 12-13-, 27, photos. Describes the kinds of work which Canadian women arc doing in war in- dustries, the throe women’s services, and voluntary war undertakings such as canteens. Gives statistics. 444 The Fighting Women of Yugoslavia, by Sima Dangerfield. NINETEENTH CENTURY AND jiFTER (London), March 1943, v. 133, no. 793: 130-132. .Describes the physical and psychological conditions under which the wo- men live, and women’s part in making and distributing arms to the guer- illas as well as in the actual warfare, 445 Inter-American Commission of Women, Report of the Third Annual Meeting Road at the Closing Session, November 14, F942, by 'Carmen Bustamante de Lozada. BULLETIN OP THE PAN AHERICAN UNION (Washington), Jan, 1943, v. 77, no, 1: 31-35. 446 Japanese Woman Power, by Helen Llacy Sharpe, WOMAN (New York), May; 1943, v, 10, no. 5: 22-26. Discusses the legal status of’Japanese Women, their work as laborers in the fields and factories, their social status, 447 Palestine’s Women Soldiers, by Miriam Shir, HADAS3AU NEWSLETTER (New York), Sept,-Oct, 1942, v, 23, no. 1: 14-16, .. Discusses the activities’ of the women recruits of the Auxiliary Torritor- ; ial Service in Palestine, IX WOMEN (Cont. ) 448 Ranked by 'None in Glory, by Eleanor Seag].e, JUNIOR LEAGUE MAGaZINE (New . ' York), Feb. 1943, y. 29, no, 10: 6. Discusses the technical, medical, welfare and service work which the women of China and Russia have done since the outbreak of World War II, 449 (The Soviet Woman of Today, )La,Mujer Sovietica de Hoy, por Verna Carlcton do Millan. FUTURO (Mexico City), Nov, 1942, no, 81: 41-42, 47. The Social and legal position of the women of the U.S.S.R, and what it has meant to the defense of the nation. ...... # 450 We-Chinqse Women; .Speeches and Writings During the First United Nations Year, by Mayling Soong Chiang (Madame Chiang Kai-shek), Feburary 12, 1942 November 16, 1942, Ncw York, John Day Company, 1943, 55 p. , ' Contains sixteen speeches and articles by Madame Chiang stressing the spiritual aspects of the war, 451 . (The Women of England in .the War,-). Zhcnshchiny Anglii i by D. Zorih. MIROVOR KHOZIAISTVO I MIROVAIA P03XriK/(Moscow), -ug. 1942, no. 8: 56-bl>, Surveys the -role Briti'sh women are playing in war industries and in the auxiliary armed forces, 452 Yugoslav Women Fight for Freedom, by Prof,' Pauline Albala, New York, Yugoslav Information Center,Jan, 1943, 32p. a historic review of the part which 'the women of Yugoslavia have played in their country's fight, for freedom. The account is brought down to the present day. X. CHILDREN A, The United States 453 Baby Clinics Open in Shipyard Defense Housing Projects. BALTIMORE HEALTH MMS (City Health Department, Baltimore), Dec. 1942, v, 19, no, 18: 93. Tolls of the opening and services rendered by two new wo 11-baby clinics and mentions clinics formerly opened. 454 The Battle of Child Health,' by.John L. Springer. PARENTS’ MAGAZINE (New York), Jan. 1943, v. 18, no. It 30-31, 60-61. Pleads for community and national support of teachers and parents in thair effort to prepare children for citizenship in a world free and strong. 455 California Children. (California Sthte Ho'pt, of Social Welfare, Sacramento, Dec. 15, 1942, v. 5, no, 12: 44 p, (Mimoo.) Published monthly, Material in this number was prepared by the staff of Mills College with the staff assistance' of the Work-Projects admini- stration and the War Relocation Project. 456 Child Care Centers, by John 0* Louis, PUBLIC WELFARE (Chicago), May 1943, v. 1, no, 5; 141-147. Discusses the program developed by the MinnoapolisbDofense Council in connection with the. Council of Social Agencies for the care of children of working mothers. X. CHILDREN (Cent.) 457 CHILD DEVELOPMENT ABSTRACTS AND BIBLIOGRAPHY (National Research Council, 'Washington),-. Hob. 1943, v. 17, no. 1.: 1-7. The first section entitled '’’This Is 'Tar," is a bibliography of books and articles on children and youth in the war* 458 Child Guidance in Time of War, by Clara Monger. INTERNATIONAL ALTRUSAN (Chicago), 1943, v. 20, no. 4: 7-8. Discusses measures which can be taken to counteract the effects of war on children. 459 Child Labor In Warti'nic, by Gertrude P*olks Zimand. WOIIaNS PRESS (New York), , Feb. 1943, v, 37, no, 2: 63-64. Stresses the detrimental effects of child labor on the youth of today, 460 Child Neglect in 'Wartime Communities, by Inez H, Cavert. PERSONNEL JOURNAL (Personnel Research Federation, Baltimore), Wan, 1943, v, 21, no, 7: 244- 250. .Deals with problems of child labor, juvenile delinquency, housing and education for children of workers in defense industries,, and suggests ways of meeting the needs. 461 Child Welfare in Defense Gommunitlos, by Inez M, Cavert. CHRISTIAN HOME (Nashville), April 1.943, v, 2, no* 4: 19-20, Discusses problem created in new defense communities where the mothers of young children are employed in war work. 462 Child Welfare Service in toartimo, by Manuel Kaufman. CHILD 1 TEL VARS LEAGUE OF AMERICA; BULLETIN (New York), '• March 1943: 8-10. The Chief of Child Welfare Services, State Department of Public Welfare of Maryland discusses the organization of the services and the program planned bo care for children in wartime, 463 Children and the Social Worker in Time of War, by —ay 0, VIRGINIA PUBLIC WELFARE (State Dept, of Public Welfare, Richmond), Oct. 1942, v, 20, no. lOs 3-4, Surveys the special problems of'family disruption and child health brought about by the war and offers a program that will provide equal opportunity for all children. ... .464 Children and War; A Selected List of References, compiled by Helen F, Conover Under the Direction of Florence S, Hallman, Chief Bibliographer. Rev, ed, Washington, U, S. Library of Congress, 1943. 66 p,- (Processed) 46$ Children in Wartime,'.by Sherman Little, AMERICAN JOURNAL OF NURSING (New York), April 1943, vi 43, no. 4: 347-350, Discusses the care of children in wartime from a mental hygiene angle. 466 Clinical Experiences with Children in Wartime, by Anne Davis, WELFARE BULLETIN (Illinois State Dept, of Health, Springfield), March 1943, v. 34, no, 3; 8-10, Examines some of the effects of the war on children: increase of tensions and pressures by migration to defense areas; departure of the father; charges in economic and social status; national differences between the parents. X. CHILDREN (Conte) - 4-67 Creative Expression in'Wartime, by Bertha W. Bailey* MUSIC EDUCATORS JOURNAL (Chicago), Fob.-March 1943, v. 29, no. 4: 9-11. Discusses how children’s creative activities can be directed into channels of expression which will bo permanently valuable in peace time. 468 Day-Care Program for Children in Philadelphia. BULLETIN (Child Welfare League of America, flow York), Fob. 1943, v. 22, no1, 2: 5-7. Tells of plans for the establishment of fifteen day care centers for fifty children each, six of which are already open. Discusses admini- stration and projected case work service. 469 Day Care; Frees War Job Mothers, WESTERN INDUSTRY (San Francisco), April 1943, v. 8, no, 4: 10-11, Describes methods used by cities in the State of Washington to provide care for young children whose mothers are war workers. 470 Democracy applied to Serving Children, Extension Division Publication, New Dominion Series, University of Virginia, Charlottesville, Doc. 1, 1942, v, 25: 7 p, (unnumbered) Tells of promotion of nursery schools through community committees and of new problems brought to them by the war. 471 First Deficiency Appropriation Dill for 1943,. Hearings Before a Subcom- mittee of the Committee on appropriations. United States Senate, 78th Cong. 1st Sess., on H, R, 1975, an net Making Appropriations to Supply Defi- ciencies in Certain Appropriations for the Fiscal Year Ending June 30, 1943, and for Prior Fiscal Pears, to Provide Supplemental Appropriations for the Fiscal’ Year Ending' June 30, 1943, and for Other Purposes. Washing- ton, U.S, Govt. Print, Off., 1943. 275 p. 'Contains information regarding child care programs, education, labor standards, agricultural problems and the work of many government agen- cies. 472 The ’’Foreigner1 s” Child and the War, by Wellington G. Fordyce, CLEARING HOUSE (New York), Jan. 1943, v. 17, no. 5: 281-283. Discusses some of the emotional difficulties of children who suffer fror prejudice and discrimination because of their racial or national extraction, 473 Health Standards for Group Caro of Young Children. WEEKLY BULLETIN (Calif- ornia State Dept, of Public Health, Sacramento), March 13, 1943, v, 22, no, 8: 29-51. Considers the health program for young children in groups, under three headings: health qualifications (of staff, .of children, of plant), • health services, and health practices. 474 How Shall Our Children Serve? by Robert K, Speer and Jack Ormsbee. CLEAR- ING HOUSE (New York), Jan. 1945, v, 17, no. 5: 277-280. - Outlines a plan for the employment of children in certain phases of the war program. X. CHILDREN (Cent.) 475 Impact of War on Children and Youth, by Martha W, MacDonald, AMERICAN ■ JOURNAL OF PUBLIC HEALTH AND THE NATIONS HEALTH (Albany, N.Y.), April 1943, v, 33, no, 4: 336-336, Finds the needs of children for personal security and guidance to bo greatly increased by war and feels that protection needs to be parti- cularly strengthened in areas where children work and play. 476 Indianapolis Launches Day Care for Children, by Elizabeth Coyle, PUBLIC WELFARE IN INDIANA (Indiana Dent, of Public Welfare, Indianapolis), Feb. 1943, v, 53, no, 2 (series 299): 3-5. Tells of methods used by a local committee in determining the need for day care through community agencies and questionnaires. Describes the evolution of the operating principles of day care now in use in Indiana- polis and the use of volunteers for this work. 477 Industry Minds the While Mom Minds the Machine, by Elsie Johns, MILL & FACTORY (New York), Dec. 1942, v, 31, no, 6: 90-91, 134-136, illus. Discusses the success of the nursery run by the Douglas Aircraft, and that of other nursery schools run by industry. i 478 Mother Power, by Anita Brenner, LIBERTY (.Now York), Jan. 30, 1943, v. 20, no, 5: 24-26, illus, asserts that nearly every woman in the country who doesn’t have a full- time job will be needed to care for children of working mothers, during the war period, through public or private agencies. 479 Mothers of Little Rock Permitted to Work by Child-Care Activities, by Robert H, Perry, DOMESTIC COMMERCE (U.S, Dept, of Commerce, Washington), April 2-2, 1943, v, 31, no. 6: 18-19, Sketches the need for child care programs in Little Rock, present facil- ities and shortages. 480 Neededj Daytime Mothers, by Katherine F, Lenroot, NEW YORK TIMES MaGaZINE (New York), Dec. 13, 1942, section 7: 18, 25, illus. The Chief of the Children’s Bureau, U.S, Dept, of Labor, deprecates the use in war industries of mothers of young children, and outlines a plan for day care those who need it> including sources of financing. 481 • No War Blinders for Children, by Eduard C. Lindeman. NET YORK TIMES MAGAZIM (New York), Dec. 20, 1942: 12/p. Stresses the fact that children should not be shielded from war’s real- ities, rather.they should be aware of their part in a world at war. Believes the latter attitude will aid the youth of today toward making a better world in the future, 482 Nursery Schools Vital to America's War Effort. U.S, Office of Education* Washington , U.S. Govt, Print. Off,, 1943, 12p, School Children and the War Series, Leaflet no. 3) Provides the answers to many questions regarding the need for nursery schools, their staff, location, equipment and financing. X. CHILDREN (Cent.) 483 Our Children: The War and the Chairman: anna Arnold Hodgnan, Key- note Speaker; Edward C. Lindoman,CHILD STUDY*(Nov/ York),‘Spring 1943, v. 20, no. 3 : 78-79, 92. ' A^panel discussion held by Alice V, Kolihor, Tracy Strong, Ruth Taylor and Anna W. M, Wolf. Questions discussed: How can wo help children un- derstand what:we. .are fighting for and their responsibility for making American Democracy work? Family's influence on childrerfsuttitudos toward economic, racial and religious questions and their part in the peace to come. 484 Problems of Children During War, by Edna Dean Baker. EVANGELICAL CHILDREN’S WORKER (Harrisburg, ?a.). May 1943, v, 17, no. 5: 2-4, 18. . Shows that lack of home life due to working mothers and fathers away at war may mean increase of malnutrition and greater spread of contagion and disease, and more jjuve.nl lo delinquency. Tolls how the teacher and the parent should help children make the proper adjustment to the -war. 485 Resources and Plans for Child Coro Whore Mothers Are Employed, by Helen Younggrcn. WELFARE BULLETIN (Illinois State Dent, of Public Welfare, Spring field), Dec. 1942, v. 33, no, 12: 16-19. Surveys federal, state and private resources available in developing a comprehensive plan for child care in war time. Sees the problem as one calling for cooperative effort by all agencies and by the community. 486 The Roots of War in Human Nature: Aggression and Hate in Childhood and Family Life. CHILD STUDY (Now York), Spring 1943, v, 20, no. 3: 72-77, 91. Karl Wenninger, Mary Shattuck Fisher, and Margaret Mead engage in a symposium discussion under the chairmanship of Austin H, MacCormick centered on the questions: Does war begin in the nursery? Are hate and aggression oart and parcel of human nature? How do our methods of influencing our children’s emotions in their early life prepare them for the kind of world we will have, is war inevitable, and so forth* 487 Safeguarding Health of Children in Wartime,' by Martha L, Clifford• CONNECTI- CUT HEALTH BULLETIN (Connecticut State Dept, of Health, Hartford.) Doc. 1942, v. 56, no. 12: 281-284. Text of a broadcast made for the Medical Information Bureau of the Hart- ford Medical Society and the Hartford County Medical association. Dis- cusses care of children in day care centers and in their own homes. 488 Something Worse Than Dcalth: Must Our Children Face This World? by Pearl Buck. CHURCHMAN (New York), Feb. 15, 1943, v. 157, no. 4: 9-10. An address delivered at the annual meeting of the Save the Children . Federation. _Stat.es that the brunt of war deprivations falls upon the children-of the warring nations. Points out the suffering of children of the underprivileged in the United States. Urges that the scope of the Federation’s work be enlarged to include cooperation with agencies seek- ing to eliminate racial discrimination and build economic security, 489 Standards for Day Caro of Children, Sacramento, California, State Dept, of Social Welfare, Oct. 1942. 8 p. (Mimoo.) * Recommends standards regarding personnel, equipment, programs, health care. • diet and other matters related to day care of children. X. CHILDREN (Cont.) 490 Standards for Day Nurseries in Washington. Olympia, Washington* State Dept- of Social Security, Oct. 1942. 18 p, (processed) (Publication-no, 7) Deals with certification, organization, personnel, case work service, plant and equipment, health provisions, program and records of day nurseries. States that the use of such nurseries has greatly increased due to war conditions. 491 Uncle Sam Takes Care W' His Youngest, by Grace Langdon , PaRENTS’ (New York), Jan, 1943, v, 18, no, 1: 34-*35, 64, Describes the growth and development of nursery schools and day nur- series since the war and the need of women workers. Tells of the groundwork of these nurseries and the program that can bo followed with state and community cooperation. • * • > 492 Volunteers Train for Day Care of Children, by Annida Slavons and Lire.Irvin Half, FEDERALOR (Pittsburgh), Feb, 1943, v, 18, no, 2: 45-48. Third article in a series on the training of volunteers. Stresses the importance of understanding children and of the adult’s disciplining himself in dealing with children, 493 liar and the Younger Citizens, by Celia Kraft. TOMORROW (Now York), Nay 194,r v, 2, no. 9: 9-12. Mentions the increase of juvenile delinquency, and asks for an increase of day nurseries and after school recreation centers in the United States, Describes wartime nurseries in Great Britain and China, 494 War Boom in Babies, by Raymond P. Sloan, FAMILY CIRCLE (New York), April 30, 1943, v. 22, no. 18; 10-11, 16-17, 22, illus. Offers suggestions to mothers of now babies on how iso cope with wartime conditions in connection with shortages of doctors and nurses, 496 Wartime Guidance for Tomorrow’s Citizens, by George Gregory Jr. OPPORTUNITY (Now York), 1943, v, 21, no. 2: 70-71, 90-91, Discusses war services program for children, the good and bad influence.' of war on children, tho use of employment of teen-age youngsters to curb lawlessness, and the need for community leadership* * 4-96 Wartime Nurseries, by Winifred Cobbledick, iUroau of Public Ad mini strati oi University of California, Berkeley, Feb. 1943. 44 p. (Mimoo. ) (Bibliog.) (1943 Legislat ivo Problems no. 2) Prepared at the request of California legislators, this review presents facts and docs not attempt recommendations. Deals with tho need for wartime nurseries, federal participation in tho program, child care activities in other states and planning for day care facilities in California. 497 'That a Day Care .Center Does in a -War Area, aLaBTlGv SOCIAL WEL. WRS (State Dept, of Social Welfare, Montgomery), April 1943, v, 8, no. 4: 6-7. Surveys work being done by various types of Day Care Centers in Birm- ingham and Montgomery, X. CHILDREN (Cont.) 498 Women n't Work, by-Boss Goodykoontz. NATIONAL PARENT-TSaCHER (Chicago), Fob. 1943, v. 37, no. 6: 8-10, photos. Discusses stops in setting up facilities for the cure of children in rural communities where there are war industries or whore women arc replacing men in other work. 499 You Can Bo’a Lend-Lease Parent, by Marion L, Gaogro, NATIONAL PARENT-TEACHER (Chicago), May 1943, y. 37, no, 9: 24-26. Discusses what the Parent Teachers’ Association.;is doing for the children of working mothers, 500 Your Child in War-Time, by Jane Mayer, EDUCATIONAL METHOD (Washington), Feb. 1943, v. 22, no* 5s 224-229. (To be continued) Discusses the physical and emotional needs of children in order to enable parents to help their children have good mental health and proper nervous- reactions during ’airtime. 501 Your Child in Wartime', Pt. II,by Jane Mayer, EDUCATIONAL METHOD (Washington), March 1943, v. 22, no, 6: 273-277. Discusses the problem of the child whose father is in the armed forces and whoso mother faces the decision whether or not to take a wartime job. 502 Your Child in Wartime: Part III, by Jane Mayor* EDUCATION METHOD (Washington. • npril 1943, v. 22, no. 7i 302-309*' Deals with paront-toacher-child relationship in wartime and the child in the wartime community. 503 Your Children in Wartime, by Angelo Patri• Garden City, N, Y., Doubleday, Doran, 1943, 115 p. Contains advice to parents and teachers on helping children meet the new wartime dcmand s• . B. Other Countries 504 As the Twig Is., Bont by Eugene Mac Gown. TOMORROW (Now York), February 1943, v. 2, 6j 9-10, Discusses Nazi methods used in the occupied countries to instill Nazi doctrines into the children there. 505 Britain’s Children in Wartime, by Agnes E. Meyers, JOURNAL 0'? THE UaTI ORAL EDUCATION ASSOCIATION (Washington), Jan. 1943, v, 32, no. 1: 3-5. Gives an account of Britain’s evacuation of children, the establishment of hostels end camp. schools, and her methods o:' dealing with delinquency problems. 506 Child Welfare in Britain in the Fourth Year of War. BULLETIN (Child Welfare League of America, Now York), Fob, 1943, v. 22, no, 2: 1-5, ,, Finds that Britain has ’’put children first "in its program of child care and in meeting food and clothing needs. Surveys the problem of juvenile delinquency, postevacuation problems, and the limitations of the nursery school program due to manpower shortages and health hazards. X. CHILDREN (Cont.) 507 Discussion of the E.ff< cts of War-Time Rationing on Chili Health. PROCEED- INGS OF THE R0y.iL SOCIETY OF MEDICINE (London), Fob, 1942, v, 35 : 273-278. 508 Feed Europe’s Children. MOTION (New York), March 27, 1943, v, 156, no. 13: 437. .asks that the government provide for the immediate relief of starving .children in Europe, Boll eves that BGigiutTi, Norway, and France present the greatest need at present. 509 (The Now Order in Its Relationship to Childhood.-) El Nuevo Ordon en su Re lac ion con la Infancia, by Harold Albert, CO’ iE NT.. TRIO 3 Y DOCUMENT OS DE La GUERPui (Mexico City), Dec. 15, 1942, v. 21, no. 70: 597-599, Discusses some aspects of the Nazi program for is-gimenting- Europe-an youth- 510 The Vengeance of Europe’s Children, by Janes Hood Johnson. CHRISTIAN CENTUPJ (Chicago), April 21, 1943, v, 60, no, 16: 487-488, States that Europe’s children are undergoing a deformation of character Trhich will lead to future violence and to the perpetuation of this war in other forms . Surveys the disintegration of family life, the growth of juvenile delinquency, and urges that relief, to bo effective, must be undertaken now, 511 He Must Feed Europe’s Children, by Crimes Wood Johnson, EVENING POST (Philadelphia), Feb. 20, 1943, v, 215, no, 34; 11, 48, 53, photo. Describes child’malnutrition in Europe and asserts that the mean? exist to feed Europe's children without benefiting the Axis thereby, XI. Y0UIR * A, The United States 512 America’s Leaders of Tomorrow are Talking. Discussion Outline on Problems Pacing Young People Today, compiled by a Committee of Staff Members From Rural Project, American Youth Commission, American Council on Education,,, Division of Intercourse and Education, Carnegie Endowment for International Peace,..Division of Program Study and Discussion, Bureau of agricultural Economics...Youth Section, American Country Life assocation Under the Di- rection of S. L. Kirpatrick. 1942. 44 p, 513 Boy Meets Girl in Wartime, (Issued by) Committee of the' American Social Hygiene association Under the Chairmanship of William F, Snow, New York, American Social Hygiene Association, 1943, 32 p. Discusses the social problems arising from the growth in emotional in- tensity as a result of the war, 514 The College Girl Goes to War, by Rita -5-allo Kleoman, INDEPENDENT WOIAAI (Now York), Jan, 1943, v, 22, no, 1: 18-19, photos. Lists courses given at various colleges which will prepare girls to take part in the war effort a-°ter graduation. Mentions their renewed interest in international affairs and their voluntary services. XI. YOUTH (Cont.) 515 East Side Youth: Nostchostor Farmers, by Julita Martinez, SURVEY GRAPHIC (New York), April 1943, v, 32, no. 4 s 131, 135, illus. Tells’ of a summer work camp begun at the Henry Street Settlement in New York which developed from a city roof greenhouse and occasional trips to a farm, to a summer program of food production to help meet war necdr 516 The 4-H Vegetable Gordon, by Oscar L, Hyman and Hi Hi am S, Plurnor. Agri- cultural Extension Service and University of Maine, Cooperating. Augusta, Maine, Dec. 1942. 12 p. (Maine Extension Bulletin no. 312.) Advises boys and girls in the planning, planting and cultivation of a wartime vegetable garden, and in grading and preparing the produce for market. 517 Girl Power for the Home Front, by Adole 3. Mossier. PROGRESSIVE EDUCATION (New York), Feb, 1943, v, 20, no. 2: 81-84, Indicates that high school girls can aid the war effort on the home front by taking care of the children of working mothers. 518 Girlpower, Inc., by Alice Conway Carney, as told to anno L, New, INTER- NATIONAL ALTRUSaN (Chicago), Feb. 1943*, v. 20, no, 5: 10-11, Suggests types of training which will enable girls to be useful to the war effort. 519 Girls in Overalls, by Josephine von Miklos, PARENTS * MaGAZINE (Now York), March 1945, v, 18, no, 3: 22-23, 75, 76, illus. Advocates training classes in mechanics for girls and hopes for a new attitude toward the entry of women into this field of work on the part of parents and the girls themselves. 520 The Health Status of NYa Youth; a Nation-Mide Survey of Youth on the- Out- of-School work Programs of the National' Youth Administration, U. S. Federal Security agency. Washington, U* 3, Govt. Print. Off., 1942. 77 p,, map, tables, charts, 521 High School Farmers, by Courtney Dinwiddle, YOUTH LEADERS DIGEST (Peckskill N, Y.), April 1943, v, 5, no, 3: 252-254, discusses ,the dangers of removing children from school at too early an age and subjecting;them to poorly planned projects. Stresses the need fo juvenile aid in'agriculture but also the necessity of providing good standards of employment. Comments on some of the local projects releas- ing children from' school for agricultural labor. 522 Living and Working on a Farm, Illinois. State Council of Defense, Spring- field, San, 1943, Prepared by the College of Agriculture, University of Illinois. 60 p., illus. a handbook for high school boys and girls in cities and towns explaining the need for their work on the farm and giving information work- ing conditions, safety measures, and the various types of work to be done. 523 The NYa Health Program in Wartime, by Marie D, Lane,. JOURHnL OF SOCIAL HYGIENE (American Social Hygiene Association, Now York), Nov, 1942, v, 28, no. 8: 489-471, Summarizes the pre-placement health examination and infirmary program of the National Youth Administration. XI ,' (Cont,) 524 NYA in War Time* War Manpower Commission, National Youth' Administration, Washington* [U, S, Govt* Print. Off*, 1942]. 525 Our Mission Is to Reconstruct, by Ralph . Diffendbr'for. MOTIVE (Methodist Student Movement, Nashville), Nan. 1943, v. 3, no, 5: 11, 12. Suggests various channels, both governmental and religious, through which the enthusiasm of youth for reconstruction can bo harnessed to practical work, 526 S ocial Hygiene and xouth in Defense Communities, by Maurice a. Bigelow. JOURNAL OF SOCIAL HYGIENE (American Social Hygiene Association* New York) Nov. 1942, v. 28, no, 8; 437-447, Covers educational and social problems that affect youth in towns and cities near training camps and .in defense industries. Includes physical mental and social relations, 527 Total War and Youth, by John L, Childs. TEACHERS COLLEGE RECORD (New York). Jan. 1943, v. 44, no, 4: 260-266, Analyzes the needs of youth in wartime, 528 Trend of Child Labor, 1939 to 1942, by Ella .arvilla Merritt* MONTHLY L.BOR REVIEW (U. -S. Bureau of Labor Statistics, Washington), March 1943, v. 56, no, 3s 450-467, tables. Reviews the increased protection of children during the period between ..Arid War I and >«orld War II, and the effect of the present war on the employment of children and young people under 18. 529 A War -Lesson from Britain, by Lillian J. Tamblyn, OPTIMIST INTERACTIONAL (St, Louis), Jan. 1943, v,. 23, no, 1: 5, 12, . Believes we should folldw Britain and give special attention to the youth of today, advocates giving youth responsibility in civilian de- fense programs, 530 Wartime Employment of Boys and Girls Under 18, il, S, Children’s Bureau. Washington, U, S, Govt. Print. Off,, 1943, 16 p, (Publication 289) .Surveys the number of boys and girls employed, kinds of work they are doing, and what has happened in the field of child-labor and school attendance laws. Offers a not of principles and standards for the wise employment of children in wartime. 531 What Are the Effects Upon Older adolescents of Entering the Armed Forces? by Samuel R. Laycock. UNDERSTANDING THE CHILD (Now York), 1943, v. 11, no, 4s 3-8, Urges careful supervision of adolescents entering the service so as to guide them in solving the intellectual and emotional problems that are certain to arise, . . 532 You Can Help Your Country Win, by Ruth E.rindzo, Now York, Vanguard Press, 1943. 227 p. A book about wartime America which tells boys and girls what part they can play on the home front, Explains rationing, pr ice ceilings, proper diet, and gives directions for planting a victory garden. XI. YOUTH (Cent-.) 533 Youth and the State in War and Peace* by Henry W-, Holmes. EDUCATIONAL PORUM (Tiffin, Ohio), Jan. 1943, v. 7, no. 2: 101-108.' Presents general ideas about our war aims and points out their edu- cational- implications. Stresses the importance of understanding peopL 534 Youth in a World at War, by Donald J. Shank. BULLETIN OF THE COMMITTEE ON YOUTH PROBLEMS OF THE AMERICAN COUNCIL ON EDUCATION (Washington), Oct. 1942, v, 6, no. 1: 1, 3. Calls attention to the current increase in juvenile delinquency, pleads for maintenance of educational standards and poses questions regarding war adjustments for the consideration of loaders of groups interested in youth. 535 Youth in the Fight for Victory, by Max Weiss. COMMUNIST (Now York-), April 1943, v. 22, no, 4: 316-331. Discusses the solidarity between the army and labor, our policy toward communists, youth in war industries, the economic standards of working youth, the social problems created by the mass influx of youth into the basic industries in war centers, and efforts to unite youth. 536 Youth Looks at Peace, by Dorothy C'ormack, and others. WORLD AFFAIRS INTER- , PRETER (Los Angelos), Oct. 1942, v, 8, no, 3: 328-333, • Attitude of youth towards the peace, stressing the necessity for plan- ning it now to prevent a repetition of the errors of the postwar period after World War I. 537 Youth Standards in Wartime, by Richard H. Anthony. JOURNAL OF SOCIAL HY- GIENE (American -Social Hygiene Association* New York), Nov, 1942, v, 28, no. 8s 448-457. (Report of Workshop No. l) Reports on a suggested program to meet the problems of a community where soldiers, sailors and war workers are mooting girls in public places, discussed and developed by the Harvard University Seminar-on Youth Standards in Wartime. 538 War Manpower Commission- Policy on Employment of Youth Under Eighteen Years of Age. aLABAMA SOCIAL WELFARE (State Dept, of Public Welfare, Montgomery) March 1943, v. 8, no, 3:3-4, Reprints a declaration of policy signed by the War' Manpower Commissioner January 30, 1943, which sets forth minimum standards under which youths from 14 to 18 may bo employed, subject to provisions of State and Fed- eral Child Labor laws. B. Other Countries 539 Can Europe’s Youth Bo Salvaged? by Heinz Soffner, SURVEY GRAPHIC (New York) Gan. 1943, v. 32, no, 1: 15-19, 31-32, photos* Shows the way Nafciaolino up European youth for their progran, and makes suggestions for the United Nations to help European youth to regain free- dom and human dignity. .XI, YOUTH (Cant.) 540 (Chronicle of lighting Franco; XVII: Youth of France,-) Chronique do la France Combattante; XVIJ s Jeunesse Ho Franco, by Robert '/ibtor. FR.MTCE ORIENT (Delhi, India), Sept. 1942, v, 2, no. 17: 68-83. Discusses the role youth has played and will continue to play in the fight to .liberate Franco,. 541 (European Youth, Meeting in .Vienna, Formulate a Program for Close Coopera- tion in the New Europe.-) Las Juventudes Europens, Hounidas on Viena, Gon- er o tan un Programa de Estrocha Colaboracion on la Mueva Europe, MUNDO (Madrid), Oct.' 4, 1942, v. 3, no. 126: 174-175. Outlines plans for a European youth movement. 542 German Youth as a Postwar Problem, by O.-’-to Strasscr. CATHOLIC MOULD (New York), Feb. 1943, v, 156, no. 935 : 530-532. Fools that with a program of extensive reeducation the majority of German youth can bo brought back to a normal way of life. Must provide an alternative ideal for those inculcated by Hitler. For the minority, the ’’lost battalions” of Gorman youth, stronger methods must be used, perhaps grouping them in labor regiments to help in postwar rehabili- tation. 543 The Ordeal-of German Youth, by Paul Hagen. NATIONAL PARENT-TSUCHER (Chicag Mar, 1943,' v. 37, no. 7: 18-20, States that the Hitler Youth of today are becoming- literally a lost generation. The essential task after the war will bo, out of the des- pair and uncertainty about all values in which the Nazi breakdown will leave them, 544 The Registration of Youth, by Kenneth Lindsay, FORTNIGHTLY (Londo'n), March 1943, no. 915 n.s.s 151-157.' Surveys the techniques used and the results obtained from the registra- tion of British youth between the ages of 16 and 18 and the interviews held with them for the purpose of encouraging thorn to join appropriate organizations. Considers the reactions produced in Scotland and England and concludes that the registration could well be discontinued. 545 Rethinking Reconstruction, by Ruth Rouse. MOIANS PRESS (Now York), Ain. 1943, v. 37, no. Is 15-16. The President of the Worlds Council of the Y.M.G.-i. draws lessons from World War X and surveys the present position of ecumenical -Christian youth movements. 546 Training Holiday, by'Kurt SPECTATOR (London), Doc. 4, 1942, no. 5971; 5 24-5 25; - Urges the adoption of a training holiday for adolescents, especially working boys, which will develop skills that will bo -useful for the armed services without subjecting them to undue physical exhaustion. 547 (The Voice of Youth*-) Die.Stimmo dor Jugcnd, by Tide J, 'Caspar. SL0MAK1S- CHE RUNDSCHAU (Bratislava-Prossburg), Aug. 1941, v, 2, no, 15; 4-5. . Expounds tho good fortune of tho youth of Slovakia in their resolution to part with all the- old forms, and to turn their- faces towards the now day of National Socialism. XI. YOUTH (Cont.) 548 The War and the Arab Youth, by Albert Alton. ASIA aND THE AMERICAS (New York), Feb. 1943, v. 43, no, 2: 83-86. Discusses the detrimental effects of the war op Arab youth. 549 (The War and the Duties of Youth.-) La guerra y los deberes de la juventud, by Vincente Lombardo Toledano. Mexico City, Publicaciones Mexico Univer- sidad Obrera, June 17;. 1942. 31 p. Explains the nature of the war and its special significance to youth. 550 Young America Looks at Young Britain and the War, by Louise Morley. PRO- GRESSIVE EDUCATION (New York), ‘April 1943, v, 20, no. 4: 157-160." Discusses the utilization of youthful manpower in Great Britain, and all phases of wartime activities of young people. 551 Youth of Europe in Danger, by Josef Geta. WORLD DOMINION AND THE WORLD TO- DAY (London), 1643, v, 21, no. 1: 1-3. Discusses the Nazi education of German youth, and the task of teaching the young people of Europe the principles of democracy, freedom and liberty. 552 Youth Problems in Wartime, by John McLeish. MUNICIPAL ■ REVIEJ OF GuNPHAi ' (Lachate, Que.), July-Aug, 1942, v* 38, no. 7-8: 7-9, Considers the effect of the war upon Canadian youth, homo life and the school, army rejections because of physical defects, and suggests prac- tical steps which individuals can take to help with the problems. PARrFOUR* SOCIAL PROBLEMS XII, PUBLIC WELFARE A. General 553 Health in 1942 Excellent, by Dr. Louis I. Dublin. SCIENCE HEWS LETTER (Washington), Jan. 9, 1943, v. 43, no. 2: 22-23. Sums up the health situation in the United States in 1942. Concludes that the average health was excellent, but that the outlook for 1943 is very uncertain. 554 Morals in Wartime. Chicago, University of Chicago Press, April 25, 1943, 20 p. (Uni .versity of Chicago Round Table, no, 266) Participants include: Bernard Loomor, Wayne McMillen, and W. Lloyd Warner 555 The Safety Program of the Army Service Forces, by Major E. R, Granniss. CASUALTY AND' SURETY JOURNAL (New York), Way 1943', v. 4, no. 5: 21-27, Discusses accident prevention in the home, on the highway, and in the plant. 556 War Time Health and Medical Problems, by Uarnos -a, Crabtree. Memphis, Univer- sity of Tennessee College of Medicine, June- 5, 1942. 18 p. Surveys the work in public health being done in military areas -and in war industries. Includes such topics as nutrition, fatigue, venereal diseases, and recruitment of personnel. XII. PUBLIC WELFARE (Cant.) 557 Wartime Public Welfare and Community Organization in Baltimore, by T, J. S. Waxter, PUBLIC WELFARE (Chicago)*, March 1943, v, 1, no. 6: 67-78, Discusses some of the following aspects of public welfare as affected by the war: personnel, maintenance of service standards, services to other agencies, emergency welfare services, manpower problems, venereal disease control, housing, child placement, delinquency, health services food stamp program, and use of volunteers. 558 Who Does What, by Gertrude Springer, SURVEY MIDMONTHLY (New York), Can, 1943, v, 79, no. 1: 7-9. Discusses some of the problems of wartime public welfare administration especially the definite placing of responsibility, B. Social Legislation All-in Insurance for aIIj S-? r William Beveridge’s Report. LABOUR (London), Dec. 1942, v. 5, no. 4: 102-110. Lists the guiding principles underlying recommendations made by Sir William Beveridge, the fundamental principles in the plan for Social Security, including children’s allowances. 560 The -amended Soldiers’ and Sailors’ Civil Relief Act, by George W, Omacht. MINING AND METALLURGY (New York), Feb, 1943, v. 24, no", 434: 3-6. • Discusses the theory of the act of 1940 emphasizing the amendments of 1942. 561 The Backlog of Social Security, by Maxwell S. Stewart.SURVEY GRAPHIC (New York), May 1945, v, 32, no. 5*: 192-193, 218-219. Discusses the Social Security of 1935 and suggests revisions for the postwar period, 562 The Beveridge Plan, by Maxwell S. Stewart. New York, Public Affairs Com- mittee 1943, 31 p. (Public Affairs Pamphlet) An analysis of the Beveridge Plan and a Comparison of British and American Social Insurance. 563 a ’’Beveridge Plan” for the Netherlands. KNICKERBOCKER WEEKLY (New York), April 19, 1.943, v, 3, no, 8: 4. Deals with the plan for social insurance proposed for the Netherlands by J. van den Tempo1, Netherlands Minister of Social Affairs. 564 Beveridge Plans Not Enough, by C. Hartley Grattan. HARPER’S (New York), March 1943, v. 186, no, 1114: 369-376, table. Defines want and subsistance as used in the Beveridge plan, discusses itf allowances such as unemployment, retirement, maternity, widows’ benefits, guardian’s benefits, dependent allowances, child reruH allowances, and industrial pensions, and the plan for financing the scheme. 565 Blueprint for Security. ECONOMIST (London), March 20, 1943, v, 144, no. 5195: 359-361. Discusses in detail the ’’American Beveridge” report of the National Re- sources Planning Board. XII. PUBLIC .YfELFaRE (Cent.) 566 British Proposals for the Future of Social Insurance find Services, by Elizabeth L. Otey. ,SOCI..L SECURITY BULLETIN (IT. S, Social Security Board, Washington), Doc. 1942, v, 5, no. 12: 11-21. Discusses the provisions of the Beveridge report, in the light of cur- rent programs for social security in operation in Britain. Cites many current English’publications. 567 Can the Beveridge Plan BG Applied to S0uth Africa? by Edward Batson. OUT- SPAN (Bloemfontein, South Africa), March 5, 1943, v. 33, no. 836: 11, 13, 49, illus. The head of the School of Social Science and Social .administration of the University of Cape Town concludes that South Africa's problems of want can be mot best by improving the economic condition of the country as a whole rather than adopting a scheme similar to the Beveridge plan. 568 Civil Re-establishment of Ex-Service PUBLIC AFFAIRS (Halifax, R.S.), March 1941, v. 4, no. 3: 109-112, Discusses action taken by the Canadian Government to provide for the problems of demobilization and discharge of the forces during and after the present war• Deals with the present problems of discharged men, special measures to assit in the civil ro-establishmont of ex-scrivce men, and the strengthening of administration machinery. 569 Conscientious Objectors' Benefits. Hearings Before the Committee on Mili- tary ivffairs. United States Senate, 78th Cong.* 1st Bess., on S, 315, a Bill to amend Action 5 of the Selective Training and Service act of 1940, as amended, by Striking Out Subsection (G) Thereof Relating to Exemption From Combatant Service of Conscientious Objectors and S, 675, a Bill to amend the Selective Training and Service -act of 1940, as amended, so as to Extend the Benefits of the Employees' Compensation act to Conscientious. Objectors. Fob, 17, 1943. Washington, U. S. Govt. Print, Off., 1943 25 p. \ 570 Developments in Social Security Planning and the Pole of Public Welfare ad- ministrators, by Arthur U. altmeyer.PUBLIC WELFARE (Chicago), Feb. 1943, v, 1, no. 2: 33-35. Discusses the ;general trend of thinking regarding the future develop- ments in the field of social, security, 571 Economic Implication of the Beveridge Plan, by'M, Kalocki, INSTITUTE OF STATISTICS BULLETIN (Oxford), Supplement, Feb. 20, 1943, v. 5, no, 4: 2-7. Discusses the finances of the Beveridge Plan and whether*or not the Brit ish Government can afford it. Discusses the implications of the trans- fer of industrial insurance business to the State, 572 Expand Social Security in War Time, by Jack B. Tate. BlaRRIaGE aND TAMTLY LIVING (Menasha, Wis,), May 1943, v, 5, no, 2: 34-55. Shows that it is loss than a decade that the Government has accepted re- sponsibility for individual freedom from want. Describes the three-fold programs administered by the Social Security Board; Public assistance; Unemployment Compensation and Old ago Insurance. 573 Exffircising Want, SPECTATOR (London), Dec. 4, 1942, no. 5971: 519-520. Gives a critique of the Beveridge Report. Questions the ability of the employers and the nation to supply the money required to supplement the deductions from the employee’s wage. XII. PUBLIC '.TELPARS (Cont.) 574 Expanded Social Security Will Do Much to Stabilize Our Political and Socia' • Future,-by Frances. Perkins, PATTERN MAKERS ’. JOURNAL (Washington), March- April 1943, v. 50, no, 2s 1-4, Discusses the proposed social security system designed to provide as- surance against economic hazard from ’’the cradle to the grave” and indi- cates that such a system will help to stabilize our political and socia' future, 575 ’’Freedom From Fear and- Want,” by Sir George Paish, BRITISH WEEKLY (Bicklcy, Kent, Eng.), Dec. 17, 1942, v, 113, no, 2929: 151, 153. Discusses some conditions for success of the proposals contained in Sir William Beveridge’s report upon Social Security, These include continu- ance of unity and cooperation among the United Nations, population trends as they concern age-groups, and prospects for a rise in the world’s income. 576 Freedom ‘From Want—*Now] by Glen Leet. PUBLIC WELFARE (Chicago), March 1943, v, 1, no, 6: 79-97, Describes the provisions in the- Rhode Island State Laws which have virtually abolished extreme poverty in that State, Discusses standards of assistance, medical rehabilitation, testing and training programs, placement, rehabilitation clinic, citizenship program, special war assistance. Stresses the need far such a program throughout the United States now. 577 Medical .aspects of the Beveridge Report. MODERN MEDICINE (Minnoapolish), Feb. 1945,"v. 11, no. 2: 123-124, 126. Outlines the medical aspects of the Beveridge Report, comments on aim of the plan and the possible effect of the plan upon American modi cine. 578 -The' Mexican Social Security Act of 1943, by henry P, Crawford. FOREIGN COMMERCE WEEKLY (U, 3, 'Bureau of Foreign and Domestic Commerce, Washington) May 15, 1945, v, 11, no, 7: 8-10, 32-33, Outlines the provisions of the act. 579 Opportunity Knocks* ECONOMIST (London), Dec, 12, 1942, v, 143, no, 5181: 721, 722, Analyzes the Beveridge Report from the standpoint of the attainment of the Physical Minimum, and considers steps which the government would have to take'-in planning for a postwar ..mixed economy which would achieve this minimum, 580 Pensions and Rehabilitation Services for Disabled Ex-Servicemen in the U.S.S.R., by Denis a. Cooper. SOCIAL SECURITY BULLETIN (ll. S. Social Se- curity Board, Washington), April 1943, v. 6, no,4: 22-24. • Summarises provisions for drafted personnel and volunteers, for com- missioned officers, non-commissioned officers and enlisted specialized personnel. Sketches the program for vocational rehabilitation, 581 Plans for Security, by Dorothy G• Tompkins. Bureau of Public Administration, Berkeley, University of California, April 1943. 11 p, (Mimeo.) (Postwar Bibliographies,) No, l) Subject headings are: Australia, Canada, Great Britain, United States, Inter-American Conference, on Social Security, Comparison of American and British Plans, XII. PUBLIC WELFARE (Cent.) 582 . The Problems of Social Security in Colombia, by Ernesto Herrnstadt. INTER- NATIONAL LABOUR REVIEW (Montreal), April 1943, v. 47, no. 4i 426-449. Discusses the legal bases of social security in Colombia; existing socia measures such as security of employment, incapacity for work, main- tenance and restoration of working capacity; need for unification and extension of existing services; social insurance. 583 Push Eight for Disabled World War II Men, by Omar B, Ketchum* FOREIGN SER- VICE (Kansas City), April 194-3, v. 30, no, 3: 10-11, 39-40, Discusses H, R, 1749 and S, 230 and other proposed Ipgislation pertain- ing to hospitalization, domiciliary care, and burial benefits to .'orId War II veterans, 584 Questions and Answers on the Second Seamen’s War Risk Policy. U, S, War Shipping administration in Collaboration With the Maritime War Emergency Board. Washington, U, S, Govt, Print, Off#, 1943, 15 p. A pamphlet designed to help merchant seamen understand the provisions of the war risk insurance policies issued by the Maritime War Emergency Board• 585 Security, Work and Relief Policies, 1942, Report of the Committee on Long- Range Work and Relief Policies to the U. S. National Resources Planning Board, Washington, U, S, Govt. Print, Off., 1942. 640 p,, tables. Surveys the evolution of public aid programs, their administration and , financing over the last ten years. Offers recommendations for a present and future program, including programs for youth, federal work pro- grams, work programs for the handicapped, social insurance, and general ' and special types of public assistance, 586 Security, Work, and Relief Policies, WASHINGTON REVIEW (Chamber of Commerce of the United States, Washington), March 13, 1943, Section 3: 9-12, Reports recommendations of the Technical Committee on Long-Range Work and Relief Policies of the National Resources Planning Board, Makes recommendations on objectives of public aid, finance and administration, specific programs, types of public assistance, and general administrative arrangements• 587 Security, Work and Relief Policies : Report of the Committee on Long-Range Work and Relief Policies to the National Resources Planning Board, 1942. Washington, U, S, Govt, Print, Off,, 1942, 640 p., tables, (78th Cong., 1st sess.* House Doc, 126, Part 3) These two reports, ’’National Resources Development Report for 1943”, and ’’Security, Work and Relief Policies”, have been previously issued in Bureau form and entered in that form, 588 Social Charter for the Americas. LABOUR (London), Doc, 1942, v, 5, no. 4.; 125-126, Gives the recommendations for social and economic security, social in- surance, and a continental program, in the text of the declaration .drawn up by the first inter-American Conference on Social Security, hold at Santiago in September 1942. XII. PUBLIC WELAlRE (Cont.) - 589 Social Insurance and Allied Services as Portrayed in the Report of Sir •William Beveridge, Being Number Two of the Staples ’Reconstructionf Digests London, Staples and Staples, 1943. 76 p. ii digest intended primarily for the serious student which gives the salient points relating to social insurance contained in the Beveridge Report. • 590 (Social Security: Challenge to Dcrao'cracy, Chicago, Illinois, University of Chicago Press, Dec, 20, 1942, 29 p, (University of Chicago Round Table, no- 248. Neil Jacoby, Maynard Krueger, and Clyde White enter into a discussion of the Beveridge Report and America’s social security problems. 591 Social Security -Abroad, by Thomas J. V, Cullen. SPECTATOR (Philadelphia), April 1943, y. 150, no. 4': 3-9, 50-51. Discusses social security in Germany, Groat-’Britain, Denmark, Sweden, and Switzerland, and indicates that the problems of social security, with which foreign nations have experimented for years, are vastly different from any that confront the United States, 592 (Social Security and National Defense,-)Scguros sociais c dofosa nacional, by Stanislav/ Fischlowitz« REVISTa DO SERVICO PUBLICO (Rio de Janeiro), July 1942, v, 3, no, 1: 38-42. Describes new provisions adopted by Brazil to meet wartime requirements, 593 Social Security in Chile, FOREIGN COMMERCE WEEKLY’ (U. S, Bureau of Foreign and Domestic Commerce, Washington), Fob. 6, 1943*, v, 10, no. 6: 6-7, 9, illus. An article prepared in the Office of the Coordinator of Inter-American affairs, which reviews progressive measures taken in the fields of soc- ial security legislation, public health work and housing in Chile, and . touches briefly on social security programs in other South' Amorioan countries.' 594 Social Security In New Zealand. BULLETIN OF INTERNATIONAL NEWS (Oxford), Jan, 23, 1-943, -v. 20, "no, 2:.'43-49, Discusses various features of the social security system, used in New . Zealand and compares the Beveridge report with tho Hew Zealand program. 595 (Social Security in the Totalitarian States,-) Los Soguros 3ocial.es on los Estados Totalitarios, por Pedro Gimeno, Madrid, Institute Nacional de Prevision, 1941, 351 p. Study o'f tho social security systems-of Franco, Italy, Portugal, and Rumania, 596 (To Liberate Man from Poverty,-.) Affranchir 1’Homme do la-Misore, par Waite: Hill, FRANCE LIBRE (London),' Feb. 15, 1943, v, 5, no. 28: 287-292. Comment on the Beveridge Social Security plan, 597 Toward More Social Security, by Marietta Stevenson. SOCIAL ACTION (New York), Fob, 15, 1943, v, 9, no, 2: 12-35. Discusses the present Social Security its'amendments, adninistrati or insurance provisions, health and welfare services, and assistance pro- grams, comments upon wartime developments and proposed legislation. XII * PUBLIC ' (Cont.) 598 Toward Security Aftelf-tho War,' by William Haber* MICHIG-iN L-tBOH -HID I DUSTHY (State Dept* of Labor and Industry, Lansing), March 1943, v, 3, no* 3:3,8.- Discusses the report of the National Resources Planning Board on postwar security, work' and relief policies, giving a summary and brief analysis of its provisions. 599 Unemployment Insurance, ECONOMIC OUTLOOK (Washington), Jan. 1943, v* 4, no. 1: 1-2.' .advocates sweeping changes in our unemployment compensation systems to meet the problems of demobilization* Favors the immediate adoption of • a federal system, on a basis of more complete coverage of the population and the raising of old age and survivorrs benefits. 600 Victory Taxes for Social Security, by William Green* PATTERN MAKERS 1 JOUEKJSL (Washington), Jan.-Fob* 1943, v. 1, no. 1: 6-9. The American Federation of Labor head contends that there is a close and important relationship between the victory taxes and social security and deplores the lack of vision of those aiding the passing of the Vandon- ■ burg .amendment to the Social Security Act* Outlines a social security program which would adequately provide for the people's needs after the war. 601 Vocational Rehabilitation of Disabled Persons. Hearing Before a Subcommittee of the Committee on Education and Labor, United States Senate, Seventy- Eighth Congress, First Session, on S, 130,,,Jan. 23, 1943. Washington, U, S. ■ • Govt* Print.-Off.', 1943. 45 p, This bill provides vocational rehabilitation for persons disabled while members of the armed forces, and also those disabled in war industries. 602 War Injury and Death Benefits for Civilians. Hearings Before' a Subcommittee of the Committee of Finance, United States Senate, 78th Cong., 1st Sess., on S, 450, a Bill to Provide Benefits for the Injury, Disability, Death, or Enemy Detention of Civilians, and for the Prevention and Relief of Civilian Distress -rising out of the Present War, and for Other 'Purpose's. March 12 and 15, 1943. Washington, U, S, Govt, Print. Off,, .1943, .,140 -p,,tables• 603 What Uncle Sam Owes You, by Joseph Gaer, in Collaboration with J, L. Kau- konen and Elliott H, Moyer. New York, Wilfred Funk, 1943. x, 187 p. Explanation of Saoial Security benefits with a chapter on war veterans’ benefits. G.'Social Ageniies and Social Welfare 604 American Junior Rod Cross Aid to Children. FOREIGN WAR RELIEF (Washington), Sept. 1, 1939-Dec, 31, 1942: 29-32, Reviews the activities of the -American Junior Red Cross since it was founded twenty-five years ago, during the first war. Describes the con- tributions and general aid to children in foreign countries. 605 *U-s Long as There Greeks, There Will Be Democracy”, by-Howell W. Murray. ATHENE (Chicago), Dec. 1942, v. 3, no. 10; 16-17, 22, Tells of the Greek War Relief campaign in Chicago whore generous contri- butions were made to the Greek War Relief fund. XII, PUBLIC WELFARE (Cont,) '606 Basic Needs for Human-Welfare, by H, E. Chamberlain. -CALIFORNIA. CHILDREN (California State Dept, of Social Welfare, Sacramento, Oct. 15, 1942, v. 5, no. 10: 15-17. (ivlirneo.) Summarized supplemental remarks made at an Institute hold at the Mt. Rainer U.S.O., Adgust 25, 1942. Lists eight basic-human needs and shows how the U.S.O, program may help to meet them, 607 Casfe-Work Practice as Affected by War Conditions,by Fern Lowry, SOCIAL SERVICE REVIEW (Chicago), Dec. 1942, v. 16, no. 4: 630-640. Outlines the periods of development of social case-work methods and discusses the changes taking place in our social situation that affect conditions of case-work practice, 608 Catholic Cooperation with the Red Cross, by Robert ?, MacHatton, CaTHOLIC LIFE (Philadelphia),-Spring•1943, v. 5, no, 1; 4-6, illus. Reports on the cooperation of Catholic educational and church groups in training nurses’ aids, participating in the nutrition program, help- ing supply blood donors, and in other ways assisting Red Cross war activities. 609 Disaster Relief Isa War Weapon, by Patty Mead Criosemer. RED CROSS COURIEI (Washington), March 1942, vt 22, no, 9: 13, 26, 28, table. Shows the extent to which hurricanes, tornedoes, floods, fires and other storms cripplied our food supplies in 1941 and 1942 and the work of the Red Cross in disaster prevention and relief, 610 Discharged Veterans of World War II in State Hospitals and in the Community by Conrad S. Sommer, and Jack Weinberg, DISEASES OF THE NERVOUS SYSTEM (Chicago), March 1943, v. 4, no, 3: 70-74. Presents a study of returned men, their needs, aspirations and expect- ations for the purpose devising a program of rehabilitation. This program is to be started now and enlarged in -the -future so as to absorb the increasing flow of discharged men, 611 Expansion and Improvement of the Vocational Rehabilitation Program, by Watson B, Miller, OCCUPATIONS (New York), April 1943, v, 21, no, 8: 595-59i Discusses proposed legislation, ways of financing, and organization of vocational rehabilitation programs for disabled soldiers and civilians. 612 Field Service in the War Emergency, by S. J, Londow, JEWISH CENTER (New York), ■inarch 1943, v, 21, no, 1: 3-8, Describes the organization and work of the Jewish Welfare Board during World War I, Gives details also about the' achievements of the USO-Jewish Welfare Board beginning in 1940 to 'date, along lines of social welfare. 613 A Humanity Chest of the Schools, by Dorothy Canfield Fisher, EDUCATIONAL METHOD (Washington), Feb. 1943, v, 22, no, 5 : 199-20.3, Outlines a plan-through-which -American school children would collect money to bo turned over to the best American relief organizations and distributed to meet the needs of underprivileged children in local communities, elsewhere in the United States, and elsewhere in the world, according to the wishes -of the children who collect the money. XII. PUBLIC WELFARE (Gont,) 614 In the Name of Humanity, by Herbert Hoover. CHRISTIAN ADVOCATE (Chicago), Feb, 25, 1945, v. 118,'no. 8s 232 (8)-233 (9), 25. Reviews the history of relief during the four years of the first world war and pleads for help to the stricken people of invaded countries in this war. ... 615 Is There Manpower Among the Handicapped? ALABAMA SOCIAL PELFARE (State Dop of Public Welfare, Montgomery), March 1943, v, 8, no. 3: 2-3. Finds that handicapped' persons not falling into the categories who ch make them eligible for federal aid are now taking jobs which they are not physically equipped to handle. Feels that there is a gap in the social security program which should bo filled by an extension of governmental aid. 616, Man Power in the taking, by Arthur W, Potts. PUBLIC WELFARE IN INDIANA (Dept, of Public Welfare, Indianapolis), March 1943, v, 53, no. 3: 3-4 (Series 300) Considers rehabilitation work that can be done with the needy aged, the needy blind and dependent children receiving federal assistance in ordei to enable them to assist in the war effort and lists steps which welfare agencies should take to promote such a program. 617 New Governmental Services for People in Wartime, by Marietta Stevenson, SOCIAL SERVICE REVIEW (Chicago), Dec, 1942, v, 16,'no. 4; 595-604. Discusses the rapid development of governmental programs to moot the new social problems that have resulted from the war effort. Describes how federal agencies set up for the purpose and some of their duties such as providing allowances for service ‘men’s dependents, war damage compensation, child welfare, ' 618 The Problem of Recruiting, by Leonard W. Mayo. SURVEY MIDMONTHLY (New York) Nan. 1943, v. 79, no. 1: 9-12. Reviews present difficulties in the .job of obtaining and holding quali- fied personnel in the regular social services, to meet the demands of wartime agencies, and outlines plans for recruitment and other methods of meeting personnel problems, 619 Public Welfare in War Time, by Maude T, Barrett. LOUISIANA IIELFARE (Dept, of Public Welfare, Baton Rouge), Nan. 1943, v, 3, no. 1: 3-4, 24, The dieting Commissioner of Public Welfare examines some of the welfare needs of individuals in wartime, such as need of assistance due to priorities unemployment, needs of the old and sick, problems of rising living costs, provision for dependents of men in the armed services, and programs for the care of children of working mothers, 620 The *Rolo of the Psychiatric Social Worker in the Selection of Men for the ■rt-rmed Forces, by Marian MeBee•and George S, Stevenson, AMERICAN JOURNAL OF PSYCHIATRY (Toronto), Nov. 1942, v, 99, no. 3: 431-433. Discusses an experiment of providing volunteer psychiatric social work- ers to aid the psychiatrist in the Medical Advisory Board of the Se- lective Service, with the social worker preparing histories on cases referred for psychiatric diagnosis. XII, PUBLIC UHLFARE (Cont.) 621 Seventh Annual Report, Social Security Board, 1942. J.' S, Social Security Board. Washington, C, S, Govt. Print, Off., 1942. 81 p., tables. The first section of the report deals with social security in the first war-year, under the headings: services in the'war effort, impact of the war on the permanent programs, and extending the social security prograi 622 Social Problems of the Aged; Based on a Study in Minneapolis and Jackson, by Robert M. Dinkc. SOCIOLOGY .AID SOCIAL RES'EaRCH (Los Angelos), Jan.-Fob. 1943, v. 27, no. 3: 200-207. Discusses the problems of relations of old people with their children and old-age dependency. 623 Social Welfare in New York State Under World War II, 73rd -annual Report De- partment of Social Welfare, July 1, 1941 - June 30, 1942. Albany, 1943, 80 -p., tables (Legislative Document No, ll) Presents the report in the light of how the social and economic pres- sures of war affect the welfare of the peoplej social welfare progress problems and activitiesj and wartime responsibilities and services, 624 Tho War and Case Work, by Ruth Z, S, Mann, FAMILY (New York), March 1943, v. 24, no. 1: 3-8. Discusses case work and the civilian population, case work and the armed forces, and case work and the war’s outcome. D. Housing 625 Aliso Village, Los Angeles. ARCHITECT .-iND ENGINEER (San Francisco), Jan, 1943, v, 152, no. 1: 13-21, 32, illus. Deals with the- largest low rent housing development in the war housing program of the City of Los -n-ngeles. 626 Architecture in Defense Housing, by Howard Moise, AGENDA (San Francisco), Jan. 1942, v. 1, no, 6: 4-5, illus. Discusses and illustrates good and poor defense housing projects. 627 Defense Housing in Brief Retrospect: The and Achievements of Certain Housing agencies, by Toll W, Nicolet, Steward H, Mott, and Milton Fischer. ARCHITECTURE (Boston), Oct. 1942, v. 33, no. 1; 14-16. Discusses slum clearance under USHA, the FHa Small Homes Program, and Defense Housing Coordination, 628 Housing — A War and Post War Problem, by N, Henderson and_ H. E. Nutter. PROGRESSIVE EDUCATION (New York), Jan. 1943, v, 20, no". 1: 26-29. Discusses school instruction in housing and its effects on housing con- ditions in the community. • 629 The Housing of the Working Class, Bond on, 1937, by M. A, Abrams, AGENDA (London), Oct. 1942, v. 1, no, 4: 555-567. Gives the results of a survey of eighteen metropolitan boroughs north of the Thames, excluding the city of London. Includes information on the size of families, income, type of dwelling, occupied, and its cost. XII. PUBLIC WELFARE (Cent.) 630 Insuro'd Mortgage Portfolio* U, 3, Federal1 Housing strati on. (Washing ton). First Quarter 1*943, V, 7, no* 3: 40 p*,‘ illus. Contains articles on ’Par Housing Policy; Revised standards for iar Housing; How Payment Plan for 608 Projects; Hew Lids to Private -ar Housing; FHA Foreclosure Experience; Homes Conversion Under Private Capital; and FHil Loans Under the Civil Relief 631 ‘ Look Ahead Six Months, Builders Urge, AMERICAN BUILDER (Chicago), Oct, 1942, v, 64, no, 10; 44-45, 89, photos. Describes the achievements of private builders under the FHA war housing program in the first eight'months of 1942. Warns that they may accomplish less in the future unless priorities enable then to get . . more materials for essential housing projects, 632 New Housing in Nonfarm Areas, 1941 and 1942, by George Schuram. MONTHLY LriBOR REVIEW (U, S. Bureau of Labor Statistics, Washington), il 1943, v. 56, no. 4; 652-660, tables. Surveys the volume of building in nonfarm areas, finding a decrease of almost a third between 1941 and 1942, due to wartime rostriettons.Ana- lyzes causes for the increase in number of publicly financed units, decrease in number of privately financed units, and decrease in value per unit. 633 Property Management in Wartime, by Louis J. Pfau, Ur, JOURNAL OF PROPERTY MANAGEMENT (Chicago), Dec. 1942, v. 8, no. 2: 106-109. Discusses the problems of the property manager brought about by the effect of occupational changes duo to wartime demands on real property, the growing demand for in defense areas, and ’the increasing vacancies in marginal business properties and down town office buildings 634 Report of the Hawaiian Homos Commission to the Legislature of Hawaii, Re- gular Session 1*943. Honolulu, Hint shop of .Hawaii Company, 1943, 118 p,, illus, » Reports on adjustments and curtailments of1 the program caused by war conditions. 635 Residential Vacancies in Wartime United States,Aby Keith A,/Johnson, SUR- 'VEY OF CURRENT BUSINESS (TJ, S, Bureau of For, and Bom, Commerce, Washington Doc, 1942, v, 22, no, 12;' 19-22. Discusses the general trend o*f urban vacancy rates in the unitcd Stater for recent years, as me asured by newly developed data, 636 '■ The Hblc 'of the Housing Industry in War Time, by John B, Blandford, Ur, SAVINGS BANK JOURNAL (Mt, lemon, N, Y,.), April 1943, v, 24, no, 2; 18-19, 41. Discusses housing,converted to war, correlation m th the War Manpower Commission, reliance.’ on private lending, amount of private financing, the needs of the war, program, and the importance of cooperation, 637 Teaching Housing in Wartime, by Ivol Spafford. PRACTICAL HOMS ECONOMICS (Now York), Foil. 1943, v. 21, no, 2;'51-52, discusses objectives a teaching program, and suggests some typical problems for present study, such as the best use of the homo, con- serving resources, planning for the future and developing community re- sponsibility* XII. PUBLTC WELFARE (Cent,) 638 Vast Plan to Stimulate building in Wartime,-) Tin Vasto Plan Para Jm- pulsar la Sdificacion on Tiemoo do Guerra, nor Fernando Bolaundo Terry, PERU-NO (Lima), Aug. 1942, v. 6, "no. 61: 3-6. Outlines a state-sponsored plan of building construction suitable to war conditions. 639 Par Housing and War Financing, by James Twohy. BARRON'S (Now York), Jan. 11, 1.943, a/. 23, no. 2: 13-14, Discusses the activities of home financing institutions in providing homos and financial aid for thorn. Indicates the important services such institutions will render in the postwar period. 640 Willow Run: Community or Labor Camp? Part I,by Spencer R. Gordon, MICHIGAN LABOR nND INDUSTRY (State Department of Labor and Industry, Lansing), Fob, 1943, v, 3, no, 3: 3, 10. Deals with the critical living conditions in the metropolitan areas near Detroit and in the Willow Run area whore, the Ford Bomber Plant is located. Shows that such conditons are detrimental to production, and that adequate housing is a pressing problem, 641 Willow Run: Community or Labor Camp? Part 2, by Spencer R. Gordon, MICHI- GAN LABOR P.ND INDUSTRY (State Dept, of Labor and Industry, Lansing), March 1943, v. 3, no, 3: 6, 9, Discusses tho contributions made by various federal and state agencies in mooting the problems of living conditons at Willow Run and presents a program of basic requirements, E, Recreation 642 Group Work in the USO, by Lieut, Robert H, Hoininger, SURVEY MIDMONTHLY (New York), May 1943, v. 79, no, 5: 139-140, Discusses three elements of group work pracitico and describes their application to JSO service: Considers tho applications of an activity program to center around tho interests of service men - not creating skills, 643 Hobbies in War and Peace, by Emory S. B'ogardus. SOCIOLOGY jiND SOCIAL RE- v SEARCH (Los Jan.-Feb, 1943, v, 27, no, 3: 215-222. Discusses especially the various kinds of hobbies in which people are- engaged at present and their importance to individuals during wartime. • 644 Keep ’Em Listening, by Frances Quaintance Eaton, MUSICAL (New York), Feb. 10, 1943, v. 63, no. 3: 5, 14, 216, photo si Describes tho concert programs being offered in United States army camp theatersh 645 Mooting Wartime Recreational Needs, by i.V N, Binford. COI-RTONlNE/vLTII (Rich- mond), Dec, 1942, v, 9, no. 12: 29, 40-42, Describes measures taken to provide recreational facilities in the Hampton Roads area. XT I. rUBLI C 1 7ELFARE (C o nt.) 646 Tho riace of Parks, in a World at War, by V, K, Brown. AMERICAN CITY (New York), Fob. 1943, v« 58, no, 2: 51-53, 95, photos. Believes that parks help to bring national unity through team-work, and to make Americans more physically fit, by increasing nervous stability. 647 Public Housing Brings a N0w Fra in Recreation, by William Frodorickson, Jr RECREATION (New York), March 1943,. v. 36, no. 12: 687-690, 704. ■.'resents opportunities for recreation organization in public housing communities. Covers some of tho problems that public recreation dopart- m e nts wi11 face, 648 Radio and Gamp Shows Build Service Men's Morale, by Patricia .Murray, PRINT ERS’ INK (New York), Jan. 22, 1943, v. 202, no. 4: 20, 22, 24, 26,’illus. Discusses the programs sponsored by Coca-Cola,. R, J, Reynolds Tobacco Company, General Electric Company, Pepsodcnt, American Tobacco Company, Emerson Drug Company, Pepsi-Cola, Wrigley, and other companies that have helped to build service men's morale. 649 Recreation for -all, by Dee. Boeckman, QUOT-aRIaN (Washington), Fob. 1943, v. 21, no, 2: 5.. Describes the program of the City Recreation Department of St, Louis, with special emphasis on activities provided for night workers, 650 Recreation in War Time, by Floyd R, Eastwood, PHYSICAL EDUCATOR (Blooming- ton, Ind.), Jan. 1943, v. 3, no, 2; 60-62. address givon before seventy-seventh Annual Tennessee Education -associa- tion, health. Physical Education and Recreation Dopt., Nashville, Tenn- essee, April 3, 1942, Place of recreation in building and maintaining morale, and in promoting release of emotional tensions duo to wartime conditions, 651 Recreation Survey Form, Indiana State Defense Council, Indianapolis, (n.d., 10 p, (Mimeo.) (Monograph no, 7). Suggests a survey by means of which communities can chock tho accom- plishments of their programs and discover unmet needs, in the field of physical fitness, 652 Services to the -armed Forces, by Lora Welly, RED CROSS COURIER (Washington, March 1943, v. 22, no. 9: 20-22, 25. Discusses the work of the Red Cross in establishing roadside recreation huts along tho -alcan Highway, and activities of its clubs in tho Middle East. F. Liquor Control ■653 Alcohol and Hair-Shirts, by Daniel M, O'Connell. aMERIC-a (Now York), May 8, 1943, v. 69, no. 5 ; ,124-125. Examines the regulations recently enacted restricting the content of alcoholic beverages in United States military establishments to 3,2 per- cent and considers the question of temperance versus total abstinence. XII. PUBLIC MEL FAR3 (Cent.) 654 Canada’s Liquor Struggle, by Ernest Marshall liowso. CHRISTIAN CENTURY (Chicago), April 7, 1943, v, 60, no, 14:*419-421. Discusses the wa time'growth'of liquor advertising, increase in con- sumption, and measures be? ng taken to combat these conditions. 655 Coast to Coast Survey of Drinking Conditions in and around Army Camps, U. S. Office of Jar Information. Washington, U, S. Govt, Print. Off., Doc. 30, 1942, 32 p, (O'TI Report no, l). Concludes that no American army in history has been so orderly and that there is not excessive drinking among troops'and drinking does not con- stitute a serious problem. States that the sale of 3.2 beer in the post exchanges in training camps is a positive factor for sobriety, 656 Drinking Among Servicemen, by Edward "B, Dunford, SOCIAL PROGRESS (Phila- delphia), March 1943, v. 33,"no. 7: 13-15. Gives a critical analysis oftho report issued by the Office of Aar In- formation 'in ‘January, in reference to drinking in and around army Camps. 657 Prohibition for the Duration. Washington, Ransdell Inc., May 2, 1943, 15 p. (American ‘For-um of the Air, v, 5, no, 18). Participants: Representatives Joseph R, Bryson, South Carolina, Emanuel Caller, New York; Edward H, Rees, Kansas; James P. McGranery, Pennsyl- vania, Includes a discussion of a bill to provide for prohibition during the war, introduced by Representative Bryson. t. 658 The Rehabilitation of the alcoholic as a Contribution to the Mar Effort, by Major Merrill Moore, MEDICAL WORLD (Philadelphia), ,Jan, 1943, v. 61, no, 1: 13-16. The Director of Research of the Mashingtohian hospital, Boston, tolls of the methods used at that institution to bring about the rehabilitation of alcoholics. / 659 Temperance and a Total Mar Effort, Broadcast by Right Hon. IT-, L. Mackenzie King, Ottawa, Edmond Cloutier, 1942. appeals to the provinces to aid the federal government in the curtail- ment of the consumption of alcoholic beverages, which is a deterrent to the war effort. XIII. PUBLIC HEALTH A. General 660 Calling Doctor Smith, by James Rorty, COMMON SENSE (New York), 1 1943, v. 12, no. 4; 122-124. Discusses the medical care given in the United States Army, recommenda- tions in the report of the Committee on the Costs of Medical Care in 1930; civilian health facilities in the United States; and the oppo- sition of the American Medical 'Association' to sickness disability in- surance for Social Security clients, complete health insurance; and other measures of a similar nature, accuses the a,Mai, of being a bureaucracy and stated that the United State's will have to ration and re- distribute its residual supply of nhysicians. XIII.' PUBLIC HpLiLTH (Cont.) 661 Child Health Conference's for Farm Security Administration Tenants at ’’Air- port Homes” in Hartford,. CONNECTICUT. HEALTH BULLETIN (State Dept, of Healf ’Hartford),.March 1943, v. 57, no. 3; 65-67. The director of the Bureau of Maternal and Child Hygiene, reports on an experiment in public health carried on in a community of pro-fabricated homes inhabited defense workers. Through conferences, families and ■physicians became.better acquainted, and protection of children against communicable diseases was increased. , 662 Civilian Fitness, by Arlio V, Bock. HYGEIa (Chicago), May 1943, v, 21, no. 5: 344, 396-397, illus. States that civilians must learn to discipline themselves under rostric ions that will become increasingly severe and aim at gaining fitness for work and a whole some, mental and spiritual outlook. 663 Communicable Disease in '•fartime, Part 2, by Margaret G, Arnstein, PUBLIC HEALTH NUPSING (New York), April 1943, v, 35, no. 4: 194-196. Discusses the common respiratory-spread diseases of the temporate^xone, . and measures to bo taken for the.diseases for which there is an effect!* immunizing agent, and those for.which there is nemoi f *o '664 Convention for Limiting the Manufacture and Regulating the Distribution of Narcotic Drugs of July 13th, 1931. Estimated Mor Id Requirements of Dangerous Drugs in 1943. Statement Issued by the■Supervisory Body Under Article 5. Geneva, Leauge of Nations, Doc. 1, 1942. 32 p. (Series of League of Nations Publications. XI, Opium and Other Dangerous Drugs, 1942 XI, 2.) 665 County Physical Fitness Programs, Indiana State Defense Council, Indiana- polis, -mg, 14, 1942. 9 p, (Mimoo.) (Monograph no. 8) Outlines of programs now in use in various Washington counties, togothe: with an organi z • tional chart. 666 Design .'for State Medicine, by ’Jordon Lazarus. CaNIiDIaN FORUM (Toronto), FM 1943, v. 22, no. 265 *, 323-327. Discusses the need for health insurance in Canada, advantages of socia- lized medicine, overcoming the deficiency of personnel, organization of a health station and hospital accomodation, improvement of industrial medicine, more education for health, and need of planned economy for state medicine. 667 a pigost of Resources bfhich Can Be Utilized in a CountyyPhysical Fitness Program. Indianapolish, Indiana State Defense Council, {n.d.'] 7p. (Mimcb) (Monograph no, 5) t Lists governmental and private groups which-may be brought into parti- cipation in the program and ways in which each may contribute. 668 Effect of Mar 'on Tuberculosis in Europe, by H, I, Specter. HOSPITALS (Chicago), Fob. 1943, v. 17, no. 2s 29-32.' Gives statistics on the. tuberculosis increase during the first World Par and discusses the probability of a similar increase in this war. Lists ■ reasons for the increase of tuberculosis in wartime. 669 Health and Medical Care Needs in Extra-military and Defense Industrial urc Based on Reconnaissance Surveys Conducted by the United States Public Healt Service, 1941-42, 5th ed, Washington, C, S, Govt. Print, Off., 1942, 44 p. XIII. PUBLIC HEALTH (Cent.) 670 Health of the Civilian Population During liar—the National Problem, by Joseph-Wi Mountain, MEDICAL AM.LS - OF THE DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA (Baltimore) Doc. 1942, v. 11, no, 12s 465-470, Comments upon conditions in defense areas as a result of war and dis- cusses the problem of civilian health under such conditions, 671 Health Priorities in ear, by Carl N, Noupert. M. D, WISCONSIN STaTE B$)aRD OF HEALTH QUARTERLY BULLETIN (Madison), Oct.-Dec. 1942, v, 7, no. 4s 4-6, Advocates greater public attention to immunization and nutrition pro- grams . 672 Health Services in bartime, by Elizabeth C. Nicerson. CONNECTICUT lIEuLTH BULLETIN (Connecticut State Dept, of Health, Hartford), Jan. 1943, v. 57, no, 1: 11-13. -x summary of health education services offered by the State Department of Health, covering a wide variety of topics. 673 Industrial Hygiene activities in the -"ublic Health Service, by James G. Townsend. AMERICAN JOURNAL OF PUBLIC HEALTH -AID THE NATIONS HEALTH (Albany N. Y.), April 1943, v, 33, no, 4: 324-329. Tolls of the expanded work and personnel of the Division of Industrial Hygiene, including research for the Array and Navy, Describes surveys being made by the Division, and manuals and bibliographies issued. Sketches various problems related to war conditions, 674 Industry, the 'far, and Tuberculosis, by Clifford Kuh. INDUSTRIAL MEDICINE (Chicago), Jan. 1943, v, 12, no, 1: 34, 36, 33, 40. Discusses a general health program which includes the control of tuber- culosis in wartime industries. Emphasizes certain aspects of such a program; (l) environmental control; (2) good nutrition, and (3) pre- employment examinations to eliminate contact with the active case. 675 Manual of Instructions for Local Health Officials Concerning Emergency Health Problems. Issued by Indiana State Board of Health. Indianapolis, 1942. 110 p. 676 Manual of Medical Services for Children, in Planning for. During and After Evacuation. Connecticut State Defense Council with the Cooperation of the State Department of Health, (Hartford), Nov. 1942, 56 p,, map, charts, diagrs. . a comprehensive study of health needs for children in case of evacuation ‘ v~indluging organization, medical services, and immunizations, as well as care of newborn infants, sick and well children, and those with c ommuni c ab1c discas c s. 677 The Medical and Epidemiological Management of Selective Service Mon Re- jected for Military Service, by Major General Charles R, Reynolds. MILI- TARY SURGEON (Washington), Fob* 1943, v. 92, no. 2: 140-148,‘ Stresses the need of treatment for men rejected by the .array because of tuberculosis; venereal disease, mental or-nervous disorder. XIII. PUBLIC HEXLTH (Cont.) 678 Migrant Nursing ia Wartime, by Dorothy Fleming, PaCIFIC CO..JiT UOURNaL OF . NURSING (San Francisco), Doc. 1942, v, 38, no. 12: 730-732. Discussos the medical aid given, to tho migrant farm worker and his family by the, .agricultural Workers Health and Medical association. This association is a nonprofit corporation providing medical care for farm workers in California and Arizona. 679 Military and tho Environmental Hygiene of the Par Effort, by Major Samuel Ross, PACIFIC COaST JOURNAL OF NURSING (San Fran- cisco), Doc, 1942, v. 38, no. 12: 716-720, Discusses military preventive medicine and the importance of preventive: medicine to the war worker as well, as' to the service man. 680 ' Mobilizing for Health, by Norna Carloton Mi Han* INTER-iMERICA (Washington May 1943, v. 2, no, 5: 15-18, illus., map. Discusses the public health program of the Mexican government and its successful operation in wartime. 681 Occupational Medicine and Hygiene; Its Role in Britain in Wartime, by Dr. E. R. A. M0 r owe the r. AMERICAN JOURNAL OF PUBLIC HEALTH ..MID THE It iT JONS HEALTH (Now York), Jan.’ 1943, v. 33, no. 1; 1-14. An inspector of factories in Great Britain considers the effects of black-outs, enemy action and new occupational diseases, strain and long hours of work on industrial health and tolls of measures that have been taken to meet those conditions, f 682 The Pharmacy in Wartime, by E, F,,Kelley..HOSPITALS (Chicago), March 1943, v. 17, no. 3; 55-5?. Compares peacetime pharmacy with wartime pharmacy and indicates how . shortages .of drugs and medical supplies have been a serious problem to tho profession. 683 Proceedings of the National War Witness■Conference. Forty-eighth .annual Convention, Cincinnati, Ohio, april 13-16, 1943, Washington, D. C,, Natio- nal Education association, americoo-association for Health, Physical Edu- cation, and Recreation, 1943, 160 p. Some of the topics discussed at the general sessions wore ’’Physical fitness from tho standpoint of tho army,”/ ”War activities of tho Public Health Service," "The Office of Defense Health and Welfare Services," 684 Public Health advances..;!n 1942, North Carolina State Board of Health. Ralcign, Doc, 31, 1942, no. 146, 5 p, (Mimeo.) Reports on wartime activities- in fields of venereal disease control, .. sanitary regulation in defense areas, and extended malaria programs as well as the regular health work in nutrition and other fields, a radio, broadcast, 685 Public Health, in War-Time. Ministry, of Health’s Report for tho Year 1941- 42. HOUSING aND PLANNING NEWS-BULLETIN (National Housing and Town Planning . Council, London), Doc «A 1942-Jan. 1943, no-, 19 j 1-3. •’ Reports that relative freedom from attack has permitted consolidation of emergency services, but that need for increased production, call-up of women workers and preparations for offense have brought now problems. Discusses care for the homeless, housing of war workers and other hous- ing problems. XIII. PUBLIC HEALTH (Cent.) 686 Public Health Services in' bar time,' by G. F. Chcllappah. INDIjvN JOURNAL OP SOCIAL WORK (Bombay), Doc, 1942, v. 3, no, 3: 312-342,.charts, Points out special problems duo to war conditions. Shows how public health services should be planned and coordinated to moot war emer- gencies, together with the needs of civilians, 687 The Public Health Task in bar, by Surgeon ‘General Thomas Parran, MILITARY SURGEON (Washington), Feb. 1943, v, 92, no. 2: 129-134. Sums up briefly the major problems of improving health facilities in strategic areas, both extra-cantonment and industrial, 688 Reorganization and Functions of the Public.Health Service, Hr, Thomas of Utah from the Committee on Education and Labor, submitted the following Re- port to Accompany S. 400, Washington, U, S, Govt, Print, Off,, 1943. 11 p. (J, S, 78th Cong,, 1st soss,. Senate Calendar no, 132, Kept, no, 133) The bill provides for the realignment of many activities of the Public Health Service, the temporary promotion of certain officers in the Service and Provides benefits for the officers of the Service in con- nection with their duties to the.armed forces. 689 Gt. Brit. Medical Research Council. Report of the Committee on Tuberculosis in liar-Time . Great Britain Medical Research Council* London, H. M. Stat. e%*., 1942. 36p. Report of the Committee shows marked increase in the trend toward tuber- culosis since the war, especially in young women, children and older people. Makes recommendations for meeting the situation. 690 Responsibility of Local iAoalth authorities in the War Emergency, by Joseph W. Mount!n. AMERICAN JOURNAL OF PUBLIC HEALTH aND THE NATIONS 'lEaLTH (New York), Jan, 1943, v. 33, no, 1: 35-40. The -assistant Surgeon General, States Relations Division, U, S. Public Health Service, criticizes organization of local health units and calls for reorganization of structure and methods, 691 South Africa’s Bart in the Never-ending War against Epidemics, by Dr. J. Harvey Piric, OUTSP-vN (Bloemfontein, South Africa), March 12, 1943, v, 33, no. 836: 11, 13, 39, illus. Tolls of -the various preventive measures that may bo taken against the outbreak of epidemics. Recounts how South .efrica is supplying other parts of .Africa and Soviet Russia with' medical supplies formerly ob- tained from other sources, now cut off, 662 Tuberculosis Control Program of the U, S« Public Health Service, by Sur- geon' General Thomas barren, JOURNAL OF THE AMERICAN MEDICAL .ASSOCIATION (Chicago), Feb. 13, 1943, v. 121, no. 7: 520-521, Tells of the program of the newly established Office of Tuberculosis Control aimed at preventing the expected increase of tuberculosis due to congestion in defense areas and other wartime conditions. Suggests a postwar' j>rogram for the ultimate eradication of tuberculosis in the United states, XTII. PUBLIC HPALTH (Cent.) 693 Tuberculosis in War Time in Now Jersey, by Wallace T, Bakins, PUBLIC HEALTH NEWS (New Jersey State Dept, of Health, Trenton), April 1943, V. 26, no. 8s 225-229. • States'that the examination of inductees and industrial workers offers an unparalleled opportunity for control of tuberculosis, providing a proper follow-up program is pushed. 694 ' 'Tar hnd the Health Department./uncross the Nation, by Charles P. Taft. AMERICAN JOURNAL OF PUBLIC HEALTH AND THE-NaTIONS HEALTH (New York), Jan. 1943, v. 33, no. Is 15-19. Pictures conditions of local" congestion and disruption of services due to war conditions. Tells of help given by the federal government in the form of water, sewerage, and health center projects under the Fed- eral Works Project, and sanitary and general health programs under the 1 ublic Health Service«■ * * * f • 695 War and the Health Department* B,. In a Western County, by Wilton L, Halve r- son. AMERICAN OF PUBLIC HEALTH AND THE NATIONS HEALTH (New York), Jan. 1943, v, 33, no, 1* 20-25. a Los .angelos County Health Officer reviews changes in health dopartmor practices to meet war needs in the fields of emergency medical services sanitation services, housing, industrial hygiene, communicable diseases ■ child care, and nutrition. *■ 696 What a Health Department Does in a Defense Area, by Arthur H. Zintek. WISCONSIN STaT'E BOARD 0? HEALTH QUARTERLY BULLETIN (Madison), Oct.-Dcc. 1942, v, 7, no. 4: 7-12. Tolls of the experiences of a state health department in dealing with problems resulting from crowding of war workers into inadequate housing Includes control of communicable diseases, venereal disease program, nursing services and health surveys* ' B. Food and Nutrition' • 697 . Army Standards for Dehydrated Foods. FOOD INDUSTRIES (Now York), Jan. 1943. 15, no, 1 : 55, 102-104*. Lists the requirements for dehydrated carrots,■cabbage and onions, and changes in specifications previously published for other foods. 698 The Contemporary Food Situation Inside Holland, by L. a. H, Peters. JOURNAL OF THE 'uPE ICaN DIETETIC ASSOCIATION "(Chicago), April. 1943, v, 19, no. 4: 259-260, Discusses the present critical food situation in Holland, indicating the supply of food on hand, the percent consumption Pas compared with other years, and the increase of the death rate and contagious diseases duo to nutritional'deficiencies. • XIII. PUBLIC (Cont.) 699 Delivery of Food During Mar Emergency in the New York Metropolitan Area; a Control System* Organized by the Metropolitan Defense Transport Com- mittee’s Sub-Committee on Emergency Control of Drinary Food Distribution. Now York, March 1942* 16 p, 1'resonts a plan for routing food transportation during disaster emer- gencies , 700 The Development of the Nutrition Project in i'Teasantvilie. Now Jersey, SCHOOL BOARD JOURNAL (Milwaukee), Feb. 1943, v, no. 2s 38, 50. Contains information on the organization of small lunchroom projects from the experience of the public school system of rioasantvillc, N.J, 701 The Dietician in a Large Army Hospital, by Major Hallace M, Johnson. JOURNAL OF THE AMERICAN DIETETIC ASSOCIATION’(Chicago), April 1943, v. 19, no. 4: 284-286. Shows that the dietician who enters Army Service must realize the necessity of conforming to Army customs and regulations, and indicates that success depends mainly on ability. 702 The Dietician in a Small Army Hospital, by Richard T, Viguers. JOURNAL OF THE AMERICAN DIETETIC ASSOCIATION (Chicago), April 1943, v. 19, no. 4: 282-284. Discusses the duties and responsibilities of the dietician in a small Army hospital. Indicates that the duties are largely technical and professional rather than administrative, 703 Eating in Groups in War Time, by kli E. Feller. MENTAL HYGIENE (Now York), April 1943, v. 27, no. 2: 188-197. Considers the problems related to group feeding of children in rob tion to their emotional implications, 704 Enough to Eat. by Roy F, Hendrickson. VfOMAN’S DAY (New York), Fob, 1943, (n.v.), (n.d.): 1. States that one-fourth of all food will go to the United States armed forces, that there will be an adequate food supply for American fami- lies with all the nutrients needed for healthy and active living, but there will not be the variety that the American housewife is used to having, 705 Everybody Must Eat Well, by T. Swann Harding. FRONTIERS OF DEMOCRACY (New York), March 15, 1943, v. 9, no, 76; 178-181. a scientific world food policy is needed to apply the lessons learned from wartime rationing: that the duties required of people should de- termine the amount of food they consume, not the money they have to spend, 706 Expenditure on Food and Nutrition, by T. Schulz, INSTITUTE OF STATISTICS BULLETIN (Oxford), Fob. 20, 1943, v. 5, no. 3: 41-49, Statistics and discussion.of the intake of protein and calories in June 1942‘of individual families. Compares it with the average intake of groups of these families arranged in order of their relative expenditure on food per man, a study of expenditure on food in relation to nutrition in Britain, XIII. rUBLTC HEALTH (Cont.) 707 Feeding the Family in 'Jar-Time, by Dr. -C, V, /'ink. VEGETaRI AT ‘ -ESSENGER (Manchester), Jan. 1.9.43, ,y. 4 A, no. 1: 4-11, Advocates a vegetarian, diet from the point of view of economy and health Lists typical menus, particularly for feeding children. 708 Food and Nutrition of Industrial Workers in Wartime* MILK PLaNT MONTHLY (Chicago), Jan. 1943, v, 32, no# 1: 27-29. Extracts from the first report of the Committee on Nutrition in Industry > of the National Research Council, including a series of recommendation? • based‘on the advocacy of diets of natural foods rich in all the essent- ial food factors. 709 Food Can’t Bo Taken for Gr unted, by Morris Sayre, FOOD INDUSTRIES (Now York), Jan, 1943, v, 15, no. 1: 47-48, Urges government planning for the production, processing, and distri- bution of food. 710 Food for Thought -- The School’s Responsibility in Nutrition. Federal Security Agency. Washington, 1J. S. Gov’t Print. Off., 1941. vi, 32p., char-t tables, phptoe. (Education and National Defense Series, Pamphlet no. 22) This issue contains articles under the heads: The Nutrition -'roblem; Threefold Responsibility of the School; a Nutritional Education Program for Schools; School Lunch Programs; School Community'Cooperation. 711 Food in War Time, by mna do Planter Bowes. PEMSYLUPNIa f;S‘ HEALTH (State Dept, of Health, Harrisburg), Feb, 1943, v, 4, no. 2: 4-5, 11. Advocates the sharing and using of available foods and the producing of more food atUibmo. Sdggfcats sumo meat substitute^. 712 Food; It’s Official Orders, by George H, Fern. MICHIGAN VOCATIONAL OUTLOOK (State Board of Control for Vocational Education, Lansing), Dec. 1942. v. 5, no. 2; 77-78. . • Asserts that the schools must provide now training, courses-to help meet the government’s demand for greater food- production. Lists many other typos of training courses for which, governmental financial assistance may be obtained, 713 Food Rationing and the Diabetic, by Mary E, Tangnoy, AMERICaN JOURNAL OF NURSING (New York), April 1943, v/ 43, no. 4: 329-331, table. Finds that the average diabetic can adjust himself to the war without special rations with a revision of his .dipt proscription. -The exceptions are elderly people‘and diabetic children who should have special rations to avoid the possible development of a neurosis. 714 The Food Wo Eat — III, by Miriam Zeller Gross. HYGEIA (Chicago), =lay 1943, v, 21, no, 5; 358-360, 363, charts. Examines the table of caloric and- food requirements prepared by food scientists of the American.Medical Association, and the Research Council and discuss'cs the food essentials for a typical American family. Stresses the importance of adequate nutrition to the war effort. XIII. PUBLIC HEALTH (Cont.) 715 Handbook for Food Demonstrations in Wartime. U. S, Office of Defense Health and' Welfare Services, Nutrition Division. Washington, J. S, Govt. Print. Off,, 1943. 32 p. Gives suggestions for organizing wartime food demonstrations, examples of typical demonstrations, and recipes. 716 (Housekeeping in •'Jartime; Published in Collaboration with the Federal War- food Office and the Federal War-industry and Labor Office, with the Sup- port of the Federal Office for Wartime Economy, by Helen Guggenbuhl.-) Haushalton in der Kriegazeit; Ibrausgegeben in Zusammonarbelt mit dern Sidgenossischen Kriegs-ernahrungaamt und dem Eidgonossieschen Kriegs-in- dustrio- und -arbeitsamt im Auftrage dcs Werbcdientstoasder Eidgonossischc Zentrale ur Kriegswirtschaft von Helen Guggenbuhl. (Zurich) Schweizer Spiegel Verlag (l942).'79 p. 717 Hidden Hunger, by Leonard L, Knott. CANADIAN BUSINESS (Montreal), Gan. 1943, v. 16, no, 1: 24-29, 92, 94, 96, illus. Indicates that wartime Canada is becoming increasingly aware of the im- portance of nutrition, industry is urged to battle poor nutritional conditions in order to increase production. Discusses results of nutrition surveys in Canada’s war industry. 718 Keeping Soldiers and Civilians Nutritionally Fit, by Mary 11 Barber, JOURNAL OF THE AMERICAN DIETETIC ASSOCIATION (Chicago), Feb. 1943, v. 19, •no. 2: 107-109. Discusses military and civilian nutrition and indicates that civilians will bo required to give up many food commodities to feed the armed forces. Discusses also food conservation methods employed in the Army. 719 The Nation Must Eat, by Frank LaClave. PRINTERS’ INK (Chicago), Jan. 15, 1943, v. 202, no. 3; 17-19, 59. Discusses the rationing of food in United States, the shortage of cans and now methods of processing food. 720 The National Nutrition Program, by Joseph K, Folsom, FAMILY-COIDRJNITY DI- GEST (Poughkeepsie), Feb. 1943, v, 1, no., 1: 30-32, Discusses the Government’s program for improving the national nutrition in war- and peace time, 721 Nutrition and Food Supply: The War and After, by John D, Black. ANNALS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY OF POLITICAL AND SOCIAL SCIENCE, (Philadelphia), Jan. 1943, v, 225 : 279 p. Contains individual articles on the food situation in Asia, Russia, Europe, the United Kingdom and the United States, Also includes dis- cussions of the food production program, principles of consumer ration- ing, supply of food to combat areas, civilian food supply, the dietaries of military forces, food distribution and postwar problems. XIII. PUBLIC HEALTH (Cont.) *722 . Nutrition—Canada's Nogluetod Ally, by Genevieve Allan. 'CANADIAN FORUM (Toronto, Onigg’io), Jan* 1943, v. 22, no* 264: 304-305. Urges that Canada enter upon an educational program which would be nationally advertised.in order to decrease malnutrition and increase the effocicncy of the workers. 723 Nutrition Guido,for the Lome Front, by Jennie Rowntroo, and Betty Haw- thorne. Seattle, 1942, no* 12. (University of‘Washington Extension Series) (replacing nos.i and 9) 42 p. A pamphlet designed to help homemakers prepare low-cost nutritional meals. Includes sections on special diets and childrens’ diets. 724 Nutrition Program During the War; Checking the Food Values of the Daily Diet. U. 3. Agricultural Extension Service and University of California, Berkeley, Dec* 1942* 5 p. (folded) Prepared by Hilda Faust•'Contains tables of recommended number of calories and recommended allowances daily for specific•nutrients, a table of food values, and a conversion table, 725 Nutritional Status of Aircraft Workers in Southern California, II. Clini- cal and Laboratory Findings, by Henry Borsook, Elmer Alper, and Geoffrey L. Keighley, MILBANK MEMORIAL FUND QUARTERLY (Now York), April "l943, v. 21, no, 2: 115-15 7, tables. (!giblio.g.) Discusses evidences of vitamin A deficiency observed evidences of “’de- ficiency of thiamin, of riboflavin, of niacin, of vitamin C, prevalence of anemia.; and' other defects. 726 Outline for the Study of Nutrition, ‘Albany, New York State bar “Council, Office of ar Nutrition Services, [ 1942]. ISp. (-fimeo.) , •} Study material in seven units for the use of leaders and groups, pre- pared by members of the extension staff of’ the- Foods and Nutrition De- partment New York State College ‘b'fUfpme Economics. 727 Peacetime and Wartime Functions of the Food and Nutrition Board, National Research Council, by Frank L, Gunderson. NUTRITION REVIEWS (Now York), April 1943, v,,1, no. 6: 161-164, Sketches the origin and history of the Food and Nutrition Board, a group of experts in food and nutritionalssubjects, and their present widespread .activities and functions. Stresses their research and reportr- on dehydrated fruits and vegetables, on fats and milk and on the nation! protein supply. Predicts continued international cooperation after the war. XIII. PUBLIC HEALTH (Cont.) 728 Physician-'1-s Part in Food Rationing, by James D. Strickland, JOURNAL OF THE INDIANA STATE RADICAL ASSOCIATION (Indianapolis), March 1943, v. 36, no. 3: 164, Urges.that physicians exercise special care to prevent violations of the War Ration Board's regulations •'Wien it is necessary to prescribe food, for a patient requiring additional ration points. 729 Planning Wartime Nutrition, by A. C. Ukil. INDIAN JOURNAL OF SOCIAL WORK (Bombay), Sept. 1942, v. 3, no. 2t 160-170, Need for government-planned education and demonstration regarding c.ulti vation and preparation of food to meet wartime food problems in India. Review of food planning in Bengal—nutritional requirements, actual production, and possibilities for increase, 730 Plate Lunches in War Time, by Constance C, Hart, NATION'S SCHOOLS (Chicago April 1943, v, 31, no, 4; 48-49* Discusses various substitutes and extenders which are being used in school lunchrooms to take the place of meat and other scarce commodi- ties and at the same time provide nourishing and appetizing lunches for pupils and teaches, 731 The Preparation of an Emergency Ration for Use in Liberated Countries, by ■ Charlotte Chatfield. JOURNAL OF THE AMERICAN DIETETIC ASSOCIATION (Chicago April 1943, v. 19, no, 4; 267-268, Discusses the possible contents of an emergency ration for use in the liberated countries* 732 Protective Foods in Time of War, by jBarry Gauss. ROCKY MOUNTAIN MEDICAL JOURNAL (Denver), March 1943, v, 40, no, 3: 174-178. Discusses the foods which will protect the individual from deficiency disease. Gives a list of some of the common sources of protective elements. 733 Rationing Boosts ’’In-Plant” Feeding, by Corrie Cloyos. DOMESTIC COMMERCE (Washington), May 1943, v. 31, no, 18: 4-5, 17, illus. Reports increased interest by industrialists in providing meals for employees. Tells of help given by the OPA and other government experts, and cites examples of facilities provided by specific plants. 734 The Relevance of Pood at the Time of Occupation: Conditions in North Africa by Milton S. Eisenhower. JOURNAL OF THE AMERICAN DIETETIC ASSOCIATION (Chicago),-April 1943, v. 19, no. 4; 265-26.6, Discusses the food situation as it existed in North Africa at the time of the American occupation, and as it is now, 735 The Role of Nutrition in the Community Program, by Aclva Bakkio, HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION (Washington), Fob. 1943, v, 14, no. 2: 96, 113-114. Declares that the nutrition program aims to bring a functional knowledge of foods to all types of people. Outlines the work of the Red Cross in setting up community programs in nutrition and in working with low-in- come groups. XIII, PUBLIC 'HEALTH (Cont.) 736 (The Solution of the War and Postwar Nutrition Problem.-) La solucion del problcma a'limcnticio on la guorra y cn la postguerra. COIONT. -RI03 Y DOCU- MSNTOS DE Ln GUEPXU. (Mexico City)/ Fob. 15, 1943, v. 7, no. ’74: '93-99. Surveys the operation of the nutrition urogram of Groat Britain under thc'Woolton plan. 737 (Some Pacts about Nutrition*-) Conocimicntos Gencralos Sobre la Alimentacio? by H, Pedraza, S. JAJD'Y S-uNIDaD (Colombia, Minis tori o do Trabajo, Higionc y Puvision Social, Bogota), March—April 1942, v, 11, nos. 115-116: 1-7, 738 Soybeans.for Human Food, by W, D. Salmon, JOURNAL OF HOME ECONOMICS (Wash- inton), April 1943, v. 35, no, 4: 201-202, Discusses the heed for soybeans, nutritive value of soybeans, cooking quality and palatability, utilization )f soybeans, 'and indicates that soybeans arc'not a’complete substitute br milk, meat, eggs, and choose 739 Soybeans in the Diet, by Jane X. Hale. J0UR3L.iL OF HOME ECONOMICS (bashing- ton), 1943, v. 35, no, 4: 203-206. discusses the practicability of using the soybean in the diet and var- ious ways of using soybeans to improve nutrition. 740 Switzerland's Food. ECONOMIST (London), Nov. 14, 1942, v, 163, no, 5177; 606. ' Contains information on the food situation‘in Switzerland showing that it is satisfactory. 741 A Time for Teamwork, by Claude R. Packard. FOOD INDUSTRIES? (Now York), Jan. 1943, v. 15, no. Is 43-44, 79. Discusses the' immediate food 'needs of the United States, the importance * of building larger "ood reserves in order to feed the starving people of the occupied nations after the Nazis arc driven out, and the need for cooperation among the farmers, oroocssors, distributors, and con- sumers in the United States. 742 The War and School-Boys' Food,’by E, T, biddowson and R,. n, McCanco. LANCET (London), Dec, 12, 1942, v, 243, no. 6224: 689-692, charts. Compares the pre-war diet of boys in three English schools vi th their diet at the, present time. 743 War Developments in Nutrition, by Clyde 3, Schuman. JOURNAL OF EDUCATIONAL SOCIOLOGY (New York), Jan, 1943,’ vol. 16,' no. 5: 309^318. Review of measures taken in Britain to maintain or raise level of nu- trition. Necessary stops to me .t wartime developments in our own country Provisions for nutrition education, 744 War Emergency Npttition Guide, Massachusetts Committee on Public Safety, 'Division of. Health and •Social Services, in cooperation with the War Servicer Division. Boston, .1943. 36 p. Presents a short course in'nutrition for homemakers. 745 Wartime Suggestions for Saving Sugar in Canning, by Estelle Fournct, Louisiana State University and Agricultural and Mechanical College, Divisioi of agricultural Extension. (Baton Rouge), July 1942, 8 p, (Extension cir- cular 244) Includes special recipes. XIII. PUBLIC HEALTH (Cont.) 746 ’Me Won't Starve, ” by Phoebe Mayo Walters. HYGEIA (Chicago); Hay 1943, v. 21, no. 5: 364, 366,’ 368, 370-371. Suggests using dry milk, oleomargarine, high in protein such as cheese, and dry beans, yeast, fruits, and vegetables, in our present diets. Tells of food substitutes with high values. 747 The Winter of Hunger by H. Goorgo Pranks. KNICKERBOCKER WEEKLY (Now York), Dec.'28, 1942, v. 2, no. 44: 12, 13, .asserts that a tide of ill health is sweeping Holland because of mal- nutrition and lack of necessary food elements and that the coming win- ter will see conditions much worse. C. Sanitation 748 effect of Oar and Post-War on Sewage Treatment; Part 2; War Worker Housing Is Maryland Sewage Problem, by George L, Hall, SE-AGE WORKS ENGINEERING AND MUNICIPAL S-UIITATION (New York), April.1943, v. 4, no. 4: 182-183, 187 Tells of the cooperation between state authorities and military and federal housing authorities in oroviding sanitary facilities for mili- tary areas and defense housing projects, 749 Health in Extra Cantonnretrt -ireas, by Cecil K, Blanchard .. .assistant Epidem- iologist, PUBLIC HiALTH NEWS (New Jersey, State.Dept, of Health, Trenton), Dec* 1942, v, 26, no♦ 6: 179-133, Discusses measures of disease control, social hygiene and sanitary re- gulations, used in areas adjacent to Fort Dix, Camp Kilmer and Fort Monmouth, N. J, 750 The Importance of Insects in War Times, by C, L, Metcalf, SCIENCE TEACHER -(Nornal, 111,), Feb, 1943, v, 10, no, 1: 5-7, 29-32, 41,45. (First of a series) Discusses five of our wartime efforts in which insects are probably the greatest obstacles to success: the intentional spread by our enemies of destructive insect vectors of human-animal-and crop-diseases, insect venoms, parasites that live inside the bodies of men, epidemics in past wars, and insect control and camp conditions. 751 Local Emergency Sewerage rrogram. Recommended to Local Defense Councils by the Illinois Council of Defense, Springfield,. March 1943. lip., diagrs. (Processed) < • . Outl ines the organization and training of an emergency sewerage corps, their duti'es and cooperation with other agencies. , 752 The Louse in Relation to Typhus Fever, by Melville D. Mackenzie. JOURNAL OF THE ROYaL 3.WIIT/.RY INSTITUTE (London)’, 0ct. 1942, v. 62, no. 4: 177-182. Discussion of the spread of typhus fever from one human being to another means of lice, and the practical measures to be taken in avoiding infection. Recommended readings for further study. XIII, PUBLIC HW.LTH (Cont.) 753 Operation of Sewage Treatment Plants,by ■uewis H. Kessler and John T. Norgaard. SSWERaGE JOURNAL.(Chicago), Nov. 1942, v. 14, no. 6: 1228- 1263. Describes the War Dopartmnet administrative and personnel set-up for the maintainence, repair and operation of sewage works, ’''resents the best available test data from nlants having competent operators. 754 Problems in Milk Sanitation Due to the War, by J. JOfTRl’kvL OF MILK TECHNOLOGY (Albany), Jan.-Feb. 1943, v. no, 1 : 23-29. Deals with specifications, development of the Public Health Ser- vice program, availability of milk, sanitary quality, and equipment and supplies. D< Mental and Nervous Diseases 755 American Red Cross' Provides psychiatric Social Service to the firmed Forces by Dorothea Schuyler. DISEASES'OF THU NERVOUS SYSTEM (Chicago), March 1943! v, 4, no. 3: 89-91, Describes the many-sided activities of t h’e Red Cross along social ser- vice lines with special emphasis on the Rental Hygiene Units now being established by the army in Replacement Training Centers, to serve as out-patient clinics. The work of these clinics is essentially preventive in character, 756 Finding the Way in Rental Hygiene in 1943, by Robert A. Heiningor, MENTAL HYGIENE (New York), Jan. 1943, v. 27, no. 1:' 20-26. Describes the organization of the U.S.O, and the part the U.S.O, plays in the mental hygiene of the soldiers, sailors and war workers who take part in its'.recreational acitvitics, 757 A Follow-up Study of Selectees Rejected for Psych Satiric Reasons, by Alfred P. Solomon. DISEASES OF THE NERVOUS SYSTEM (Chicago), March 1943, v. 4, no. 3 : 78-81. Suggests that re-examiners of those rejected for psychiatric reasons be given authority to recommend the rejectee for a Service in the armed forces, cither limited or unlimited, for which the rejectee is psycho- logically and physically qualified. 758 -Mental Misfits, by Moyer Drown. NATIONAL SAFETY NEVIS (Chicago), Feb, 1943, v. 47, no. 2: 22-23, 97-100. Indicates that industry will soon be compelled to employ mentally un- stable persons. Suggests some methods for handling.such nc* sons in order to keep production moving, 759 Military Discharge *Por Inadequacy, by Captain David J, Flicker and Major Olon H. Coleman, NEW ENGLAND JOURNAL 0 " MEDICINE (boston), Jan."IT, 1943, ■ v, 228, no, 2: 48-5 2, Figures, Report on 182 cases of discharge. - XT TI. PUBLT'C HL.J1TH (Cont.) 760 ' Military Psychiatry—Ages, 18, and 19, by Benjamin IWoina.ngor PSYCHI.iTHY ( Mlliam Bilans,on White Psychiatric. - oundation, Washington), Feb* 1943, v. 6, no. 1: '89-97. Gives a'preliminary report of the work undertaken in cooperation with ' the public school system of Montgomery County,. Maryland, to find out how much information teachers had, that would be of value’in estimating the mental health and stability of the youths under their charge, as applied to military service. ... , 761 (Nervous Sym ptoms-in •Wartime,-) bos Sindromos Norviosos do la Guerra, por Dr. antonio Lopez Picazos. D!lFFNS-i (Mexico City), March 1943, v. 3, no. 21; 43-52. Observations on the psychological effects of war on the human organism based on an analysis of neurotic symptoms, 762 (Neurosis of -Aviators.-) Neurosis do los Wviadoros, por Mariano R. Castex, German Orosco and fduardo L, Capdehourat. RU 71STA MLDICa (buenos Doc. 1942, v. 28, no, 327; 171-173, • Describes the effects of flight on the- nervous systems of aviators and outlines a technique for preventing and curing nervous ailments from ' which they suffer. 763 (Practical Tasks of Nouro-pathology During Martime.-) Prakfichcskic zadachi ncvropatologii voennuago vremeni, by D, 3. NM7P0P.iT0L0GI.ii. I PSIKHI-a- TEII.i (Mosco.w),. v.. 9, 1942, no. 3; 3-12. 764 association for Research in Nervous and Mental Disease, The Role of Nutri- tional Deficiency in Nervous and -Cental Disease. Proceedings of the as- sociation December 19 and 20, 1941. New York. With 23 illustrations and 8 tables. Baltimore, >illiams and Milkins, 1943. xiii, 215 p. (lts:Re- search Publications v, 22) 765 Social Data on Psychiatric Casualties in the -armed Services, by alcxander Simon, and Margaret Hagan. iwMSRICAN JOURNAL OF PSYCHIATRY (Toronto), Nov. 1942, v. 99, no. 3; 348-353. Report on study of group of psychotic, military men to determine any specific data which might have been learned prior to enlistment which would have shown the. inadvisability of induction; and this group com- pared with a group of selectees, rejectees, and inductees. Statistical date,. Z66 The U, S. .army.Induction Station.Neuro-psychiatric .’Examination, by Loo a, Kaplar,'DISLaSLS OF THM NRRVOUS SYST3M’(Chicago), March 1943, v. 4, no. 3; 74-77. . Discusses the necessity for definite mqthods to be used in the estab- lishment of practical standards for the selection of prospective- soldier material of good psychiatric risk. 767 War Neuroses* by Alfred Gordon, MRDICaL H'.CORD (New York), 'March 1943, v, 156, no. 3; 157-159. . .. . Summarizes experiences of the First Morldl War; discusses the effect of the draft period on draftees and their parents, and stresses the im- portance of distingusihing between fit and unfit individuals at the time of induction. XIII. PUBLIC HPALT (Cont.) 768 War Neuroses, by --ajor Neman Q* I• JOURNAL 0.!*’ L BORaTORY -WJD CLINICaL ■MED IGIHE (Richmond, Va.), Jani 1943, v« 28, no, 4: 489-498, Gives definition and mechanisms of war neuroses, discusses .the imnensit of the problem, treatment, and war neuroses in civilian population, 769 Wartime Tasks of Psychiatric Social workers in Great Britain, by Wild red C. Scoville, AMERICAN JOURNAL OF PSYCHIATRY (Toronto), Nov. 1942, v. 99, no. 3 ; 358-363, Discusses the wartime demands for social service work with children; th evacuation problems and the reception area work of the social workers; the social service work in shelter and rest centers; psychiatric social ■work, ; ■ E. Venereal Diseases 770 Community Wartime Social Hygiene Problems, by Ma j, Names A. Loveless, SOCIAL WELFARE '(State Dopti of Social Welfare, Montgomery), larch 1943, v. 8, no. 3: 5-7. The venereal disease control officer of Art Penning, Georgia, indicatef community responsibilities in the repression of prostitution and in education of the public. 771 (Control of Venereal Disease) FEDERAL PROBATION (Administrative Office of the United States Courts in Cooperation with the Bureau of Prisons of the Dept, of Justice, Washington), April-June 1943', v. 7, no, 2: 1-40. xi symposium of ten articless The Role of the United States Public Health Service in Venereal Disease Control, by Thomas Parran; The Suppression of Prostitution in Relation to /enereal Disease Control in the .army, by Lt. Col, Thomas B, Turner; The Sociologist Looks at Prostitution, by Walter C. Reckless; The Federal Government’s Program in -attacking the Problem of Prostitution, by Eliot Ness; The Role of the Police Wo- man’s Bureau in Combating Prostitution, by Cant. Rhoda Social Treatment of Prosijitutos and Promiscuous Women, by-Raymond Clapp; Std.dy and Treatment of Persons Charged With Prostitution, by Miriam Van Waters; Survey of 100 May .xct-Violators Committed- to.the Federal Reformatory for .omen, by Helen Hironimus; The Prostitute Before the Court, by Judge Wilbur C. Curtis; The Community’s Part in the Battle Against Prostitution, by Walter Clarke. 772 Directory of Clinics for the Diagnosis and Treatment of Venereal Diseases. Supplement No. 4 to Venereal Disease Information Revised 1943, U, S. Public H -.alth Service. Washington, U, S, Govt. Print. 1943, 124 p. (Pro* cessed) Lists clinics by states and municipalities. Also lists types of patients subject to treatment, the foe system, and'the diseases treated. 773 Distribution of Health Services in the Structure of State Government. Chapter IV, Venereal Disease Control by State Agencies, by Joseph W, Mountin and Evelyn Flook. PUBLIC HEaLTH REPORTS IT. S. Public health Service Washington, xvpril 17, 1942, v. 57, no, 16: 553-573. (Reprint*no. 2369.) XIII. PUBLIC HEALTH (Eont.) 774 Does Your State Need New Social Hygiene Laws? by George Gould, JOURNAL OF SOCIAL HYGIENE (New York), Deo. 1942, v. 28, no. 536-547. Discusses ti?e need for more stringent state laws regarding -venereal diseases. Indicates that the health of a nation on the home and battle front is vitally concerned. 775 Law Enfcr cement in Venereal Di sease Control from the Standpoint of the Health Officer, by John H. Stokes, VENEREAL DISEASE INFORMATION (U. S, Public Health Service, Washington), Nov. 1942, v. 23: 393-402, (Reprint no. 191). 776 Local Defense and Venereal Disease Control, .vESKLY BULLETIN (California State Dept, of Public Health, Sacramento), Jan, 16, 1945, v. 21, no, 52: 205-206,’ Quotes a letter from the Director of the Ninth Civilian Defense Region to the Executive Director of the California State Council of Defense, setting forth various measures which local councils can take to assist the program for control of venereal diseases in the vicinity of mili- tary and industrial areas. 777 Prostitution--An Analysis, by l-aude Glasgow, MEDICAL .5: ..HI’S JOURNAL (Cincinnati), Feb, 1943, v, 50, no, 2: 35-40. Discusses the historical growth of prostitution, factors making con- trol of prostitution.in the United States difficult, and suggests means to limit its spread in the United States and among the armed forces. 778 Social Hygiene and Defense Forces, by Socrates Noronha, INDIAN JOURNAL OF SOCIAL ..ORK (Bombay), Dec. 1942, v. 3, no. 5: 257-275. Deals with the serious social and economic consequences of venereal disease, its toll on the health and efficiency of the arms d forces, and suggests measures for its control and prevention. 779 Syphilis and the Armed Forces, North Carolina State board of health, Raleign, April 1, 1945, no. 158, 4 p, (Limeo.) Text of a broadcast delivered by William H. Richardson, States that syphilis is controllable. Calls for more coordinated effort between communities and heath authorities and tolls of a campaign prompted by the American Social Hygiene Association. 780 Venereal Disease Control, LEGISLATIVE BRIEFS (State Legislative Bureau, Phoenix), Nov, 1, 1942, no, 8: 21 p, (Mimco.) Surveys the prevalence of venereal disease at the present time, legis- lative proposals, regulation vs, -suppression, and -a program of exami- nations and treatment, 781 Venereal Disease in the Armed Forces, by M, C, Ribbon, EDITORIAL RESEARCH REPORTS (Washington), Jan, 9, 1945, v. 1, no. 2: 23-36. Tells of the control gained over the rise in the rate of venereal disease in the Armed Forces. Reveals a higher prevalence of venereal disease in .civil life than in the. armed forces. Explains the newly modified Army policy to moan that- men with uncomplicated' infections which havo been rendered noncornmunicable, are now accepted and assign- ed to military units. nil. PUBLIC HEALTH (Cont.) 782 Venereal Disease, Prostitution and’War. American Bar Association Committee 'on Courts and /artimo Social .Protection, Washington, Feb. 1943, ’78 p, (Processed) (Bibliog,) A compilation of information regarding state and local legislation for the control of venereal disease and the relation of the federal govern- ment to those programs* Stresses the local nature of the problem and urges a legislative program on the part of the States. 783 Victory Vermis VD. U, S, Public Health Service, Division of Venereal Dis- eases, and Office of Defense, Health and Welfare Services, Social Pro- tection Section, Washington, U’. S. Govt. Print, Off., Uov. 1942, 20 p. (Processed) (Special VD Education Circular no, 4, revised). Gives instructions to communities on hour to put on a model campaign against venereal disease, together with a list of available films and other materials. 784 The bar Against Syphilis, by J. D, Ratcliff. COLLIER’S (New York), April 10, 1945, v. Ill, no, 15: 14-15, 72, photos. Describes the acute venereal disease problem in wartime and the first United States quarantine hospital, the Lcosville Quarantine Hospital in western Louisiana, and its work. 785 'When Brothels Close, V. D, Rates Go Down”, by Bascom Johnson, Jr. JOURNAL OF SOCIAL HYGIENE (Now York), Doc, 1942, v, 28, no, 9: 525-535, charts, A study of the principal places and sources of venereal infections among Army personnel in El Paso and surrounding areas, F, Hospitals 786 Federal Aid to.Hospitals, by liargarct Lovell Plumley L EDI CUL CaRE (Balti- more), Feb, 1943, v. 3, no, 1: 6-14, Deals with wartime assistance to hospitals under the Lanham Act. Dis- cusses examples of projects, administrative procedure, costs and lo- cations, and federal administrative policy. 787 The Hospital Medical Staff in Wartime, by Charles F, vilinsky. HOSPITALS (American Hospital Association, Chicago), Jan, 1943,’v, 17, no. 1; 30-32. Finds that hospital staffs will be seriously depleted by war demands. Suggests solution through use of older men, education of patients and continued research and training. , 788 Hospital Personnel*in the War Situation, by Mary E. Switzer, HOSPITALS (Chicago), May 1945, v. 17, no, 5: 13-17. The assistant to the Federal Security Administrator, ear Manpower Commission, tells of the critical situation in the field of hospital and nursing personnel and of the various stops that the War Manpower Commission and the U, S, Employment Service have taken to attempt to meet' these needs, * 789 Hospitals on the High Seas, by Roy L. Pepporburg, SEA P0..ER (Now York), Jan. 1943, v, 3, no, 1: 12-14, Describes the ho spit ,1 ship on the U.S.S. Relief. XIII. PUBLIC HEALTH (Cent.) 790 Loral o on the■hospital Front, by James . • Irwin, HOSPITALS (American Hospital Association, Chicago)., Jan., 1943, v. 17, no. 1: 40-42. Considers hospital efficiency from the standpoint of employment prac- tices and employee relationshios. 791 The Out-Patient Department and the Car, by Edward M. -Sernccker. HOSPITALS ( American Hospital Association, Chicago), Jan. 1943, v. 17, no, 1; 22-34. Finds that there has been a decrease in the patient load but a more rapid decrease in personnel, critical supplies and equipment. Outlines a "stream-linod" program to meet these conditions. 792 Personnel Substitution, by Lrs, L. R.Kneifl, HOSPIT-iL PROGRESS (St. Louis) Fob. 1945, v, 24, no, 2: 56-59, Deals with tasks for volunteers, organization and administration, qualifications for aides, .and volunteer aid applied to the record room in hospitals. 793 The Small Hospital in the Present Crisis, by malcolm T. '■ acSaclwrn, HOSPITALS (American Hospital Association, Chicago), Jan. 1945, v. 17, no. 1: 33-36. Discusses the place of the hospital in the rural community and small town, problems of personnel, finance end equipment and urges the for- mation of local hospital councils. 794 Volunteer ;orkcrs, by Lrs, Edward J. Walsh. HOSPITALS (American Hospital dissociation, Chicago), Jon, 1943, v. 17, no, 1; 19-21, Discusses the service of volunteers in the war agencies, their training under the sponsorship of .various groups and what volunteers have to offer t he ho s p i ta1s. 795 wartime -adjustment in the Hospital Kitchen, by Mary E. mcKolvcy. HOSPITALS (Chicago), March 1943, v, 17, no. 3; 34-37, Deals with training of now employees, the. equipment problem, budget adjustment, food commodities and substitutes. 796 ..ar-time Economy in the Kitchen, by Mary R, LcKolvoy, 1-0 DERU HOSPITAL (Chicago), Jan. 1943, v. 60, no, 1: 86-88. Offers suggestion to dietitians on how to cope with shortages of labor and supplies and how to conserve equipment, 797 Wartime Problems of Catholic Hospitals, HOSPITAL PROGRESS (St. Louis), Fob. 1945, v. 24, no. 2: 41-48. Discusses salary stabilization, meat consumption, consumption of pro- cessed foods, and gas defense. G. Doctors and Nurses 798 Accelerating Education Programs. JIHERXCaN JOURN.JLOF NURSING (Now fork), Jan. 1945, v. 43, no, 1; 8-9, Recommends the economic .and effective utilization of -all available pro- fessional nursing resources, the use of auxiliary nursing personnel for every function not requiring professional nursing skill, end the pre- paration of increasing numbers of student nurses in accelerated pro- grams. Suggestions by the Health and Medical Committee, Office of De- fense and Welfare Services. XIII. PUBLIC HEALTH (Cont.) 799 The Calls All Eligible Nurses, by Julio. 0, Plikko, i YPJC..U: JOURN.JL OF NURSING (New York) /Jan. 1943, v, 43, no. 1: 25. Dis cusses the importance of nurses to the success of the war effort, and the present shortage of volunteers in the United States. 800 Civilian Medical Care in Total Aar, by Thomas Par ran. SOUTHERN ■ FEIST ..tL JOURNAL (Birmingham, Ala.), March 1945, v. 36, no, 5: 204—208. Discusses the facilities and personnel available in the event of epi- demics during the war, 801 Civilian Physicians and the Soldier, by N. R. Boohor. J0UR1LJL OF THE INDLAN... ST-iTE MEDICAL ASSOCIATION (Indianapolis), Larch 1943, v. 56, no. 3: 161-162. Discusses the problem of the civilian physician who is requested to treat a soldier or his family; the attitude of the -irmy toward such practice; and the treatment of civilians by jinny medical officers. 802 Civilian Physicians in 0CD-USPHS; affiliated Units to Give ..ray Temporary Local -.-ssitanco in Military Emergencies. HO SPIT J5S (Chicago), May 1943, v. 17, no, 5: 51-34. Explains the plan to organize affiliated hospital units of physicians by so1octod hospit als an d mcdic a1 schools at the invitation of the Office of Civilian Defense and the U, S, Pu.blic Health Service to pro- vide balanced medical staffs for Emergency Base Hospitals in the coastal states. Lists the institutions invited, 803 Community Nursing Service During Airtime, by Hortonso Hilbert. Ah ERIC. AJ J0URNL.L OF PUBLIC EE..LTH (New York), march 1943, v. 35, no. 5: 259-245. Surveys community nursing services organized and administered in 194k To date about twelve representative communities in different parts of the country have boon surveyed. 804 The Doctor Shortage, by Bo oka Doherty and -.rthur Hopncr, NEI. RPLl LIC (New York), May 10, 1943, v. 108, no, 19: 629-631. Describes the problems of the civilian population as a result of a shortage of doctors. Emphasizes the need for a national health program. 805 Effect of War Production Board Orders on Hospital Pharmacy, by Robert P. Fischoli s, and J. Solon Horde 11. HOSPITALS (American hospital .Assoc iation, Chicago), Jan, 1943, v. 17, no, 1: 58-61, Summarizes the orders of the War Production Board relating to hospital pharmacies and shows hew readjustments may be made by means of sub- stitutions and conservation, 806 First Report of Nurses Salaries Committee; Salaries and .emoluments of Fe- male Nurses in Hospitals. Presented by the Minister of Health to Parlia- ment by Command of Eis'Majesty, February 1943. London, E, . . Stmt. Off., 1945. 42 p. (Cmd. 6424). Basic consideration governing the Committee wore to determine a fair and appropriate, remuneration’for""Who burse, and tb striraul aterecruitment of desirable student nurses. XTII. PUBLIC HEALTH (Cent.) 807 -- Guide, for the Organization of Collegiate Schools of Nursing, Prepared by the National Nursing Council for -;ar Service, and. the association of Collegiate Schools of Nursing. Nov: York, National Nursing Council for ..ar Service, 1942. 35 p. 808 The Hospital and the Community. .H.ERIC.H\' JOURNAL OF NURSING (New Pork), Jan. 1943, v. 43, no. 1: 52-57. Discusses ways in which civilian hospitals are maintaining their basic professional and auxiliary nursing services. 805 The Hospital’s Place in the Public Health Program. ST .TISTIC.JL BULLETIN (Now York), Fob. 1943, v. 24, no. 2; 3-6. , Discusses the importance of the hospital in taking care of people on the home front and in serving as an educational institution, 810 The Housewife Re-Enters. Nursing, by Carolyn L, Midmer. a ERIC-IN JOURiL-L OF NURSING (New York), Jan. 1943, V, 45, no. 1; 10-14. Discusses the importance to the war effort of the housewife who re- enters nursing, and the difficulties boith in arranging her domestic affairs and in adjusting to institutional vrork. 811 maintaining minimum Public Health Nursing in vnr-timo .• HE INLY BULLETIN (California State Dept, of Public Health, Sacramento), .poril 10, 1943, v. 22, no, 12: 45-47. Offers suggestions as to how essential public health nursing services can be maintained on the home front through modifications in community organization and agency administration. 812 Medical Education and the Procurampnt and assignment Service, by Harold S. Diehl. JOURNAL OF THE m ERICLHN MEDECHL .uS hOCI MTION (Chicago), Fob. 27, 1945, v. 121, no. 9; 655-638. Discusses the work of the Procurement and assignment Service .which is responsible for war allocation of.physicians, dentists and veterina- rians to meet the needs of the armed forces and civilian population. It is concerned also with assuring retention of adequate teaching staffs at medical schools and with medical students and interns. 813 Medical Manpower and Civilian Medical Care, LAWYERS* CHILD REVIEH (Chicago Jan.9Fcb» 1943, v. 5, no. 1: 18-21. Discusses reasons for lack of adequate medical manpower for civilian care, emphasizes the need for quick action, and proposes a plan for assignment of doctors to needy areas by the Public Health Service. 814 Looting Civilian Medical Needs in Martino, by Dr. ■■‘■arold S. .dohl, MINNE- SOTA -JuUkNUS (Minneapolis) , Mpril 1945, v. 42, no, 24: 589-591, Relates cooper tivo efforts of the American Medical .association and other medical societies, the U, S. Public Health Service, and the Pro- curement and assignment Service of the Mar Manpower Commission to meet the problems of procurement of physicians and maintenance of hospital facilities in the face of wartime shortages. XIII. PUBLIC HEALTH (Cont.) 815 National ciar Nursing Program, by C. Haupt. HOSPIT.JLjS (Chicago), .*pril 1943, v. 17, no. 4; 26-30. Discusses the problem of mooting the wartime shortage of nurses, civil- ian and military needs for 1945, cvailable supply. Outlines a program for mooting the shortage "/hi eh includes increasing the number of stu- dents, distributing graduate nurses equitably for mr needs, using auxiliary workers, both paid and volunteer. 816 The Negro Nurse and the ear, by Estelle Massey Riddle, OPPORTUNITY (Now York), npr. 1943, v. 21, no, 2; 44-45, 92. Discusses the opportunities open to negro nurses in this war, student training programs, the distribution of. negro nurses in the armed ser- vices and their activities, 817 Now York Plans for Emergency Public health Nursing, by Margaret G. ..rn- stcin, PUBLIC HEALTH NURSING (New York), March 1943, v. 55, no. 3; 125-127 Tells how Emergency Public Health Nursing Squads are being formed and trained in the state to aid existing community nursing services in event of enemy action, 818 Nurses and Those They Serve, by ..line Trimble, HYGS3L* (Chicago), hay 1943, v. 21, no. 5: 335-337, 378, illus. Emphasizes the tremendous need for nurses, owing to the demands of the armed forces and the unprecedented Mblrth rate” « Tells of steps that are being taken to meet the situation through stretching of available facilities and use of volunteer helpers. 819 Nursing — Critical analysis, by Joseph ... Mountin: SRI CL II JOURNLJL OF NURSING (New York), Jan. 1943, v, 43, no. 1; 29-34. Discusses the problems of recruitment, training, and retention of nurses, and suggestions to solve those problems. 820 Nursing Needs of the Nation, PUBLIC HSaLTH NURSING (New York), July 1942, v. 34: 346-349. xUialyzos the nursing needs of the armed forces and of the civilian population in the United States, 821 One in One Hundred and Twelve, by John Ray Newcomb, JCbRNLJj OF THE INDI.JNL ST...TE LEDIC.YL ASSOCIATION (Indianapolis), March 1943, v. 36, no. 3: 159- 161. Discusses the answers to questionnaires sent out by the Indiana State Medical association to ascertain the individual physician’s adjustment to military medicine. Suggests what medical societies may do during the war for medical officers and their families, as well as developing a plan for their rehabilitation after the wap. 822 Physicians in Uniform. MEDIC..L M IME TING (Rutherford, N.J.), Fob, 1943, v. 2, no, 5: 1-2. Considers how many more physicians will bo needed in trie armed forces in the near future, and the relocation of practicing physicians to acute shortage areas. ‘XIII. PUBLIC HZ.1LTH (Cent.) 823 Tho Quality of Medical Manpower, by John P. Peters, I.. ilDIC. JL C_*KS (Balti- more) , Fob. 1943, v, 3, no, 1: 15-18, Believes tho quality of modi cal manpower in tho armed forces and in civilian communities depends largely on intelligent control of medical resources in the hands of experts, 824 Recent Changes in Hospital nursing Practice, by Sister 11, Geraldine. HOSPITALS (Mm eric an Hospital .association, Chicago), Jan. 1945, v, 17, no, 1: 43, 44. llotod the shortage of physicians and nursing personnel. Outlines possible uses of student nurses, auxiliary workers, shortcuts and economics in nursing, and education of the public in its demands, 825 ■ Recruiting and Training of Nurses, Hearing -Before a Subcommittee of the Committee on Interstate and Foreign Commerce, house of Representatives, 78th Cong,, 1st Soss., on K.R, 2526, a Bill to Provide for the Training of Nurses for the Forces, Governmental and -Civilian hospitals, Hcalt agencies, and ..ar industries. Through Grants to Institutions Providing Such Training, and for Other Purposes, hay 6, 1945, Washington, G. s. Govt. Print Off., 1943,51 p. 826 Shortage of Doctors, by Kendrick Loo, EDI TORI. 5L RESEARCH REPORTS ( .ash- ington), March 23, 1943, v. 1, no, 12: 195-208, Discusses the scarcity of physicians for civilian population due to tho heavy demand for their services among tho armed forces. Says tho distribution of doctors is too uneven with the ”boom town1' communities ■ suffering.the .worst shortages. Tolls of the armed forces commissioning fewer doctors during 1943, thus preventing further maldistribution of tho civilian doctor supply. So far no existing agency has the author- ity or funds to carry out an extensive relocation program. 827 Should Doctors Be Rationed? by Lotta Dempsey. ku.CLIiMN1 S M.RMZINE (Toronto) Fob. 1, 1943, v. 56, no. 3: 7, 37, 41. Discusses the difficult situation arising from shortage of doctors in Canada, Proposes possible solutions such as refusal of army enlist- ments, and health insurance. Describes Britain’s system of coping with tho problem. 828 M Solution: Coordinate Medical Manpower. New modical administration Service, 1943, 15 p, advocates the idea of medical team work to moot the existing shortage cf doctors in civilian practice. 829 The Supply of Doctors, by Michael M, Davis. MEDICAL C .RE (Baltimore), Nov. 1942, v. 2, no. 4: 314-521.' Discusses the wartime removal of doctors from civilian practice and how it affects the medical service in.this country. Suggests distri- bution of physicians after the war according to need, in the small , towns and counties, rather than concentrating them in the larger .and wealthier areas. . _ mi. PUBLIC HEALTH (Cont.) 830 The Supply of. Physicians; .in Official Roloaso From tho Office of Jar Information. JOURNAL OF THE AMERICAN IvZEDIC .L ASSOCIATION (Chicago), April 5, 1943, v. 121, no. 14: 1160-1164. Discusses a survey made by the OHI to determine tho effect on the civilian population of the entrance of between 40,000-45,000 doctors into tho armed forces, and recommendations to adjust tho remaining physicians to civiliananoods« 831 R Teaching Guide for Instructors of Rod Cross Homo Nursing.. Washington, American National Rod Cross, 1943, 81 p. Outlines a course for teaching tho specific problems involved in Home Nursing, 832 Teaching Volunteer Workers. DAVIS NURSING SURVEY (Philadelphia), Jan. 1943 v. 7, no , 1: 7 - 8. Discusses tho ease with which groups of Volunteer Red Cross Nurses .ados are trained for hospital work. Mentions several factors which account for the facility with which those women adapt themselves to the nursing routine. 833 Till the Doctor Comes Marching Home. NATION-JL PA RENT-TEACHER (Chicago), April 1943, v. 37, no, 8: 24-27, Symposium dealing with the prevention of needless sickness and physi- cal disability among children. 334 Training of Interns, Residents, and Graduate Students in Marti; .o, by J. H. Means. HOSPITALS (Chicago), May 1943, v. 17, no. 5: 18-20. Discusses the speed-up in Medical education, tho resultant lack of experience of interns, and the effect of this on the present and post- war care of civilians. Indicates some ways- of overcoming those dofici cncics. CIV. MORALE The adjustment of College Men to military Life; Case Data, by John F, Cubcr, SOCIOLOGY .HD SOCIAL RESEARCH (Los Angeles), March-April 1945, v. 27, no. 4: 267-276. Cites as typical problems, the lack of contact with women, lack of democracy in army life, and a lack of information as to the value of the part played by the individual to tho war effort r. s a whole. De- scribes several types of adjustment to these problems, !36 A Blueprint for Total Morale, by Fletcher iVicCord, CH.JLi.CTSR AND PERSONAL- ITY (Durham), Dec. 1942, v, 11, no, 2: 89-107. Finds a source for potential high national morale in our institutions, resources and history, ..analyses the psychological problems of morale and suggests means of utilizing our resources in this field more fully, 37 Bombing Raid, by Arthur L. Stead. MUTUAL 1/AGnZINS (Philadelphia), March 1943, v. 28, no. 9: 13-14, 44, illus. Describes an air raid on the railroad depot of Middlesbrough, England, the morale of the civilians involved and the promptness with which demolition activities are set in motion. XIV. MORALE (Gout.) , 838 . Building dp Civilian Morale, by Katayun E, Gama, INDIAN JOIJ -di. X OF SOCI-vL . ORK (Bombay), Sept. 1942, v. 3, no/ 2: p. 179-191. analysis of various aspects of morale, and its increased importance in modern "psychic warfare. 1 ..oak spots in Indian morale, 838 Calling Citizens, by Robert Rienow, . .with the Editorial assistance of Howard R. -ndorson. ,. Boston, Houghton Mifflin, 1943. 692 n. Shows how all citizens may contribute toward the war effort. 840 Civilian Morale and the Professional Worker,by Julos H. Masscman. JOURNAL OF THE _Jvi'ERIC- JJ DIETETIC ASSOCIATION (Chicago), Feb. 1943, v. 19, no. 2: 91-94, Describes ways in which the professional worker can help to maintain or to build up civilian morale, 841 Courage for Crisis, by Bonaro . Overstreet, Rev/ York, Harper, 1945, 99 p; The author holds that the ingredients of courage come from our daily ways of thinking and acting. Ho emphasizes the advantages of an offen- sive attitude toward .fear in the present crisis, 842 Food Rationing and Morale, by C, Anderson. ,FE I CAN SOCIOLOGICAL REVIEL ( . enasha, ..is,), “Fob, 1943, v. 8, no. 1: 23-33. Discusses the nature of rationing, functions of rationing, morale and rationing in the social setting, rationing programs in operation, and the impact of rationing upon social relationships and attitudes. Mail Leans Morale by Helen. Furnas, LIBERTY (Mow York), 3, 1945, v. 20, no. 14: 26-27, 54. Discusses the importance of mail for maintaining .the nor ado of soldiers overseas and indicates the advantages of sending V mail. 844 Mon and Machines, by C, B, Thorne NINETEENTH CENTURY -AID ..FTER (London), Doc. 1942, v. 138, no. 700: 200-265. Considers the course of the war from the standpoint of leadership, stressing the importance of the human factor, 845 Men’s Minds and Ships, by Capt. W. H. Michael. SURVEY GIL-PHIC (New York), Jan. 1943, v. 32, no, 1: 22-24. Believes men’s minds, conditioned for peace, can.be brought to with- stand the shock of battle, , ... 846 Morale in the College and University, by Brian E. Tomlinson, TEACHER- EDUCATION JOURNAL (New York), Doc. 1942,. vi 4, no. 106-111, Defines morale and discusses the demand for now courses related to the war, non-academic -defense- activities, arid 'personal attitudes on the part of students. . . . . 847 Morale Maintained on Britain’Railroads, by -Arthur L, Stead, R.JLm-Y C.JUvlTN’S JOURNAL (Kansas City), Jan. 1943, v. 48, no, 1: 8-ll/ Discusses the high spirit and industry of British railway during the Battle of Britain,.Shew s that railway facilities were repaired and traffic resumed 24 hours after bombing,■in many cases. XIV. MORALE (Cont.) The Morale of the Nazi Soldier, by Jan Valtin. ESQUIRE (Chicago), Rob. 1943, v. 19, no. 2s 55, 100, 101. Stresses fact Nazi morale is extremely vulnerable because it depends on continuous demonstrations of victory and force. 849 Music in Industry, by Harold Burris-Meyer. MECHANIC. JL ENGINEERING (hew York), Jan. 1943, v. 65, no, 1: 31-34, Discusses the musical programs inaugurated in various factories and their contribution to the workers* morale and total output in pro- duction. 850 The National Mar Front Movement, by Major B. P. Pandc. LAY .OREHANJ CHRONICLE ('Baripada, India), July 1942, v, 11, no, 4: 22-24, Reviews the course of the war, and outlines the aims and program of the National War Front Movement, which is chiefly designed to raise civilian morale in India and to promote civilian defense activities. 851 0MI and the American Public, by Jerome S. Bruner. PUBLIC OPITION QUARTER- LY (Princeton, N, J.), Spring 1943, v, 7, no, 1: 125-133, The associate director of the Princeton University Office of Public Opinion raises the questions. Do the people of America feel they have been given the facts abouththe war? Do they know why we are fighting? Arc they well informed about the aims of the war as interpreted by our leaders? Appraises the work of the Office of ear Information in the light of those questions. 852 A Psychiatric Contribution to the Problem of Morale, by Leonard'R, Si liman. JOURNAL OF NERVOUS AND MENTAL DISEASE (New York), March 1943, v, 97, no, 3: 283-295. Emphasizes the importance of psychiatric contribution to civilian morale in wartime, 853 Reactions of People Under Stress; a Manual on the causes and Control of Anxiety, Morale and Fatigue, New fork State Aar Council, Office of Mar Training. Albany, Jan, 1943. 18 p, A guide for civilian defense workers in dealing with community groups. 854 The Responsibility of Guidance Workers for Building Mo rale, by Percival M. Symonds. JOURNAL OF THE NATIONAL ASSOCIATION OF DEANS OF MOMEN (Wash- ington) , uct. 1942, v. 6, no, 1; 11-17, Considers the meaning of morale, factors contributing to morale in the school; and what the counselor can do in individual and group work to build morale, 855 Sarnoff Lauds Radio's "far Role, Col, David Sarnoff, RADIO nGE (New York), Jan. 1943, v. 2, no,2: 3-5, 29. Describes the contributions of the radio to the winning of battles and compaigns by United States-forces, to the building of morale on the home front, and to the furthering the sale of ./ar bonds, 850 Some Aspects of Morale, by Li out.-Col, H. C. Westmorland. ARMY QUARTERLY (London), Feb. 1943, v. 45, no. 2: 194-198, Dds cusses the morale of the people and various factors which affect morale on the battle field and the home front. XIV. MORALE (Cont.) 857 Some Psychological Problems Created by liar, by James lu, Cunningham. CONNECTICUT HEALTH BULLETIN (Department of Health, Hartford), Feb. 1942, v, 57, no, 2: 33-36. Discusses added household responsibilities, liability of draft for military service, rejection for military service, women working in industry, and the problem of small children in wartime. 858 This Thing They Call Morale, by E, L. Talbert, RAlLRAY CLERK (Cincinnati., Ohio), Fob. 1943, v. 42, no. 2: 58359. Defines morale; comments on ways to keep up morale and stresses im- portance of changing from a competitive peacetime perspective to that of wartime cooperation, 859 .That Lies behind Good Pupil Morale? by Catherine b/hitesido Taylor. EDU- CATION (Boston), Feb. 1943, v. 63, no, 6: 568-378, Analyzes the basic factors in good morale, and outlines a program for morale-building, which includes increased education for family life, promoting understanding between the goner tions, and a clarification of war goals. Suggests ways in which teachers may help with morale- building, especially through counselling. 860 ..ords Are Not Enough, by Archibald MacLoish, NATION (New York), -larch 15, 1943, v. 156, no. 11: 366-372. Shows that the weapons of psychological warfare .arc the actions raid declarations of a fighting nation as they affect the opinions of that nations enemies and the world. Points out that the total actions of a nation can bo conducted only by .those who direct the total effort of the entire nation with the support and participation of people as a whole, XV. PROPAGANDA 861 America Through Goebbels1 Eyes, by Hans Habc, AMERICAN MERCURY (Now York) Feb. 1943, v, 56, no, 230; 166-175. Discusses Nazi anti-American propaganda which ha s been picturing the people of the United States .as spiritual and iporal babies, military amateurs, embittered capitalists and imperialists in a nation that is divided politically. 862 The Battle of Rords, by Rowland ood. P.iCTS (Chicago), April 1943, v. 2, no. 4; 22-26. Describes propaganda methods used by Germany and the Uni ted?: States and discusses their effectiveness. * *•'.’* . 863 Behind the Enemy NATION (New York), Jan, 9, 1943, v, 156, no, 2: 58. , _ , . ; Discusses the, change in Gorman domestic propaganda, 864 Broadcasting for Democracy, by Otto •Friedmann, Introduction by A, D, Lindsay, London, Allen & Unwin, (1942?). 62 p, A Czech psychologist' analyzes Nazi propaganda and finds it more . effective than allied propaganda. He suggests•strategic plans for im- proving the effectiveness., of Allied Nations’ broadcasts. XV. PROPAGANDA (Cont.) 865 Buddhism as a Japanese Propaganda Instrument, by H, G. juaritch Vial os, with a Commentary by Ain Yu tang. FREE V70RLD (Nov/ York), May 1943, v. 5, no, 5: 428-432, Forecasts the probable psychological conquest of Buddhist countries under Japanese control through analysis of Buddhist propaganda carrier on for several years by the Ncw Asia Bureau of the Dai Nippon Buddhis4 association, which is under the joint control of the Japanese Educa- tion and ?i/ar Ministrios, 866 Canada and the Short-.lave Jar, by filbert A. Shea and Eric Estorick. Toronto, Canadian Institute of International Affairs and Canadian Association for Adult Education. 1942, 36 p. (Bibliog.) (Behind the Headlines, v, 3, no, l) A pamphlet concerning propaganda as used by the warring nations, stressing its significance as a war weapon. 867 (Conduct of Aar -Prop aganda, -) Conducao da Guerra-P-ropaganda, by Cap, Hocho Montciro xichoi BOLETIN (Brasil, Conselho Tecnico do Econonia c Finances, Ministerio da Fazenda, Rio de Janeiro), July 1942, v. 2, no. 19: 8-12. Objectives and techniques of propaganda in modern warfare. 868 Davis and Goliath; The ONI and Its Gigantic Assignment, by Michael Darrook and Joseph P, Dorn, HARPER’S MAGAZINE (New York), Ecb. 1943, v, 186, nTT 1113: 225-237. Describes the organization, history, and objectives of the Office of liar Information, and appraises its successes and failures to date, and the problems by which it isconfrouted, 869 Elmer Davis, Meet Tom Paine’, by Gorham Munson, TOJVOR OM (hew iork), Jan, 1943, v. 2, no, 5: 7-9. Stresses the importance of propaganda in warfare and criticizes the present performance of the United States in this field, 870 German Psychological Warfare; A Review of the Survey Published by the Committee for National Morale by Maxwell Gitolson. DISEASES OF THE NER- VOUS SYSTEM (Galveston), npril 1943, v. 4, no. 4: 125-128. Sees that the psychological phase of German rearmament begah in 1919; and that German psychological warfare makes use of old techniques with new tools and is a blend of borrowings from applied psychology of Britain and the united States plus book* by Jews on psychoanalysis which they have burned and banished, 871 Gomans Disbelieve Goebbels, But..., by W, A. Sinclair. LONDON CALLING (London), Dec, 10, 1942, no, 170: 10-11. Cites evidence shewing that Germans consider the information they receive through the press,' the radio, and films as propaganda, and accept" BBS nows bulletins and newspapers as authentic, 872 Goebbels’ Conception of Propaganda, by Hans Henna SOCIAL RESEARCH (New School for Social Research, New York), May 1943, v, 10, no, 2: 200-218, Discusses Goebbels claim to mastery of the art of propaganda based on the principle of controlling the masses. Mentions Goebbels’ tech- nique of lying as a particular phase of propaganda which he considers most effective. XV. PROPnG-iNQA (Cent.) 873 The Goobbels Experiment; **. Study of the Nazi Propaganda, Machine, by Derrick Sington and Rfoidmfeld.* Nov/ Haven, .ale University Press, 1943. xi, 266 p., illus., charts, A story, based on firsthand information as well as on analysis of the written and broadcast materials, of how the Nazi propaganda ma- chine operates inside and outside Germany, This book tolls what is happening to the Goman stage, moving pictures, newspapers end books, 874 The Impact of the OYiDE on Broadcasting, by Robert J. Landry, PUBLIC OPIN- ION RUA1TERLY (Princeton, N. J.), Spring 1943, v, 7, no, 1: 111-115. The Director of Program writing for CBS appraises Americans use of broadcasting as a weapon of political warfare since Pearl Uarbor. (The Influence of French Culture Propaganda on the Intellectual Life of Denmark,-) Dor Einfluss dor Franzosischon Kulturpropaganda ,,uf das > Gcisteslcbcn Daneraarks, von Richard Carstenson, Berlin, Nibelungcn- Vorlag, 1941. 76 p. A brief survey prior to 1900 and a more comprehensive survey sub- sequent to that date, 376 Investigation of Un-American Propaganda activities in'the ,Jnitcd States, Special Committee on Un-amorican .activities. House of Representatives, Seventy-Eighth Congress,,First Session on H. Ros. 282,,.Appendix- Part VII, Report on the Axis Front Movement in the United States, First Section -- Nazi -xCtivitios, V/ashihgton, U. S. Govt. Print. uff., 1943. Ill p. Contains reports on various German organizations and individuals en- gaged in un-American propaganda* 877 Japan’s Propaganda tar, by Selden C, ASIA -AID THE AMERICAS (New York), March 1943, v, 43., no, 3: 167-169. specialist for the Office of Public Opinion Research evaluates Japanese propaganda, finding that in.Malaya.and it contributed to the quick defeat of the .Allies, Describes types of propaganda used in China, India and other areas by Japan, such as common©ration of the Opium Jar, American discrimination against negroes, religious, cultural and nationalistic appeals. Urges that wo roach peoples of Occupied more effectively with information about the successes and postwar plans of the United Nations. 878 Nazi Film Propaganda, by Bohn Altmann. TOMORROW (New York), June 1943, v. 2, no. 10:~ 29-35, Discusses the use of German propaganda films in Jorld war I, the organization of film propaganda since 1933, the ideas German films present, their effect, upop German youth, differences between Nazi newsreels end American in their approach and technique methods of Nazi film agents in gaining control of a fbroign movie .industry, 879 The Nazi Offensive in Lisbon, by -Jack Alexander, SATURDAY EVLNING POST (Philadelphia), March 6, 1943, v, 215, no. 36; 15,- 86. Pictures Nazi espionage and propaganda activities in neutral Portugal and describes social conditions in Lisbon, XV. PROPAGANDA (Cont.) 880 Nows, Propaganda, and. the '’Aar, by Virginias Dabney. A._DISON AllATERLY (Harrisonburg, Va.), v. 5, no, 2: 49-57. Discusses the methods and- effectiveness of German propaganda, Russian propaganda, and ..amorican propaganda, 881 !!1918u by Ronnie Smith. CENT PL JL EUROPEAN OBSERVER (London), Jan. 22, 1943, v, 20, no, 2: 17-18, Compares the military -position of Germany in January 1913 with that of January 1943 and describes the German propaganda which the German people have been receiving. 882 Propaganda and the Social Situation, by Ralph Herbert Turner, SOCIOLOGY .AND SOCIAL RESEARCH (Los .mgolos), Any-Juno 1943, v. 27, no. 5; 363-372. Discusses the social effects of propaganda and shows that effective- ness depends upon the susceptibility to propaganda in general, while the group which is highly responsive to one propaganda may remain indifferent to another. Concludes that effectiveness of any form of propaganda is determined by the techniques employed, the reaction to the social situation, and the interaction of the propaganda with the particular social situation. : / 883 Propaganda as a weapon, by Lord Halifax. VITAL SPEECHES OF THE ELY (New York), Jen. 15, 1945, v. 9, no, 7: 219-222. Discusses tho Importance of forcing Germany to fight on two fronts, German attempts to estrange England and the United States through its propaganda, and the organization of the British Empire, 884 Propaganda in Canada, ART END INEDSTRY (London), Jan, 1943, v, 33, no, 3: 8-11, illus. Tolls some of the differences between Canadian and English propaganda, 885 Radio and the Air, by Paul Franklin, -JJTHORS* LEAGUE BULLETIN (Now York), Larch 1945, v, 1, no, 5; 10-15, Discusses radio's wartime obligation to report tho nows promptly and accurately, -o' ~ « * 886 (Radio Broacoasting in Latin America.-) La Radiofusion on la .America Latina, by Dr, .'.rno Huth, translated by Francisco Gall, GACETA (Guate- mala Scrvicio do Communionclones, Guatemala City), Nov, 15, 1942, v, 4, no, 9; 471-473. Discusses the stations and progress of Lexice, (to be continued) 887 Radio Goes to War, by Charles J, Role, Now York, Putnam, 1942. 292 p. Tho strategy-of war by radio, 888 Radio Scripts for Victory, by .'illiam D. Boutwoll, PROCEEDINGS OF THE TLENTY-SEVENTH lAML.L CONVENTION OF THE NATIONAL UNIVERSITY EXTENSION ASSOCIATION (Pennsylvania State College, Harrisburg),Lay 18-20, 1942, v. 24: 155-1591 ■ " ) The director of information end radio service of the 8nitod States Office of Education discusses the activities of his particular divi- sion and shows how tho radio scripts and transcriptions distributed by the Office of Education arc keeping the nmorioan public informed of many United States war activities. XV. PROP.iG.iNEL (Cont.) 889 Report of Second i-nnual NBC War Clinics, 1943. Nov/ York, National Broad- casting Company, .mu’il 1943, 124 p, Compiled as a permanent record of the various' papers presented at the Second Annual NBC fir Clinic held in January and February, 1945, Among the topics discussed v/ore .''An Enlightened Public Relations Policy for Broadcasting Stations, ‘'Public Service Programs," and "NBC in the International Scene," 890 Rumour, by K. R. Lasani. INDICT JOURNAL OF SOCIAL WORK (Bombay), Sept. 1942, v, 3, no. 2: 192-206, Psychological causes of the propagation of rumors. 891 Strategy end Tactics of Intellectual Warfare, by 1, Schuotz. NEW CCLYON.iSALTH QUARTERLY (Oxford), Oct. 1941, v. 2: 136-142. Points out that warfare in the intellectual and moral spheres is of equal importance to military warfare, and ways of making it effective.calling attention to the need for co-ordinated action in intellectual warfare, 892 herds on Air, by Christopher Salmon, BRITAIN TO-EUY (London), April 1941, no, 5J: 4-9, photos. Discusses British broadcasting under war conditions. Gives the prin- ciples of British broadcasting and compares British propaganda with German propaganda, XVI. CRIME AND DELINQUENCY 893 -i.ro Children Nor so in Wartime? by Ella Winter. COLLIER’S (Springfield, 0,), March 13? 1943, v. 111, no, 11: 52, 54-55, illus. Reports the rise of delinquency since the outbreak of war in several .Arterican cities, gives reasons for delinquency, and suggests action against it* 894 Children Out of Hand; The Reform School, by Chester ■L,oo White. ATLANTIC MONTHLY (Boston), May 1943, v. 171, no. 5; 46-50. States that the greatest single cause of juvenile delinquency is the growing spirit of contempt for the apparent laxi-ty of our lav/ en- forcement system, and that repbatod petty crimes should not be tole- rated, 895 Close up Study of Delinquency in Rural and 'Semi-Rural Areas*, by Chester 0. Scott, .-ELFi-RE BULLETIN (Illinois State Dept, of Health, Springfield), March 1943, v, 34, no. 5: 12-13, 17, Finds the chief cause of delinquency in Southern Illinois to bo neg- lect of the. individual child and of childhood needs in general. Suggests preventive stops. 896 Girl Scouting, a Part of National Defense, by Car eta Young love, QUOT-iRIAJ (Washington) , Fob. 1943, v. 21, no, 2: 6, 16, photo. Emphasizes the importance of Scouting at a time when juvenile de- linquency is increasing rapidly. Lists war services which Girl Scouts perform. XVI. CRIME AND DELINQUENCY (Cont.) 897 How Can io Curb -Youthful Delinquency? Columbus, Canorican Educ.vfcioh Press, Jan. 14, 1943, 23 p. (Bulletin of America’s Tom Meeting of tho , no. 36) Participants include Policr, Justice, Domestic Relations Court New York City; nustin iv-acConnick, former President of tho .jaorioan Prison .association! Robert «, Sear-lo, General Secretary cf tho Greater Now York Federation of Churches; and- James Marshall, former President of tho New York City Board of Education. 898 Is Delinquency Increasing? by Bertram J, Black -and -Catherine kittle. FEDEILJPOR (Pittsburgh), Feb. 1943, v, 18, no, 2: 51-35. Gives findings of a study of Allegheny County which considered the following questions; l) Has juvenile delinquency in -Allegheny County increased or decreased since 1940? 2) Have there been any noticeable changes in the numbers and proportions of boys and girld involved? 3) Are those change's comparable to those noted in England or other parts of United States? 899 Juvenile Crime VJavo, by Lowell J. Carr, NATION’S SCHOOLS (Chicago), Jan. 1943, v. 31, no. 1; 18-20, Discusses the increase in juvenile crime •since the1 outbreak of Lor Id Liar II, factors making for increased delinquency, and ways of elimi- nating juvenile delinquency. 900 Juvenile Delinquency Proceedings, by Harry N. Rosonfield. N. Jr ION’S SCHOOLS (New Dork), March 1943, v. 31, no, 3: 18-19. Discusses the school’s role in tho prevention of juvenile delinquency. Says that apart from the teaching process itself, there are many coop- erative methods’whereby tho facilities, personnel and experience of schools are made available to judicial agencies dealing with juvenile delinquents. 901 Look to Our Children, by R. La iilliamson. NEU MASSES (Now York), Jan. 5, 1942, v. 46, no. Is 22-23. Discusses present juvenile delinquency in the United States, tho in- adequacy of present m thods for mooting it, and outlines a solution. 902 Manual, Prevention of Juvenile Delinquency, Prepared’ by Dr, Morris G, Caldwell, Division of Corrections, Madison, State Dept, of Public volfaro, Oct, 19, 1942. 19 p, (Mimeo.) (.Bibliog,) Surveys the rising tide of juvenile delinquency during wartime and offers a program of prevention which may bo used by local communities with integration at tho county level, 903 Martial Law and Crime, by Gabriel son. JOURNAL OF CRIMI1LJL L.L j -HMD CRIMINOLOGY (Chicago), Jan.-Feb. 1943, v, 33, no. 5; 381-384. Discusses the effect cf martial law on crime in Hawaii, Shows there has boon a general decrease in crime. XVI. CHILE .iND DELINQUENCY (Cont.) 904 Now iork Teachers’ G-uild attacks the Delinquency Problem, by Esther S. Gahen. aHIRECRN TEACHER (Chicago), Larch 1943, v. 27, no, 6: 6-7, charts Shows that although the war has increased delinquency, the fundamental cause of it is insecurity. Discusses other causes of delinquency such as economic w.nt, faulty family relationships, said the importance of working out the problem from tho standpoint of the schools, —sks for smaller classes, more recreation facilities, and a larger budget. # 905 Our Crime Nave, by Francis Sill bickwarc, COSi OPOLIT-HI (New York), Fob. 1943, v. 114, no, 2; 26, Discusses the increase in juvenile crime since tho beginning of tho war. Shows that young girls as well as boys are becoming potential criminals due to lack of home life and parental supervision, Shows what Britain is doing to wipe out juvenile delinquency and urges the United States to take drastic measures immediately, 906 The Service Man and tho adolescent Girl, by Cames b, S, Boss.,,rd. N.T10LLL PARENT-IK.CHER (Chicago), aporil 1943, v, 37, no. 3; 10-12, Discusses the problem of increasing delinquency among young girls, .analyzes the role of youth, tho role of pc.rents, and the role of tho community in solving the problems of wartime adolescent behavior. 907 Social Implications of Delinquency in Wartime, by Fred R. Kearney. JOURN—L OF-S0CL1L HYGIENE (New York), Fob. 1943, v. 29, no. 2: 74-79. Discusses-various influences the war has had on young people and in- dicates that wartime delinquency is a challenge to every community. 908 The Treatment of ear Criminals: Suggestions for the Future, by Marcel do Baer, MESS-RLE: BELGIAN REVISIT (London), Dec. 1942, no, 14; 10-15. Discusses the punishment of war criminals after -.'jorld hr I, reasons .why punishment! s essential, ways of dealing with war criminals, offense: that should bo considered war crimes, courts that should try war criminals, and the law that should be applied. 909- bar and Grime, by Hermann j,.annhoiin. London, watts, 1941, 208 p. (Reviewed in SO OLD > SERVICE REVIE. (Chicago), June 1942, v. 16, no. 2; 350-555.) Discusses some basic questions regarding the contrast between war and crime and as to whether war itself is a causative factor of crime, 2-1 so touches on the matter of foniiulation of pieace terms so they do not contain seeds for later wars, 910 bar and Crime; -i Research i-omorandum, by Thorston Sellin,,.Prepared for the Committee on Research on Social .aspects of tho bar...Now York, Social Science Res--arch Council, 1942, 24 p, (Processed) Indicates various aspects of criminality in wartime, both in the armed forces and in civilian life, also tho causes and cures. 911 The .ar and Juvenile Delinqu oncy, by Charles L, Chute. MRRRM.GE -HID F-JvULY LIVING (Mcnasha, .is.). May 1943, v, 5, no, 2: 25-26. Reports findings from an extensive survey of the figures of juvbnile courts throughout the country showing moderate general increase in child crime. Discusses ways and moans of eliminating child delinquency XVI. CRIME AND DELINQUENCY (Cont.) g] 2 The War Must Bo Won, But Don’t Forget the Children, byJcssio . R0T..-RI.N ivi.a.ZINE (Chicago), Feb. 1945, v. 62, no. 2: 58-40. Discusses juvenile delinquency and its causes, both in the United States and in Engl'.nd, Offers a program of prevention, based on ex- perience in England. PERT FIVEi SQCI--L INSTITUTIONS XVII. THE FAMILY 913 adjusting Family Finances to Win.the War and,the Peace,.by Joseph Krcmor. JOURNAL OF EHJ CATION, A SOCIOLOGY (New York), Jan. 1945, vol. 16, no. 5: 294-508. Consumer problems created by the war and ways of mooting them. Charts shaving prewar spending patterns of the lower, middle, and upper third of the population. Suggestions for basing the present spending plan on those figures, 914 Bibliography for Consumer Interest Committees of Councils of Defense. Michigan Council of Defense, Consumer activities Section, Civilian War Service Division, Lansing, Jan. 1945, 15 p, (Mimco.) (Revised od.) 915 Can Warworking Mothers Bo Homemakers? Columbus, Qhio, ..jaerican Education Press, January 7, 1945, 24 p, (Bulletin of America’s Tom mooting of the Air, v. 8, no, 55) Participants include; Mrs, George V. Denny, Jr., Margaret Culkin Banning, David Mack, William Hod son, and H. V, Kaltenborn. Discusses whether or not it is in the best interest of winning the war to mobilize all women for war production work. Considers the effect on the home, of women torking, 916 Christian Homos in War Tine, by .Ruth Woodruff Sainton. INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL 0F RELIGIOUS EDUCATION (Chicago), Feb. 1945, v. 19, no. 4; 16-18, Stresses the importance of the home in helping children to face the impact of war, 917 . The Effects of the War Upon the Family and Its by Felix M. Gentile, PSYCHIATRY (William Alanson Shite Psychiatric Foundation, Wash- ington), Feb. 1945, v. .6, no. 1; 57-47, Findings of a Committee for Mental Health with a group of 24 selected agencies on the effects of separations and strains of war upon the families under their supervision. Concludes that in the main the attitudes of the families were not noticeably influenced either in a positive or negative way, 918 Family Behavior in Wartime, by H. J. Locke. SOCIOLOGY AD SOCIAL RESEARCH (Los Angeles), March-April 1945., v, 27, no, 4: 277-284. Deals with the disruption of the family as a group and the dispersion of family members, thp breaking up of the normal equilibrium of in- stitutionsal relationships, and the ..affect of war on marriage. Finds wartime and immediate postwar marriages loss stable than peacetime marriages. XVII. THE FAMILY 919 FxJ/ilLY-COMMJNITY DIGEST (Poughkeepsie, N. Y.), Feb. 1943, v. 1, no. Is 32 p. This is the first issue of a magazine designed,to promote democratic home and community life. It is planned to present the important find- ings on such subjects as civilian health, child and family life in wartime, consumer education, inter-family cooperation, and the com- munity role of women. 920 Heating Your Hone in eartime for Comfort-Economy-Health, ,-x Bulletin pre- pared for Governor Harold e. Stas sen by the Scientific advisory Committee to Minnesota Aar Industries, St. maul, Minnesota Resources Commission. Oct. 1942. S2 p, A manual for the use of home owners in two sections, Po.rt 1. Your homo and how to heat it economically; Part 2, Comfort and health factors in relation to house heating, 921 Homo Dehydration for Victory Gardeners, ELECTRIC, JL AERCILulDISIIIG (Nov/ York), April 1943, v. 69, no, 4: 20, 55. Describes two low-cost models developed by the research staffs of the Tennessee Valley Authority and the University of Tennessee, suitable for hone or community use. 922 Hunger Takes Its Revenge, by dames Acod Johnson, COMMON SENSE (Now York), March 1943, v. 12, no, 3: 83-85, Describes how hungry children in occupied Europe resort to different methods to obtain food. The result of this has boon a disintegration of family life, 923 Marriage Counseling Since Pca.rl Harbor, by Emily Hart she rne Mudd, FAMILY- COMMUNITY DIGEST (‘Poughkeepsie, N. Y.), Feb. 1943, v. 1, no. 1: 25-27. Discusses the function of marriage counseling since the-war, 924' Marriage, Morals and Aar, by Richard Malkin, Now York, —rdon Book Co,, 1943. 245 p. n candid inquiry into morals in wartime, this.,book shows the effect of separation on manned couples, the effect of the lack of normal o o on s hi p on-the young, unmarried men and women, and aiiiscusses the problem of venereal disease and legalized prostitution, 925 Marriage Trends in a Aar Era, by Vivien Holland, .T SCON SI IT ST-ATE BCURD OF HE-ALTH QUARTERLY BULLETIN (Madison), Oct.-Doc, 1942, v. 7, no. 4: 23-24. Gives statistics for the first eight months of 1941 and 1942, showing that marriage rate increased sharply in 1941 but tended to level off in 1942 end that ago averages decreased only very slightly. 926 Milwaukee Survey Shows How Aar Changes Buying Habits, PRINTERS’ INK (New York), April 9, 1943, v. 203, no, 2; 23. Reports showing that nmorican families are serving mo?. Is nor day, buying mere fresh fruits and vegetables, patronizing independent neighborhood stores instead of chain stores, increasing homo canning, and’smoking mpre cigarettes. . , 924 ■ XVII. FsMl'LY LIFE (Cont.) 927 Program of Conforonco on karri-age in YJar Time, M...RRInGE D\TD FDIILY LIVING • (Menasha, Lis.), May 1943, y. 5, no, 2: 37-39, Detailed outline of the program for the Conference on- Marriage in wartime, under the auspices of the National Conference on Family Re- lations and the Midwest Conference on Family Relations to be hold in Cleveland, May 21-23, 1943. 928 The Responsibilities of Parents in ,ar Time, by Martin L, Reymert, /EM- PIRE BULLETIN (Illinois State Dept, of Public welfare, Springfield), Jan, 1943, v, 34, no, 1: 4-6. Considers the disorganization of family life and the quickened tempo of living due to the war. Recommends that children bo given more re- sponsibility, that they bo kept active and that they feel a need to participate in sacrifice and in thinking about'the postwar period. Prepared for the Division for Delinquency Prevention .and the Committee on Youth and welfare of the State Defense Council. 929 The Riveter’s Baby Has a Coldj Absenteeism in Wartime, by Nora Piorc, wOIvl.NS PRESS (New York), May 1943, v. 37, no, 206-207. Discusses factors in wartime living which contribute to absenteeism, and now institutions which the British have been experimenting with to provide housekeeping, child care, shopping and personal services, 930 Safeguarding Family Values, by Mary -3, Fisher, JOURNAL OF EDUCATIONAL SOCIOLOGY (New York), Jam. 1943, v. 16, no. 5: -257-265, Discusses the effects war has upon family life Lind the training of children in the homo. Suggests ways in ’which democratic values ca.n be maintained in family life during wartime, 931 The Shape of Things to Come, by Charlotte E, hitton. CHILD ELFARE LEAGUE OF -Iv'iSRIC-x BULLETIN (Now York), April 1945, v, 22, no, 4s 5-7, 13-14. Sees the chief problems of family readjustment in the '’tooling-downn to pence to consist of fitting the soldier into a stable home atnospher . the return of the mother to the home, child delinquency, the tendency to continue child lab r, and the question of family income. 932 Spending and Saving in wartime, - Maine .agricultural Extension Service and College of Agriculture, University of Maine Coopora.ting. Nov. 1942, 16 p. (Extension Bulletin no, 308) Offers suggestions for family-budgets and financial practices. 933 Suggestions to County Chairmen of Consumer Interests, Health and welfare Section, Civilian Defense, Madison, Wisconsin Council of Defense, March 1942, 6 p, mimeo, Suggestions for organization and programs for consumer groups, 934 The Trailer Population in a Defense Droa, by Louise Olson and Ruth Schrader. SOCIOLOGY .END SO OLD RESEARCH (Los Angeles), 1943, * v. 27, no. 4: 295-302, A study based on 15 trailer camps in the defense area of St. Charles Missouri, Deals with factors of ago, place of origin, employment status health, size of family, education of children, education of adults, in- stitutional and community contacts, recreation, social relationships and attitudes. Concludes that the trailer population consists of nor- mal, socially acceptable familitos, (118) XVII. FAMILY LIFE (Cont.) 935 A Victory Garden for Every Family. Clemson, South Carolina, Clemson agricultural College cooperating with U. S, Dept, of agriculture Extensio Service. March’ 1945, 19 p, (Circular 235), Offers suggestions for the planting, cultivation and care of vegetable gardens. 936 War and the Family; The Unit for "a Better World," by Margaret Culkin Banning, VITAL SPEECHES OF THE DxiY (New York), May 1, 1943, v. 9, no, 14: 442-444. Discusses the impact of the war on the family and the postwar pattern of family life. Sees one of the important war of each nation to be the preservation of its own kind of family life, 937 War-Caused Problems of the Family, by Henry C, Schumacher, EDUC.TTIONxJj RESEARCH BULLETIN (College of Education, Ohio State University, Columbus) Doc. 10, 1942, v, 21, no, 9; 260-268, Discusses war marriages, mobility of the family, housing problems, health problems, women in war industry, and child labor. 938 War Marriages, SPECTATOR (Philadelphia), -April 1943, v, 150, no. 4: 115—17 41, charts. Presents various statistics to show the increase of the marriage rate from 1958 to the present. Indicates that an up-curve in the matrimonial chart exerts a powerful effect upon the sale and conser- vation of life insurance, 939 Women in the War: What Price to the Family, CHILD STUDY (Now York), Spring 1943, v. 20, no. 3; 67-71, 90-91. Sidonie Matsner Gruenberg, Sara E, Southall, Lisa Sergio and Lawrence K, Frank are the particip .nts in a symposium under the chairmanship of Lyman Bryson. The discussion revolves around the questions; Is it a wise national policy for mothers of families to engage in large scale war work?; How can we safeguard the family -while meeting the nation’s war needs?; ..hat can wc learn from Europe, and the role of v/omon in the postwar society. XVIII. THE COMMUNI TY AND C OMMUNi TY FLAFiJI¥G 940 Building V’s for Victory, by Charles P, Taft. MANPOWER REVIS'D (U. S. V.ar Manpower Commission, Washington), Feb. 1943, v. 10, no, 2: 9-10, 15. Tells of the work of the Office of Defense, Health and uelfare Ser- vices in meeting needs for health, educational and recreational fac- ilities in crowded defense communities, 941 The Charlestown Coordinator, by Oliver P. Field and John E. Stoner. PUB- LIC .xIMINI STRATI ON REVIE.. (Chicago), Vinter 1945, v. 5, no, 1; 42-50. . Charlestown, Indiana is a town in vhich the national government lo- cated war industry plants. This article considers the plan worked out there in which the "political hazards of conflict between hordes of newcomers and community pride rooted in more than a century of local tradition ".wore met. XVIII. THE COMMUNITY ..AID COMMUNITY PL..ANING (Cont.) 942 Community action for Children in wartime, U. S. Children’s Bureau. Washington, U. S, Govt. Print. Off,, 194-3. 9 p. (Publication no, 295) Suggests a program-to include a wel 1-baby clinic in every community, care for children of onployed mothers, school lunches in every school, schooling for every child, play and recreation programs in every community, and employment safeguards for ©very boy aid girl, 943 Community action for Children and Youth in Wartime; Goals for 1943. LI CHI G-Jtf PUBLIC HliXTH (Dopt. of Health, Lansing), May 1943, v. 31, no. 5; 92-94. Considers the goals suggested by the U, 3. Children’s Bureau with relation to the situation in Michigan. 944 Community Problems Resulting from the Defense Program, .ennual Report of the State Planning Council for the Division of State Planning in the Executive Dept., State of New York, for the Year Ending 30, 1941, (Albany), April 30, 1941; p, 19-23. Deals with location of industry and distribution of defense contracts; housing, transportation, recreation and school problems; end coope- ration with local planning and zoning agencies, 945 Division of Civilian War Services, compiled by Office of Civilian Mobilization, Albany, Nov. 1942, 19 p* (Aimeo.) Suggestions for a planned community approach to war tasks, such as salvage, nutrition, sale of war bonds, health programs and others. 946 Families and Communities in Total far, by Robert R, Nathan. FAMILY- COId.lUNITY DIGEST (Poughkeepsie, N. Y.), Feb, 1943, v. 1, no, 1: 1-4, Tells what we must do in production and in the home to aid the nation in winning this total war, 947 Fifth Biennial Report of the Washington State Planning Council, from Oct, 1, 1940, to Sept, 30, 1942, Olympia, Washington State Planning Council, 1943, 76 p. Contains a section on war activities,, which includes industrial de- velopment, the work of the Pacific Northwest Jar Industries Com- mission, industrial advertising. Congressional Committees, war ex- pended areas, and the Japanese evacuation. Also includes a short section on war and postwar readjustments. % 948 The Girls of Elkton, Maryland, by Mary Heaton Worse, HARPER’S AlGAZINE (New York), March 1943, v, 186, no, 1114: 347-354. Discusses the social implications of the changes that have taken place in a town of 3*800 where the population has doubled; the work in the munitions plant, and life in the new girls dormitories, 949 Impact of ear on American Communities, by Charles R, Hoffer, REVIEW OF EDUCATIONS RESEARCH (Washington), February 1943, v. 13, no, 1: 5-12. Discusses the effect of the war upon the community, family life, children, health problems of the community, churches and schools, economic life, and community organization. XVIII. THE COMMUNITY -HD COiHIUNITY PL.JINING (Cont.) 950 Neighborhood '.'far Clubs; Michigan’s Block Plan. Civilian "Jar Service Division, Michigan Council of Dofonso. Lansing, 1942. 28 p. Suggests plans for organization and activities of neighborhood war clubs, designed to create a bettor understanding of the war program; to carry foward civilian war activity and to provide a means of participation by all in the war effort. 951 Norfolk -- Our ..erst tar Town, by J, Blan van Urk, AMERICAN MERCURY (New York), Feb. 1943, v. 56, no. 230: 144-151. Describes law enforcement problems and housing ‘'rackets'1 in Norfolk at present, 952 n Planner’s Defense, by Sir Charles Bressey. SPECTATOR (London), Dec, 1942, no. 5971: 523-824. Comments upon the importance of the recent Re-planning of Central London Exhibition at the Royal Academy, 953 Planning Principles .'applied in Wartime, by Tracy 3. Augur. .ARCHITECTURAL RECORD (New York), Jan. 1943, v. 93, no, 1; 72-76, illus. Recount of planning a town for Willow Run workers, 954 Planning Under Democracy, SOCIAL ..ELERRS (Manchester), Jon. 1943, v. 5, no. 5: 101-103. Discusses the significance of the use of research and investigation, and the need for a careful balancing between expert, and public opinion^in government planning, 955 Suggestions for Organising a Community Social Hygiene Progrcm, JOURNAL OF SOCIAL HYGIENE (New York), Doc. 1942, v. 28/no. 9: 499-517. Offers a complete program for organizing community socio.l hygiene. 956 Volunteer Programs for Villages and Rural Areas. New York State War Council, Office of Civilian Mobilization. ..RLbany, Sent, 1942. 17p, (Kimoo,) Gives an account of successful war programs carried on by communities in New York and other states in the fields of conservation, in- dustrial production, agriculture, health, children and family life, education, and friendliness to men in service. 957 'Ranted - On America’s Home Front - Victory Planning, by Rev, William E. Skadden, WELFARE BULLETIN (.Illinois State Dept, .of Public Welfare, Springfield), March 1943, v. 54, no, 3: 6-7, advises the establishment of community coordinators in defense com- munities to deal with problems arising from rationing, lack of hous- ing, ’'door-key children'’, juvenile delinquency, difficulties of law enforcement and ch.urchloss communities. 953 War Over Rost Ham; R Study of Community adjustment. Report Prepared for the Fabian Society and the Ethical Union, by S. Dorsen Idle, London, Faber and Faber, 1943, 136 p., biblio, a study of what hapoens to a more or loss self-contained community when the "blitz" descends upon it. Lost Ham was chosen as a sample borough by the investigator. Her findings are pertinent to the future of local government and tho social services in England, mil. THE COMMUNITY .JTD COMMUNITY PL.AINING (Cont.) 959 ’warsaw - the Broken Dream. POLISH REVI EL (Nov/ York) f Jem. 11, 1943, v, 3, no, 2: 8-10., illus. Describes slum olearanco and other projects developed by the City of “,7arsaw, and offers hope for their realization in the future, de- spite the present destruction of the city by the Germans, XIX. LAW UNDER THE IMPACT’D? WAR 960 The Americas and the War. BULLETIN OF THE P..Jl-AMERICa.N UNION-(Lashingtou, April 1943, v. 77, no. 4: 225-240. .X.. continuing list of laws, decrees, acts, orders and resolutions published in official gazettes of the South American countries oi* noted in other publications received at the Pan .American Union, on matters related to the war. 961 aspects of the Saboteur Cases, by Charles Cheney Hyde, J ER1C-JT JOURNAL OF INTERNATIONAL LA.7 (Washington), Jan. 1945, v. 37, no. 1: 88-91. States the extended opinion of Chief Justice Stone, of October 29, 1942, in tho cases of the Goman saboteurs, in relation to inter- national law and to tho mnerican conceptions of it , apart from the conclusion on the constitution:.! question that was before tho court. 962 Case of tho German Saboteurs, .JEERIC JI JOURNAL 0? I NT ERE,T1 OiLiL LA., (Washington), Jan. 19-43, v, 37, no. 1: 152-171. Gives Judicial decisions in each end all of tho cases; Richard Juirin; Herbert Hons &anpt; Edward John Kerlinj Ernest Pot or Burger; Heinrich Harm Hoinck; Werner Thiel; Herman Otto IToubauor, who wore charged with violation of tho lav/ by war and wore tried by a military commission appointed by the President, July 2, 1942, 963 The Case of the Nazi Saboteurs, by Robert S, Cushman, A ERICAN POLITICAL SCIENCE REVISE (henasha, is.), Dec. 1942, v. 56, no. 6; 1082-1091,. Recites the story of the four Germans dressed in the fatigue uniforms of the German Marine Infantry, who landed in a rubber boat on the Beach at Amagansett, near Long Island, June 13, 1942, and of the four other men landed under similar circumstances at Ponte Vedra Beach, near Jacksonville, Fla,, June 17, 1942, Tells how the Supreme Court dealt with these Nazi spies. 964. Civil Rights and Freedom, by, Alan H. Colcord, CURRENT HISTORY (New York), March 1943, v, 4, no. 19: 32-34. Examines the habeas corpus case of In Re Rosier, United States Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia, September 2, 1942, as an example of the freedoms wo are defending in this war. 965 A General Courb-Eartial Trial, by Byrne Bowman. INSURANCE 00USSL JOURNAL (Birmingham), Jan. 1943, v. 10, no, 1: 21-24. Advises civilian lawyers in tho techniques of practice in a military court. XIX- LAV/UNDER THE IMPACT OF A/AH ( Cont.) 966 German Organization of Courts in the General Government of Poland, New York, Polish Information Center, (n.d,), 15 p, (Documents Relating to the Administration of Occupied Countries in Eastern Europe, no. S) States that in the judicial system established by the Germans in Poland there are two basic elements: the legalization of terror, and the granting of special privileges to the Germans. 967 Labor Mobilization legislation in Great Britain, ij. S. S„ A., and Ger- many, by Denis A. Cooper. GEORGS 'WASHINGTON IAA REVIE./ (’Washington), Feb. 1943, v-. 11, no. 2: 213-225. Reviews the principal features of major legislative enactments de- signed to overcome progressively increasing labor scare it-' during the past three war years in Great Britain, the Soviet Union .nd Ger- many, Shows the means used to have been similar in all three countries r Measures cited include those requiring compulsory service, job allo- cation and penalties against absenteeism or improper performance of work. 968 Law and Lawyers in the European Subjugated Countries, by Raphael Lomkin. . , (in Proceedings of the Forty-fourth Annual Session of the North Carolina Bar Association... May 15, 16, 17, 1942..,(Durham, 1942): 106-116) 969 The Law Schools and t he Aar, by Elliott E, Cheatham, LA.. STUDENT (Brook- lyn), Jan.-Feb. 1943, V, -20, no, 2: 3-7. Indicates that the law schools arc suffering from a lack of students and professors duo to the war’s demand for men in the armed forces, , DM cusses the accelerated curricula, array and navy reserve plans for students, the question of continuance and merging of law schools, and preparation for bettor law schools after the war. 970 The Law Schools in "Jar and Peace, by Elwood H, Eottrick. B.A1 BULLETIN (Boston), April 1945, v. 14, no. 4: 95-99, Describes the impact of war in the field of legal education, tells of the closing of some law schools with many others on the verge of closing. Pleads for the continuance of the law school on the basis that law is the foundation of all our human institutions both in war and peace. 971 .Laws to Stop Up Manpower Bulk Large in State Acts for 1943, USAS BULLETIN (public Administration Clearing House, Chicago), April 5, 1945, Release . no, 1. 2 p, (. imoo.) Summarizes provisions of state laws relating to manpower, including provisions relating to agricultural labor, child labor end birth cer- tification, „ ... 972 The Leadership of the Bar in This Hour of Crisis, b~r Hon. John J. Parker. FEDERAL BAR ASSOCIATION JOURNAL (Washington), Doc, 1942, v, 4, no, 6: 359-344, 357-358. Assorts that the American bar has tho obligation to load the people to a roal understanding of the issues involved in the war, to unify the nation behind our national leaders, to work for tho preservation of our democratic institutions and constitutional rights, and to prepare for intornationa1 rocon struction aftor tho war. XIX. LAV/UNDER THE IMPACT OF AAR (Cont.) 973 • (National Sovereignty as a Juridical Superstition,-) La Sobgrania Nacional Como Sup.ersticion Juridica, nor Rodrigo Boylo, ..JA.. LATINA (San Juan, Puerto Rico), Fob. 27, 1943, vj.3, no. 378; 8, 33-39, 42. Reviews the political, geographic and economic changes of the world that have made the concept of a national sovereignty antiquated. 974 The Nazi Law, by George Ukes, 7JDHLD ROT ETA (London), Jan. 1943: 24-27, photo, Finds that under the Nazi legal system law is not the servant of justice, but the servant of the State, that* it includes the nPuhror Prinzip'’, and the racial theory, Examines those principles and their practical consequences in Germany, and analyzes the Nazi conception of international law. •975 New York State "Jar Emergency Act, by George K, .inner. YEN YORK ST APS HtxR ASSOCIATION BULLETIN (Albany), Due. 1942, v, 14, no, 5; 181-19 2. Reviews measures in a wide variety of fields related to the war oassc'. by the Now York State Legislature in 1941 and 1942. 976 (Orthodox Principles and Totalitarian Theories of International Law,-) Principles Ortodoxos y Toorias Totalitarian. 'on Dorecho Intornacional, by Julio Alvarado, ROLL kSl/YO (La Paz, Bolivia), Juno 1942, v. 4, no, 41: ‘129-144. Contrasts accepted theories 'Of international 'law with those proclaimed by Na 1: i o na 1 ' 3 o c i a 1 i st Go nnany. 977 An Outline of Nazi Civil Law, by illiom J. Dickanm, MISSISSIPPI LA.; JOURNAL (University, Miss,), Jan, 1943, v. 15, no, 2: 127-134, States that three jtiain ideas characterize the doctrines of Nazi Civil Lav/: 1.) The anti-democratic principle of absolute submission to leadership; 2.) The -anti-individualist principle that "common interest supersedes private interest” and 5.) the r.aci 1 concept. Discusses the application of these principles, giving examples. 978 Police Pri nciplos and the Problem of .ar, by Charles Roith. London, Oxford University Press, 1940, xi, 151 p. Discusses law and methods of noting the enforeorient, lack of such enforcement on the international level, 979 (Principles of International Law Governing tho Conduct of Belligornct States and Armies,-) Principles do Dorocho Intcr-Naoional quo Neman la Conducta de los Estados y Ejorcitos Boligorantes, per Jaime Pavia Sunol. BOLETIN JTJRI.DIC0 151 LI TAR (Mexico, Socrotaria do la Do fens a Nacional, Mexico City), Sept.-Oct, 1942, v» 8, no, 9-10: 410-414, 980 ' The Saboteur Trial; A Case history, by Cyrus Bernstein, GEORGE ,ASHILGTOL LAL REVIE'.; ("Washington), Fob. 1945, v, 11, no. 2; 151-190. Reviews at great length the caso of each and all of 'the eight Gorman . saboteurs; Ernest Peter Burger; George John Dasch: Herbert Hans liaupt; ' Henry Sarm.Hoinok; Edward John Kerling; licmam Otto Acubauor; Richard iuirinj .ernor Thiol--and concludes that they wore given a trial be- fore tho highest judicial body in our land, because ours is a govern- ment of justice and of democratic principles. XIX. LilVi UNDER THU II RXT OF .-HR (Cont.) 981 Soldiers' and Sailors* Civil Rolief *.ct in 1942: Operation, Hood for Clarification, Future Significance, by Brooke Tibbs. lo-JIRUETTE LA*.7 REVIE' . (Kilmukoo)Fob, 1943, v. -27, no, 2; 59-71. Deals with specific application of tho act, questions of intent and construction, future importance of clarification, and lawyers and the future of tho relief act, 982 Trust Problems in Connection with the far, by John L, Gray, CONNECTICUT RixR JOURNAL (Hartford), 0ct. 1942, v.' 16, no". 4: 347-368. Discusses questions relating to the trustee engaged in wartime ser- vice, disappearance of persons engaged in war service, the Soldiers* and Sailors* Civil Relief ixct, assets or beneficiaries in enemy territory, execution and proving of wills, and wartime taxation, 983 bar and a Consolidated Bar. INDIANA Lull. JOURH.Jj (Bloomington, Ind.), °ct. 1942, v, 18, no. 1: 23-27. advocates organization,for lawyers or tho legal profession so that by their combined personalities, equipment, idea and variety of talents and tastes, they can most effectively contribute to tho ear effort, 984 bar and the Law, by Roscoc Pound. PENNS YLV.INI A B-JR . JSSOCI bTIOH .)ILJRTFRLY (Philadelphia), Jan, 1943, v. 14, no, 2; 110-125, Discusses tho changing concepts of civil liberitios and,tho present threat to tho constitional guarantees of freedom of speech and tho press in tho United States, bill be concluded in tho April issue, 985 The bar-Tirae' Role of Do gal ...id, by Louis Fabricant. LEGAL JD REVIEW (Hew York), Jan. 1943, v, 41, no, 1: 2-8. Describes the work of the Legal mid .Society in helping to interpret the Civil Relief *ct for their clients. XX. RELIGION A, Nazism and Christianiuy 986 Bishop Excoriates Nazi Philosophy; Urges Gomans to Change Their bo do of Thinking. VICTORY (Office of .,ar Information, Washington), Jan, 27, 1945, v, 4, no, 4: 97-98, Extracts from a Christmas pastoral, letter by tho Bishop of Berlin, Conrad Count von. Preysing, as road to the U. S. Senate by Senator Jcud.os M, Mead, Defends the rights of the individual of the family, and of racial minorities against the pretensions of the Nazi State. 987 Cardinal Kinsley.- El Cardinal Kinsley, CObEHT. JQC03 Y DO CUE. EM TO S DE LI*. GUERRA (Lcxico City), Jan. 15, 1945, v. 4, no, 71: 678-680. An interpretation of Goman concepts of religion by tho of '. jo stmini s t o r. 988 (The Catholic and the Problem'of the Present ..orld; IV: The Totalitarian Systems.-) El Cato lice .mto cl Probloma del Biundo ...ctual,by Juan baria Rostropo Jaramillo S. J, REVI 3T... JxxVERI.RLx (Bogota, Colombia), Sept. 1942 v, 18, no. 88: 129-135, Examines papal bulls and other Catholic documents to indicato tho church’s disapproval of Nazism, 2X, RELIGION (Cont.) 989 (The Catholic Church in Hitler’s Germany*-) La Iglesia Catolica on la 1-lemania do Hitler, per Matias Enronfriod, CIVILIZ..-CIAR (Barranquilla, Colombia), dan. 31, 1943, v. 35, no, 388: 4-6. Contains the text of a pastoral letter on Passion Sunday, 1942, 990 The Chur olios Under the Swastika, by Dr, Jura;j Slavik, SPIRIT OF CZECHO- SLOVAKIA (London), April 12, 1943, v. 4, no, 4-5; 28, 34. Describes the conditions of the Church in Czocholsovaki a, the nnAavbr- ing; spirit and enthusiasm of the clergy, 'nd hon the Church expects to restore unity in the Republic, 991 (The Conflict Between the French Church and Vichy) FI conflicto ontro la Iglesia do Francia y Vichy, por Raymundo Offroy, CO.. ALT. ALIOS i DOCU- LSNTOS DE L. GUFRR.. ('Mexico City), Fob. 15, 1945', v. 7, no, 74: 76-78. 992 The Fight of the Norwegian Church -.gainst Nazism, by Bjarno hove and Trygve M, Herr York, Macmillan, 1943, 180 p, carefully documented account of the leadership of the Forvrogian Church against the establishment of the "Hew Order” in Norway, Con- tains protest against persecution of Jews, 993 The German Christians and the Aar, TABLET (London), Jon, 25, 1943, v. 181, no. 5359: 39-40. Shows that Christians in Germany have been trained to believe that they could not and should not express themselves in political affairs, 994 The Gestapo Defied. Being the Last Twenty-eight Sermons, by Martin Hiomollcr.,.2nd ed,, with a Foreword by Thomas Mann, London, Lillian Hodge, 1942, xi. 259 p, 995 It’s Your Souls ,e .ant, by Stewart A, Homan, Jr, Herr York, Harper, xv, 315 p. The author, who for six years was Pastor of the .merican Church in Berlin prior to America’s entrance in the war, interprets the Nazi Revolution as being; more than military, political and economic in nature. He contends that the "new order" is trying to destroy the Christian tradition in Germany, 996 (The Nazis and Religion,-) Los Nazis y la Religion, NOT101 AS DE BELGICA’ (Mexico, D. .F.), Dec, 29, 1942, (n.v.) no, 73: 1-2, Describes the Nazi efforts to destroy Christianity in Europe, parti- cularly in Belgium, 997 Nazis Use Forgery in nr with the Church. KNICKERBOCKER ..EEKLY (Lew York), -April 12, 1943, v.,3, no, 7: 6-8., Tells of-a purported letter of Cardinal Joseph E. Van Roey of Belgium calling for . the support of Germany against Soviet Russia, which was broadcast over German-controlled radio stations and exoosed by the British Ministry of Information, Gives an account of protests by the churches against the forced labor draft of Dutch workers by the Nazis* XX, RELIGION (Cent,) 998 Notes on fascism.I; The First of Three Comments on Fascists, by George Bernanos. COMMON •■■SAL (New York)', March 19, 19.43, v, 57, no, 22; 554-536, Believes that’the ecclesiastical authorities of the Catholic Church err in not condemning fascism as contrary to Catholic dogma and dis- cipline, as the "New Reformation" has created an entirely new morality for its own uses. 999 Papal Collaboration with Hitler, by Henry baiter Brann, PROTESTANT (New York), Feb.-March 1943, v. 4, no, 10: 39-42, Discusses various incidents which point to Papal collaboration with Hitler. 1000 The Orthodox Eastern Church in Poland, Past and- Present, Edited by The Polish Research Centre, London, London, Royal Institute of International Affairs, Sept. 1942, 49 p. Traces the history of the orthodox church in Poland from its beginning in 1306 to the present time. With the occupation' of Poland by the Germans a metropolitan of German extraction was appointed and the Church became the instrument of the usurpers, 1001 Reflections on the Xmas Message of Pope Pius XII, by Frans van Cauwelaert, BELGIUM (New York),, Feb. 1943, v. 4, no, 1; 3-6. Discusses the five fundamental principles set forth in the Christmas message of the Pope and indicates that there exists in the Axis countries complete opposition, in theory as well as in practice to the Pooe’s program, 1002 The Spiritual Outlook in Holland, SPIRITUAL ISSUES OF THE oAR (London), Feb. 4, 1943, no. 170* 1-4, Describes religious life in Holland today. Reveals a situation of tension and difficulty in the relations between the Church and the Nazi-controlled State authorities and church unity. B. Religion, Churches and the bar 90S Can We Follow Jesus in Wartime? by Ernest F, Scott, CHRISTIAN CENTURY (Chicago), Jan. 27, 1943, v, 60, no, 4: 105-107, Believes we can follow Jesus in wartime if we suppress hatred, 1004 The Christian and the War; Concluding the Reply to Dr. Niebuhr, by Charles Clayton Ivlorrison, CHRISTIAN CENTURY (Chicago)', Dec. 50, 1942, v. 59, no, 42; 1620-1625. (Cent, from Deo, 23) Criticizes Dr, Niebuhr’s moralistic interpretation of tho war and contends that the Christians must fight in a spirit of repentance rather than of self-righteousness. 1005 Christian Answers to War Questions, by Hampton Adams. Now York, Fleming H. Novell, 1943, 96 p,„ A colloot!on of sermons which attempt to define tho relation of re- ligion to the War. The author thinks it a mishake for the Church to isolate itself from the issues involved. XX. RELIGION (Cont.) 1006 Tho Christian Church in wartime, by Rolland E, Viblfe. CE.RISTIAN LEADER (Boston), Jan. 2, 1943, v. 125, 13-14. Believes the American churches should follow the example of tho Brit- ish, and should devote their efforts to the building of a new world. 1007 The Christian Churches in tho War, FORTUNE (New York), Mar. 1943, v, 27, no. 3: 118-121, 144, 146, 148, 150, 153-154, 156, Ulus . Discusses Catholic and Protestant attitudes toward world events and the renewed interest in religion which the wrar has caused, 1008 The Church and the liar, by John C. Mattes, LUTHERAN CHURCH 'QUARTERLY (Philadelphia), April 1943, v. 16, no. 2; 132-150. Gives arguments in the Bible that can be adduced in favor of war. 1009 The Church Meets War, by Thomas F. Doyle. CATHOLIC HOME JOURNAL (Salis- bury, Pa.), Jan. 1943, v, 43, no, 4-5, Discusses the various things that nuns are doing in America’s war 'efforts, including serving as air-raid wardens, operators of farm tractors, teachers of aeronautics, nurses and welfare workers. 1010 Church Support for the Red Army, by Dyson Carter, CANADIAN MINEWORKER (Edmonton, Alberta), March 1943, v. 3, no, 1: 28-33, Comments on the Russian Orthodox Catholic Church drive for funds for the Red Army and gives other facts to show that the Soviet government has not destroyed tho Church but has merely separated the Church and state, 1011 The Churches in This War, by Georgia Harkness, CHRISTIAN CENTURY (Chicago Nov. 18, 1942, v. 59, no. 46: 1418-1420. Believes the churches can make a spiritual contribution to political life by strengthening basic faith, encouraging repentcnanco as a factor for peace, relating God’s sovereignty to the state, calling attention to Christ's attitude toward economic greed, and tightening tho bonds of brotherhood, 1012 Chcrrches* Work Goes on in Philippines Despite War, by Edward G. Mullen, FORTH-THE SPIRIT OF MISSIONS (New York),' April 1943', v. 108, no. 4: 8-9. Describes the work of the Church in the Commonweal of the Philiooines- thc educational and medical activities in the unoccupied places, and in a measure, in tho occupied centers, 1013 Civilian Chaplain in Action, by Dr, Bernard Heller, NATIONAL JEWISH MONTHLY (Mount Morris, 111.), Jan, 1943, v. 57, no, 3: 158, 159, Describes the ministry of a Jewish Rabbi at outlying military posts and the response of the soldiers, 1014 Conscientious Objectors the World Over, by Harold F. Bing, WAR RESISTER (Enfield, Eng.), Autumn 1942, no, 48; 3-9, Reviews the position of conscientious objectors all over 'the world. XX. RELIGION (Cent.) 1016 Continental Christianity in War-Time, by William. Pat on* London, Edin- burgh House Press, 1942, 24 p, (barId Issues, no, 5) Reviews the situation of the Christian church in the various countries of Europe. Finds that in spite of repression the influence of the church is growing stronger, 1016 Do Wo Still Need Religion? Three Addresses and Discussions by Charles P, Taft, Harry D, Gidoonse and Kirtley F. Mather, Held in Town Hall, Now York, 1942,,.New York, Associated Press, 1942, 85 p. The tenor of those lectures, which were sponsored by the Y. M, C, A,, was that intellect alone would not suffice in the world of today, 1017 Tho Federal Council Declares War, by Harold Bosley, CHRISTIAN CENTURY (Chicago), Jan. 15, 1943, v, 60, no, 1: 46-48, Comments on tho official statements issued by the Federal Council of Churches relating to tho church and the war, 1018 (French Catholics,-) Los Catholiquos Francais, LEG iX)CUMENTS (Franco Combattanto, Service dos Publications, London), Nov, 15, 1942, no, 50: 18-24. Reveals through documentary evidence, the growing opposition of tho French catholic clergy to continued Franco-German collaboration, 1019 God’s Will in Our Time: Tho Report Presented to the General Assembly of tho Church of Scotland in May 1942 by tho Commission for tho Interpre- tation of God’s Will in tho Present Crisis, London, Student Christian Movement Press, 1942, 72 p. Contains chapters on marriage, education, industrial reconstruction, and international reconstruction, including some discussion of tho feeding of Europe, the policing of restored territories, tho treat- ment of the vanquished nations, and a now international or dor. 1020 Tho Importance of tho Bible in tho Present Crisis -~ As a Revelation of God, by E, G. Homrighauson. JOURNAL OF BIBLE AND RELIGION (Beloit, Was.)3 Fob, 1945, v, 11, part 1: 16-21, Urges that we consider at this time tho objective reality of the message of the Bible and lay aside discussions of. its inspiration and divine revelation. Finds tho Bible to bo central to tho Christian life and faith, a source of unity and spiritual integrity, particular!; • nooded at this time, 1021 Tho Minister and His People in Wartime, by Oron Ruling Baker, COLGATE ROCHESTER DIVINITY SCHOOL BULLETIN (Rochester, N. Y.), Fob. 1943, v. XV, no . 5: 117-156, Discusses the limitations the cultural pattern imposes upon behavior in wartime, the pastoral duties peculiar to war, and the typos of sermons desirable, 1022 "Tho Navy Needs tho League!" -by Roar Admiral Randall Jacobs, LINK (Phil- ado1phia), March 1945: 11-12, This article is tho text of an address delivered by Roar Admiral Ja- cobs, tho Chief of Naval Personnel, at tho inauguration mooting of tho Service Men’s Christian League, held in Washington, D, C., on November 11, 1942. , a 32C. RELIGION (Cont, ) 1023 'Never So Many Bombs and Never So Many Bibles, by Francis Carr Stifler. 11 SSI OILS (No rthorn -baptist Convention, low York), Jan, 1943, v. 34, no, 1: 18-21, illus. Indicates unprecedented interest in the Bible among soldiers, civilian and prisoners in all the lands now at war. • 1024 Our Spinal Column. TiORLD DOMINION AND THE EO.RLD TO-DAY (London), Jan,- ■ Fob. 1943, v. 21, no, Is 47, 50, i.ska that the1 church do central planning to eliminate waste. Believes that the multiplicity of societies within the church hinders the offoctivoness of its work. 1025 Pius XII Summons to Action the Conscience of the torid, by John LaFargc, AMERICA ( N ow York), 'Jan. 9, 1943, v. 68, no . 14: 3 70- 3 7 2. Interprets the Pope’s radio address on Christmas Eve, 1942, to mean an appeal to his "dear children of the whole world" to be guided by an awakened conscience and every human instinct left in map., 1026' The Pope and the Aar, by Eleanor Packard, AMHRXC.JT MAG.EIME (How York), Jan. 194-3, v. 155, no, 1: 13, 76-78, 80, The second in command of the Romo bureau of the United Press for nearly throe years discusses how the Pope in his public utterances adheres strictly to the Church's policy not to interfere with temporal and spiritual affairs and yet manages to express his antipathy to the axis and his sympathy with democratic ideals as expressed in the Atlantic Charter-, 1027 Practical Atheism and the Ear, by ilan Jenkins, CHRISTIAN (Chicago), Oct, 29, 1942, v. 117*, no, 44; 1582-1533. Sees the war as an aspect of a world-wide moral crisis. Discusses political, economic and social atheism and criticizes some of the attitudes of the Church. 1028 The Protestant Church in Poland, London, Polish Ministry of Information, 1945, 44 p. An historic::.! sketch of the rise and decline of Protestantism in Poland, of the German persecution of the Polish Evangelical Churches, and a conjecture as to the future of Protestantism in Poland, 1029 The Protestant Churches and the war, by Francis R, Flournoy, SOUTH ATLANTIC .QUARTERLY (Durham, N. C.), Ap’ril 1943, v. 42, no. 2; 113-125. Indicates the changes from an anti-intervonionist attitude adopted by the Churches *at the outbreak of the war to their present endorsement of the United States and Allies’ policy. 1030 (Reflections on the Last Christmas Message of His Holiness, Pope Pius XII,-) Algunas rofloxiones sobre el .ultimo mens a] o do Navidad do S, S, el Papa Pie XII, by Franz Van Canwclaert. COMENt'mUOS Y 00 GUILE NT OS DE •LA GUERRA (Mexico City), Fob, 15, 1945, v, 7, no, 74: 68-75, Discussion of the message of Pope Pius XII on the- conditions necessary for maintaining peace within each country. «X. RELIGION (Cont.) 1031 Religion Faces the Morld Crisis; a Study of the Religions aspects end Motivations of Civilization, by Leroy Matoman., .Ann Arbor, G, ' Later, 1945. 206 p. 1032 Religion in the ...nay, by Chaplain albert L. Evans, PRES BYT LRIAN (Phil- adelphia), Nov. 12, 1942, v, 112, no* 46: 3, 6. Describes what the government is doing to provide for the religious side of the soldier’s life and how the community can cooperate in this program. 1033 Sea-Going Clergymen, by Chaplain .m, N, Thomas, TRIDENT I/AGaiZINE (.Lynch- burg, Va»), Christmas Issue, 1942: 25, 44-45. Describes the Church Pennant as the only flag that flies above the National Ensign, carried by American iaon of 17ar. Relates experiences of a Fighting Navy* s Sky Pilot and the opportunities of clergymen with allovo for the sea, 1034 Soldiers Are Many, Chaplains Arc Few, by Lieut. Robert Sherry. AMERICA (New York), Feb, 13, 1943, v. 68, no. 19: 515-516. Discusses the need for more Catholic Chaplains in the armed forces, 1035 Spiritual Issues of the ear, by Charles P, Taft. SPEECHES OF THE DAY (New York), Fob. 1943, v. 9, no, 8: 253-256, Discusses the question, "’That has our religion to offer the men who have to lead us or fight for us?” 1036 Spiritual Life and the Soldier, by Lieut, Colonel C. F, Yon Dem Busscho, QUARTERIvUSTER REVIEM (Mivshington), dan.-Fob. 1943, v. 22, no. 2: 50, 110, 111. Shows how religion aids the morale of the soldier, 1037 The Synagogue Does Its Share, by Rabbi Jacob D. Schwarz, SYNAGOGUE (Cin- cinnati), March 1943, v, 10, no, 7; 3*5. Discusses projects housed in the synagogue, homo hospitality, finan- cial contributions to war agone!os, cooperation with agencies outside the sync.go no, contacts maintained with members in service and per- sonal service by the rabbi, 1038 Teaching Religion in Ear Time - ..rCter One by Charles S, Braden. JOURNAL OF BIBLE .AMD RELIGION (Beloit), Fob, 1945, v. 11, part 1: 3-6. Considers the prospect of a smaller enrollment in classes in religion. Stresses tho fact that such courses must be made more vital raid interesting than over before and should bo related to prosent happen- ings, while avoiding indoctrination, either of the war spirit or pacifism, 1039 The Theology of the IVar, by John Baillio. CHRISTIAN CENTURY (Chicago), March 24, 1943, v. 60, no, 12: 354-356. Discussion of religious viewpoints and tho moral issues involved in Morid Mar II. Xv. RELIGION ('Cent.) 1040 The Throat to the Protestant Ministry, by Albert W. Palmer, CHRIST I.'h; ■ CENTURY (Chicago), March 31, 1943, v. 60, no, 13; 582-383. Considers the effect of the war on theological education, discusses the problem of the churches in recruiting and training its ministry and suggests that the churches persuade Selective Service to recognize as pro-theological students eligible for II-A classification, all young men from the age of eighteen upward who arc properly certified by their do nominations, 1041 Training Navy Chaplains, by Solwyn D, Ruslandor. CURRENT RELIGIOUS THOUGH (Oborlin, 0,),- March 1943, v, 3, no, 3; 8-9. Describes the complicated and •responsible function of the Navy Chap- lain, Explains the Navyfs method of insuring the standard of its Chaplain's Corps, through the Chaplain's School maintained at the Naval Operating Base, Norfolk, Virginia, 1042 Vatican Policy in the Second World War, by L. H. Lehmann, CONVERTED ■ CATHOLIC MAGAZINE (New York), Fob. 1943, v.- 4, no. 2; 46-47, Comments on-the pro-Fascist attitude of a dispatch to the- Catholic press from the official NCIVC News Service, 1043 What Is the Church Doing? by Henry ?. Van Duson, New York, Scribner’s 1943/T94 p, . Presents evidence that the Christian faith lives on in the European nations which have boon overrun by the Nazis, Tolls of the work of the chur chcs in pr i s on camps . 1044 -What of the Conscientious Objector? by Leon Thomas Stern. ST-AT2ARD (New York), Jan, 1943, v, 29, no. 4; 9 6-98, Discusses the activities of conscientious objectors in the war. Deals with various camps and projects set up for conscientious objectors and their duties, 1045 Working in the -Backyard of the Newest Frontier, by Robert L, Kincholoc. MOTIVE (Nashville), Fob-. 1943, v, 3, no* 6: 23-24. liscusscs the work of the church ministoring to the millions of in- dust r i a1 migrants in war indu stry contors. 1046 The Year in Religion, by ,infred Ernest Garrison,MESSENGER (St, Louis), Doc,.. 51,. 19.43, v, 7, no. 48: 7-9, Discusses the outstanding activities of the American churches in 1942. C. Missions 1047 nmerica - War - and the Missions, by Monsignor Edward A. Preking, MEDICAL MISSIONARY (Philadelphia), Jan. 1945, v. 17, no. 1: 3-4, ; Describes the present condition.-of. missionary work in various coun- tries of the Far East and states- that the United States should be preparing to send a large number of missionaries over-seas after the war. XX, RELIGION (Cont.) 1048 The Basis of a Christian Peace; horld Fellowship in Roalistic Living Is the Groat Nov/ Fact, by R, H. Espy. MOTIVE (Methodist Student Movement, Nashville),‘ Jail. 1943, v. 3, no, 5; 8, 9, Considers that a mil to peace and breadth of imagination, expressed through the vehicle of Christian Missions, constitute the surest means to world peace, 1049 Catholic Missions and the bar, by John Boyle, CATHOLIC LIFE (Philadclphi c Spring 1945, v, 5, no, 1: 11-13. Reviews the present situation of Catholic Missions and advocates that preparations be made non for the opportunities that will bo open to them after the war. 1050 The Future of Missionary work in China, by Bishop Frank Houghton. CHINA’i MILLIONS (Philadelphia), Jan. 1945, v, 51, no, 1: 7-9. Foresees a period of widespread opportunity for preaching of the Gos- pel throughout China, including Manchuria, if China emerges from the war an ally of Britain and the United States, In the event of Japanese victory, there would be no future for missionary werk in China, 1051 Overseas Mission In Uar Time, by Rev, James Thayer Addison, LIVING CIIURCI (Milwaukee), March 14, 1943, v. 106, no, 11: 14-15. Contradicts the popular notion that overseas missions arc out of commission for the duration of the war. Reviews the activities of the Episcopal Church in China, Honolulu, the Canal Zone, Cuba, Puerto Rico,.. Liberia, and Latin America at the present time. 1052 The Unconquerable; Concerning the Christian Mission in a M'orld at war. by Charles Tudor Leber, Now York, Fleming H. Revoll, 1943, 160 p. Pictures the power and temper of the Christian Movement in East .isia, India, the Middle East, and _.,frica, the place of that movement in the world revolution, ond the unconquerable spirit of missionaries in foreign fields, D, Religion end Reconstruction 1053 Arsenal of Vocations, by Million Fcrroo, S. M. CATHOLIC DIGEST (St. Paul, Minn,), Fob, 1943, v, 7, no, ,4: 38-41, Due to destruction of the clergy In eastern Europe, causing universal interruption in the recruiting and training of priests, mmorica has become the one hope of the Church for Christian reconstruction, with responsibility resting on the Catholic minority, 1054 Christianity and Civilization, by H. G. cod.,.Cambridge Eng. The Uni- versity Press; Now York, Macmillan 1943. 128 p. discusses the, problem of the relation between Christianity and govern- ment. Formulates the main principles which must be followed if a Christian cooperative commonwealth is to emerge, 1055 ■ (Christianity and democracy.-) Christian!sme ot democratic, par Jacques Maritaln. New York, Editions do la liaison Franoaiso, 1945, 108 p, (Collection Civilization) Considers the future of democracy, its present disillusionment parti- cularly in Franco, and the role which Christianity must play in re- establishing it. XX. RELIGION (Cont.) 1056 Tho Church and the Future of Europe, by The Bishop of Chichester. FORT- NIGHTLY (London), march 1913, no,' 91-5 n.s.-; 158-164, Relieves the essential factor in the present crisis to be general one. Stresses the role of tho Church as a teacher of justice end love. Hopes for greater results from personal relations than from organiz- ation, 1057 The Condition and Task of tho Present-Day Church, by Emil Brunner. RE- LIGION IN LIFE (New York), Spring Number, 1943, v. 12, no. 2: 172-185. Characterizes the present condition of the Protestant Church as tho consequence of a religious laissez-faire, accompanied by a shrinkage of active participation in Church life and a reduced intensity in its evangelical aspects. Surveys the historical causes of the present plight of the Church and offers concrete proposals for its spiritual recovery and, its adjustment to the- tempo of modern life and tho social upheavals which have sprung from the technical-commercial revolution. 1058 Europe in Transition, The Churches Face the Future, by ELoxandor hcLoish. London, VJorld Loninion Press, 1942? 37p,, nap. (‘Ear-Time Survey Scries no. 5), mu historical survey of the Churchos of Continental Europe, made on tho promise that tho future of the Churchos will have powerful re- percussions in postwar Europe. 1059 Europe's Ear-Tossed Churchos, by Samuel mcCroa Cavort. CHR1STI-JT CENTURY (Chicago), Nov. 11, 1942, v. 59, no. 45: 1390-1392, Tolls of impressions gained in a tour through England, unoccupied Franco, Spain and Portugal, Though outwardly enfeebled, tho church in Europe still Shows great spiritual vitality. Stresses the need for a vest reconstruction program of tho Christian institutions in many countries during the postwar period. 1060 Four Freedoms and God by Edwin LcNcill Potent. Now York, Harper, 1943, 155 p. Points out tho spiritual significance underlying each of the four freedoms, 1061 The Future of Organized Religion, -by nco -Hirsch. UNITY (Chicago), Feb, 1943, v. 128, no. 12: 186-188. ►.sks that religion develop a new ethical and religious principle that will express man’s yearning for freedom, and that it discontinue re- sisting .progress, Lists questions which organized religion must answer if it is to assume directional lead in the future. 1062 OurU.S.A. movement Since Pearl Harbour, by Or. Jessie Vial lace Hughan assisted by Kaufman, VIiR RESISTER (Enfield, Eng.), Autumn 1942, no] 48: 9-15, describes the fate of the various peace movements after Pearl Harbor. Discusses the wartime aims of large, recognized pacifist groups. Xa. RELIGION (Cont.) 1063 Pooling the Truths about tho Truth: A world Fellowship and a World Structure for tho Church, by E. Stanley Jones, MOTIVE (Nashville), Fob. 1945, v, 3, no, 6: 11-13. Discusses tho bases for a Federal Union of Christian Churches, Urges Christians to. unite in order to exert noral authority in reconstruct- ing tho future world, 1064 (Postwar Spiritual Reconstruction.-) La Roconstruccion Espiritual do Postguorra, by Paul Tillich. La NUEVA DEM0CR.XIA (New York), Nov, 1942, v. 23, no, 11; 3-6, 32. Discusses spiritual decadence as a war causo, and the requisites for postwar spiritual reconstruction, 1065 Preparing for ?ostwar Life. 1942-43 Series of N, C, , C. Forum Articles; VIII; National Reconstruction, Planning Principles, CATHOLIC ACTION (Washington), April 1943, v, 25, no, 4; 6-8, 22, Outlines the opportunities and responsibilities that face the Catholic as a result of the war and suggests preparation for mooting then, 1066 Religious Primacy in tho ..ork of Restoration by John LaFargc, NEW EUROPE **ND WORLD RECONSTRUCTION (Now York), Jan. 1945, v, 5, no. Is 5-8. Considers tho importance of religion in restoring moral integrity to' individuals, stabilizing social institutions, and promoting social and political unity in Europe. 1067 The Role of Religion in Postwar Reconstruction, WORLD AFFAIRS (Washingtor. March 1943, v, 106, no, 1: 3-41. Summarizes and outlines declaration issued by religious leaders of various denominations concerning their postwar obligations. 1068 The Shaping of Things to Cone, by Henry Burke Robins. COLGATE ROCHESTER DIVINITY SCHOOL BULLETIN (Rochester, N, Y.), Feb. 1943, v. XV, no. 3; 99-116. Discusses the pattern of the now order and tho place of Christian Religion, 1069 Six Stones in the Foundation for Permanent Peace, by .m, E. Hudson. PRESBYTERIAN OF THE SOUTH (Richmond, Vo.,), March. 3, 1943, v. 118, no. 9: 5-6. Names the six synodical institutions of the Synod of Virginia and their many and varied activities and contributions to the cause of peace. Pleads with the vast membership for further aid. 1070 The Third Strategy of tho Church,, by Holland Emerson Wolfe, (Chicago), Feb, 1945, v. 155, no, 2; 65-66, Urges a national crusade on the part of tho Church to achieve greater democracy within this country, to abolish protective tariffs, and to bring ab out a United Nations association of free peoples:, 1071 Tomorrow’s Lutheran Church in*America, by Ralph H. Long, CURRENT RELIG- IOUS THOUGHT (Oberlin, 0.), Fob. 1943, v. 3, no, 2: 22-26. Predicts that tho Lutheran Church of the future will not only be more interested in the everyday problems that confront us, but will be more active and influential in helping to shape the destiny of Amo rice &X, RELIGION (Gout.) 1072 Lar, Poacc and the Ministor, by Justin Wroo Nixon. RELIGION IN LIFE (Now York), Spring Number, 1943, v, 12, no. 2; 238-247. Believes that one particular confusion in the mind of the churches and their ninisters toward the war is primarily an intellect- ual one and is concerned with the prevalent ni sunder standing of the nature of war and peace in the contemporary world. The failure to distinguish between the creative and degenerative aspects of peace, as well as of war, will bring a repetition of the .consequences of the peace following the First LorId Lar, XXI. EDUCATION / • A. Role and Function in Wartime 1073 All-day School Programs for Children of Working Mothers, (issued by) U* S. Office of Education. Washington, U. S. Govt. Print, Off,, 1943. c 12 p, (School Children and the War Series, Leaflet no, 2). Contains an over-all discussion of the needs and nature of the pro- gram, and examples of typical daily schedules for such schools, 1074 Bibliography of .mfrican Education South of the Sahara, by Howard Drake. xdbordeen. University Press, 1942, 97 p, Lists works on the social and political* implications of education, educational policy and its organization and administration in South Africa, 1075 The British Universities .after Throe Years of Lar, Now York, British Information Services, Jec, 1942. 9 p, (l.j.339) Tells of the function of the University Joint Recruiting Boards, which select students for special scientific training and vhich help to arrange the special wartime courses. 1076 British activities in Wartime. Now York, British information Ser- vices, 1942. 16 p, (ID 339) describes the work of the schools and of the various youth organ!- zations in the war effort, 1077 Brutalized German Youth, by Jacob Lestchinsky, CONGRESS ..SEELY (New York) Feb. 12, 1943, v. 10,'no, 7: 10-11. the education of Hitler youth, with particular emphasis on the use of anti-Semitic textbooks. 1078 The College in a Changing World, by Glen akeham, JOURN.i OF HIGHER EDUCATION (Ohio State University, Columbus), Jan, 1945, v. 14, no, 1: 15-18. Foresees the enormous problems of pcs twar reconstruction and wonders whether institutions of higher*learning will meet the times adequatelx 1079 College Work in War Tine II. Tomorrow, by Rev. .11den Jrgw Kelley, D, D. LIVING CHURCH (Milwaukee), Jan. 10, 1943, v. 106, no. 2: 16-17. L/iscussos the effect of the Selective Service fict on the liborp.l arts education in colleges, on denominational schools, the opportunity of ? the church on the coll ego campus, and the importance of the church’s * being prepared for its work on the college campus in the postwar worlc XXI. EDUCATION (Cent.) 1080 The Contribution of the University to the binning of tho bar and the Poo.ee, by Lillian ?, Tolley. SCHOOL & SOCIETY (Lancaster), Jan. 30, 1943, v. 57, no. 1466: 113-117. Discusses the need for changes in pro-college guidance, admission pro- cedures, etc., tho use of schools as hospitals, and rehabilitation centers, and the importance of achieving a reintegration of knowledge and values in a central and unifying faith, by tho university. 1081 The Crisis in Education, by John M, Fewkos, AMERICA FE 1SR.1T I ONI ST ( Wash- ington), March 1943, v. 50, no, 3: 10-12, 27, Stresses necessity of continuing to develop tho youth of our country to the full extent of their abilities if we are to win tho war and to maintain leadership in the postwar world. Indicates that wo cannot reduce our teaching force and relax our educational requirements with- out detrimental effects on tho country as a whole, 1082 Education and Crisis, by A, R< Keppel.'MESSENGER (St. Louis), Doc, 31, 1943, v. 7, no, 48: 11-12. mis cusses various problems confronting education in wartime, 1083 (Education and Science,*) Erzichung und Elssonschaft, by Hans Hubor, Berlin, Junker und Junnhaupt, 1940, 28 p, (Schriftcn fur Politik und aiuslandskSpid©i.. Heft 58) Discusses problems and measures of education in times of war. 1084 Education and the duration, by Robert Maynard Hutchins, CHRISTIAN CENTURY (Chicago), Fob, 10, 1943, v, 60, no, 6: 162-164. ' Discusses tho necessity for war research by the universities, tho need for teachers, present education by university contract, and postwar education, 1085 Education and tho Ear, by Edward C, Elliott, JOURNAL OF THE AiERICAI MEDICAL ASSOCIATION (Chicago), Fob. 27, 1943, v. 1.21, no,. 9: 631-635. 'ids cusses the effect of the war upon colleges, universities and pro- fessional and technical schools. 1086 Education Determines Civilization, by dendell L, Lillkie, VITAL SPEECHES OF THE !>AY (New York), Feb. 15, 1943, v. 9, no. 9: 261-263-. Stresses the importance of the liberal arts for future civilization and suggests that education in the arts be as much a part of war plan- ning as the more obviously needed technical training. 1087 Education Faces the Futurej An Appraisal of Contemporary'Movements in Education, by I. B. Berkson.. .New York, Harper 1943, ix, 345 p. (Bilpliog, Outlines an educational policy for the schools of our democracy based upon a searching analysis of the main trends of educational philosophy in the recent past. Views education as an organic aspect of the broado: problems of social transition. Xil. 'EDUCATION ( Cont.) 1088 Education for nomocracy, by A, ’ j* Henderson. FREE WO RL 3! (New York), March 1943, v. 5, no, 5: 218-225. Educators have moral responsibility to load society toward good social utility: democracy. Both the British-American and the German-Japanese education need revising to attain that goal. Suggests procedures during armistice to train new Axis leadership for democratic recon- struction. 2089 Education for a ,/orld Adrift, by Sir Richard Livingstone, President of Corpus Christi College, Oxford. Cambridge, University-. Press, 1943, 158 p. (Current Problems, no, 17), Considers the basis of a spiritual philosophy of life which the new . educational system must supply, meals with the obstacles presented by the examination system and over-specialization, and with education for citizenship, .1090 Education for Freedom, Chicago, University of Chicago Press, march 21, 1943, 24 p, (University of Chicago Round Table-, no, 261) The Question; Can we have both liberal education and technical train- ing in wartime? Participants are: Alvin C. Eurich, Richard P, hereon, and Ralph "IT. Tyler. Introduction by-Robert Maynard Hut chilis. 1091 Education for Mar Activities, by Scott G, Lamp, Lt.' Comdr. USN PSNNSYL- • VANIA SCHOOL JOURNAL (Harrisburg), March 1945, v. 91, no. 7; 253-254. discusses the need for a thorough knowledge of fundamentals and the need for physical fitness in education for war activities. Stresses the fact that students.should bo impressed with the importance of their role in total war, 1092 Education in a monocracy. Compiled’ by Newton Edwards, Chicago, Chicago University Press, 1941y 11, 160 p, (Charles R, .algrooh Foundation Lectures. a , ‘ ' Those lectures analyze and iefino the essential functions and respon- sibilities of education as - a force in American life and inch, cate the direction education must take in the performance of these functions and in meeting these responsibilities. Volume contains eight lectures: The Evolution of American Educational Ideals, by Newton Edwards; Edu- cation for Social Cohesion in a .democracy, by Robert J, Havighurst; : Essential Functions of Education in a democracy, by Guy T. Buswell; ■ Education and the Process of Individual Adjustment, by Mandol Sherman; The. Relation of the Curriculum to American democratic Ideals; by Ralph M. Tyler; democratic Ideals in Teaching and Administration, by william C, Reavis; The Social Significance of Now Educational Services, by .John Dale Russell; The University’s Responsibility for Education in a nomocracy, by George A, Marks, 1093 Education in a Uorld at Oar. TE..CHER3 COLLEGE RECORD (Nov; York), Jan. 1945, v« 44, no. 4: 227-297. This issue is made up of a synthesis of addresses and discussions at the work-conference held at Teachers College, Columbia, University nee. 9 and 10, 1942, under the sponsorship of the Jepartment of Curric- ulum and Teaching. XXL. EDUCATION (Cont.) 1094 Education in the Nazi Reich, by Robert Ulich. HaRVARJ E LOCATIONAL REVIE7 (Cambridge, Hass.)-, Larch 1943-, v.13, no, 2; 101-118. Expounds the ideas out of which the Nazi state and Nazi education gre and describes the character and content of the Nazi schools as they were prior to and during 1941. Finds that inventiveness, strength and discipline have boon present, but directed to purely political ■ ends, 1095 Education in Y/artimo China, by Y, C. Yang, .ASSOCIATION OF AMERICAN COL1- LEGES BULLETIN (New York), March 1943, v. 29, no. 1; 60-G9. discusses the effect of the war upon China’s schools and education. Points out that the number of higher educational institutions has been increased and new fields of study have boon added, describes the change in the educational movement as a whole as well as in individual institutions, 1096 Education Tomorrow', by Leland Schubert. MALISON QUARTERLY (Harrisonburg, Vo.,), Jan. 1943, v. 3, no, 1; 15-35, Criticizes education for having failed to produce healthy and civioal] responsible citizens. Predicts that future American education will bo organized, supported and supervised by the federal government, discusses various types of schools of the future, end the future pupil and instructor, 1097 Educational Issues of 1942 and the Task Ahead, by Carter V. Good. SCHOOL .Jj SOCIETY (New York), March 27, 1945, v, 57, no, 1474: 541-547, Jiscusscs the problems confronting schools and colleges in 1942 and ■ 1945, Includes discussion of such problems as federal and state sup- port of education, teacher supply and demand, community,,service, civic and home morale, curriculum, liberal education, 1098 Free Lion and the Aar, by Laird Boll. Northficld, Hinn,, Carleton College, Juno 1, 1942, 15 p. A commencement address delivered at -Co.rloton College, Juno 1, 1942, • which reviews the type of education given nmori can youth in the libera arts college during the pre-war period, and emphasizes the need for a now philosophy of education to moot the present emergency. 1099 The Future of the Humanities, by Lillian Allan Noil son, H. PIPER’S MAGAZINE (Now York), March 1945, v, 186, no, 1114: 588-591, ■ Li soussc& tho discontinuance of education for men in the liberal arts courses, and tho demonstrable value of the liberal arts course. 1100 Tho Future of tho Liberal Arts, by H, S, Broudy, EJUC.ATI0ILi.L FORUM (Now York), May 1945, v. 7, no. 4: 551-354. Boll eves that tho future of tho liberal arts is not very secure and suggests that its objective bo non and women who can think out • the ways and moans of using tho new technology for tho production of human good .and hapoinoss. XXL. EJUC....TION (Cent.) 1101 The* Good School ,for: t he Nwung Child in Martimo, by Howard L-nc, M HC-TIOM (Boston), Fob* 1943„, v.t 65,, no., 6: 352-358,. Maintains that tho school in wartime must compensate to the child for the world’s abandoment of good living, Moclarcs that schools should make greater use of contemporary materials. Offers suggestions on ways of building sound, attitudes toward the war and its causes and toward the peace to cone, 1102 Handbook on Education and. the Mar, Based on Proceedings of tho ‘National Institute on Education and Oar, Sponsored by the U,S. Office of Educatior Martino Commission at .American University, Washington, J. C, Mug, 28 through 31, 1942. ..ashington, U. S. Govt. Print. Off,, 1943, 344 p. Contains many speeches given at tho Institute on general and special wartime programs of tho schools, end also symposium discussions under the headings training manpower; school volunteer war service; curricu- lum in wartime; financing education in wartime, 1103 Higher Education rnd the Man, by George F. Zook, PROCEEDINGS OF THE T..ENTY-SEVENTH ..NNlLxL CONVENTION OF THE N....TI01L.L UNIVERSITY EXTENSION aSSOCI.MTION (Pennsylvania State College, Harrisburg), May 18-20, 1942, v. 24: 22-32. discusses tho impact of war on the students of higher educational in- stitutions and upon the institutions themselves, discusses tho college military reserve programs and the activities of the nviorican Council on Education. 1104 Higher Education and the Mar, by Ralph E, Himstoad, BULLETIN OF THE iJilERIC--N ASSOCIATION OF UNIVERSITY PROFESSORS (Washington), ecc. 1942, v. 28, no. 5:,571-586. Reviews stops taken by representatives of higher education to pre- serve liberal studios in the colleges during tho war. 1105 Higher Education Between the ,orld Mars, by M, A, Stumpf, PHI DELTA KJJ?P. (Homewood, 111.), 1942, v, 25, no, 3: 69-73, tables, discusses developments in enrollments, plant facilities, benefactions, resources of higher education, curriculum, methods of instruction and measurement of results of teaching, student morals, and student per- sonnel services between World Mars I and II, 1106 Hitlerism—A Challenge to American Education, by Heinz Soffnor, PROGRES- SIVE EDUCATION (New York), April 1943, v. 20, no. 4: 161-165. Mis cusses the impact of Hitlerism upon Goman education and Gorman youth and tho challenge to American education to erase the Nazi ; heritage from Europe’s rising generations mid .to provide for a dem- ocratic post-war readjustment in this country. 1107 The Humanities and tho Mar; a Survey of Opinion on a Proposal to agjg to Preserve the.Study of humanities, COLLEGE ENGLISH (Chicago), Fob. 1943, v. 4, no. 5; 313-317. Presents various reactions to the propes .1 of arnor G, Rico and Howard Uumford Jones advocating action to protest the teaching of tho hunani tics dur i ng wa r tii ic • ■ XXI. EAUCATION (Cont.) 1108 The Immediate Prospect for Liberal ...rts in America, by .Axon Ryan Fox, 'TORCH (Buffalo, Hew York),•Jan, 1945, v, 16, no. 1; 17-18. Urges that women bo allowed to continue liberal arts studies if it is at all possible. Predicts that after the war is over, the liberal arts program will undergo a far noro drastic scrutiny than it has ever before. 1109 The Impact of jar on' Secondary Education, by Henry j", Holmes. TloTIOiLLL ASSOCIATION OF SEC0HX.RY-SCHOOL PRINCIPALS BULL STIR ( .ashington), Larch 1945, v. 27, no. 113: 26-28. Outlines six ways which the war is pressing on the secondary schools. Secondary education mu st be universal; more varied and practical; more highly selective of talent needed for national- tasks; more effective for health; more effective for citizenship in a national and world perspective; ond bettor organized professionally. 1110 Is Your School Really PHLl-Out"? by Lillian G. Carr, LUSIC E LIKA .TORS JOURNAL (Chicago), Jan. 1945, v. 29, no, 3: 9-11, 5-5. Presents recommendations of the Educational Policies Commission con- cerning an all-out war educational program for elementary and secon- dary schools, covering many fields. 1111 The Japanese Toko Education Seriously, by I.lonzo F, and Louise K. Lyors. JOURILJLi OF THE NATI011A E4JCATI0N X5S0CI..TI0N (Washington), npril 1943, v, 32, no, 4; 101-104. Says Japan has developed its great human resources through an edu- cational system equal to Hitler’s in the efficiency mth which it has eliminated illiteracy, provided universal schooling and created a formidable war machine. Gives description of the educational system an d c onpa res it wi th t In t oft h eU ni to d St at o s . 1112 Laymen and Social agencies Study Aartino Educe, tion, by .Allien Hods on. TEACHERS COLLEGE RECORD (Hew York), Jan. 1943, v. 44, no. 4: 237-241. Excerpts from a partial stenographic transcript of the address by the Commissioner, department of Lelfaro, Hew York City, at the con- ference held at Teachers College, ..ccombcr 9 and 10, 1942, 1113 The Liberal nrts Go to V.ar, by Jwayno Orton, THINK (How York), Jan. 1943, v. 9, no. 1: 18, 38-39. Considers adjustments of curricula necessitated by the war, the amy- navy training program, and makes a plea for the dynamic values of the liberal arts, 1114 Liberal Arts in Aartime, by Pax Black and Arthur E, Lturphy. JOURIL.L OF HI CHER EIUC_.TI0H (Columbus, Ohio), March 1943, v, 15, no. 3: 121-125. discusses the value of the liberal arts in wartime and asks that plans be made now for the rehabilitation of the liberal arts after the war. 1115 Liberal Education for democratic Victory and Lasting Peace, by Robert M, Hutchins. AMERICAN J0URN--L OF .ECONOMICS XHA SOCIOLOGY (How York), April 1943, v. 2, no. 3: 289-304. Shows that liberal education, education which is not vocational, pro- fessional, or technological, is necessary to win the war. ■ Ami . EDUCATION ('Colit.) 1116 Looking Ahead - Educational ,_xi Is; First Interim Report of the Consorvatii Sub-Comittoq ’ on. education, London, ’■ Central Committee on Post-Aar Recon- struction, Sept. 1942. 39 p, discusses, a State education program which should develop a sense of national obligation in every citizen, encourage religious training, and place more emphasis than at present on vocational education. The principal , goals still to be achieved include fearer cxcu.iinations, smaller classes, raising of the school leaving ago, compulsory con- tinuation of part-time education, and an easier passage to the uni- versities, 1117 Looking Backward and Forward, by Hun. Ivan Schultz. ILiNITOBn SCHOOL J0UR1L-L (St. James, Manitoba), March 1943, v. 5, no. 7: 9-11. The Minister of Education discusses goals for education in Manitoba during the next few years, stressing the need for equality of edu- cational opportunity, for raising the status of the teaching profossio for minimum standards of plant and equipment, miscussos finance, curriculum, vocational guidance, technical education, education of handicapped children and research. 1118 Making Theories ,.ork, by Mary Houston mavis and Elizabeth Lamar Rose, HIGH SCHOOL J0UR1UL (Chapel Hill, Is. C.), 0ct7~1942, v. 55, no. 6; 251- 260. Expresses concern over the dominance of old worn patterns in school systems; recognizes a gap between educational theory and practice in schools; and analyzes the causes and ways to overcome this discrepanc 1119 (Mexican Education and the Nazi Education,-) La Educacion Moxicana y la Educacion Nazi• Mexico Edicioncs do la Sccrotaria do Educacion Publica 1942. 27 p. I a study in contrasts, 1120 The Moral Obligation of Teachers in tho Mar-Peace Situation, by '..iIlian Heard Kilpatrick. J0UR1LX OF THE HMTIOILML EDUCaTION -iSSOCI JTIOIT (Mash- ington). May 1943, v. 32, no, 5: 127-128. Stresses tho obligation of teachers to assist each student to under- stand the significance of our war-peace situation, and to help build tho moral character required to’ moot this situation effectively. 1121 ' Our .Colleges and the Mar, by Paul V. McNutt. JOURILX OF THE XL.TIOIUL EDUCATION ASSOCIATION OP .THE UNITE.-., ‘STATES (Washington), i Larch 1945, v. 52, no, 3: 71-72. discusses the. importance, of the colleges to the ?ar effort in train- ing youth for war tasks, , 1122 The Place of tho Humanities in a Acrid of Mar, by Jr, John M, Dodds, VITaL SPEECHES OF THE DAY (Hew York), Mar. 1, 1945, v. 9, no. 10: 511-514, Speech delivered by Dr, John AA Dodds before tho Acs,tern College Association, Los Angelos, Cal., December 19, 1942', in which Mr. Dodds defined tho Humanities .as' that the sun total of man’s activities and said, that wo must strive to. preserve our civilization and achievements oven in war. XXE. EJUCnTIOIT (Cont.) 1123 The Psychology Un lor lying the Development of Our American Dream, by Hubert C. Armstrong. COLLEGE OF EDUCATION RECORD (Seattle), Jan. 1943, v, 9, no, 3: 36-46. Liscussos prerequisites for the development of a donocratic people;- the psychology of attitudes, ideals and appreciations; and partici- pation in donocratic living through school activities, 1124 Public Opinion and Education: Isa Democratic Solution Possible? by Professor F, Clarke, JOURNAL OF EDUCATION (Oxford, Eng,), Nov. 1942, v. 74, no. 8SO: 477-478. Comments upon the following three publications which have aroused much lay protest in England: T, UP C. Memo ran dum on Education After the V/ar; Looking Ahead: Educational Aims; Hooking Ahead: A_ Plan for 1125 The Responsibility of Educational Leadership in These Times, by Ernest 0, kelby. EDUCATION (Boston), Feb. 1943, v, 65, no, 6: 530-332. Discusses the responsibility which education has to help people to live effectively under the new world conditions, to carry on an in- tensive and effective battle for the preservation of educational in- stitutions and the strengthening of their activities, to inspire teachers, pupils, and people of American communities to renewed ed- ucational efforts, and to help teachers, puoils, and people generally to believe in mankind and democracy. 1126 Responsibility of the Schools for Religious Education — A Symposium. SCHOOL EXECUTIVE (New York), Jan. 1943, v. 62, no, 5: 26-27,' 66. Includes articles on school-church relations, character training programs, stuffy of the Bible, and the need for sincere teachers. 1127 The Role of Education in Our Present Emergency, by Ralph L. Tyler. SCHOOL SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS (lienasha, Lis.), Feb. 1943, v. 43, no. 373: 99-104. Discusses the responsibility of the schools for the training of mili- tary personnel, the training of civilian personnel for essential civilian occupation and general education for good citizenship es- sential now and in the postwar period, 1128 The Rural Child in the liar Emergency; The Report of a Conference on the Rural Child in the War Emergency, Called Jointly by the Committee on •Rural Education and the American Council on Education, Chicago, July 10 and 11, 1942, by C. S. harsh. Chicago, Committee on Rural Education, 1942. 35 p. In view . f the diminution of state revenues available for rurgq edu- cation, the Conference recommended that the Federal Government extend aid for education to the States, 1129 Shall ,.e Lose the Peace? A Shortsighted Educational Policy Now the Surest Lay, by Paul Arthur Schilpp. MOTIVE (Nashville), Feb. 1945, v. 5, no, 6: 36-37. • Believes that the government’s announced policy to side-track the humanities and the social sciences for die duration of the v/ar en- dangers sound postwar reconstruction and will make World War III inevitable. ■ XXI. EDUCATION (Cont.) 1130 Statemanship and Specialized Learning, by A. N. Vhitehead, PROCEEDINGS OF ‘TEE AMERICAN aCADEI Y OF ARTS AND SCIENCE; PAPERS ON POST-VAR PROBLEMS (Boston), Oct. 1942, v. 75, no. 1: 1-5. Contains preliminary material dealing with the consideration of the ways in which,learning derived from systematic study of Arts and Sciences can profitably aid in the reorganization after the war, 1131 Tell It to the Army and. Navy, by Edward B. Rooney. NATION’S SCHOOLS (Chicago), April 1943, v. 31, no. 4: 15-16, Stresses the fact that liberal education is as important to the soldier's training as military training, for without an understanding of the humanity of our war aims the war for them will be one of vengeance and hate—an attitude that will block a just and lasting peace. 1132 Trends in Education in 1942, by Francis id, Crowley, CATHOLIC SCHOOL JOURNAL (Milwaukee), Jan. 1943, v. 43, no. 1: 1-2, Discusses the changes needed in the school program to fit it for war and the problems of reconstruction. Says it is the duty of the schools to educate this generation for the postwar world. 1133 Twenty-third Annual Report of the Director. New fork. Institute of In- ternational Education, 0Gt. 1, 1942, 50 p. Summarizes the effects of the war upon the Institute’s activities. 1134 Typical Wartime Activities of American Secondary Schools, SCHOOL EXE- CUTIVE (New York), Jan-, 1943, v. 62, no. 5: 16-17, 63, 65. Tells what United States schools are doing to help win the war, and to develop effective democratic living and spread the concepts of world citizenship as a basic principle for a lasting Peace, ■ 1135 -The u niversities and Eorld Reconstruction, by Helen Vo dehouse, AGENDA (London), 1942, v. 1, no, 4: 289-296, Discusses the part of the university in the postwar world and con- ditions required for it to carry out its part. 1136 The University in Visar and Peace, by Robert ia. Hutchins, AMERICAN ASSOCI- ATION OF UNIVERSITY PROFESSORS BULLETIN (Washington), Feb. 1943, v. 29, no, 1; 22-35, Discusses the effects of-the'war on the Univ e'rsity of, Chicago in particular. Outlines some of the postwar changes in university edu- cation, ... 1137 Tho University in'-Var and Peace, by Robert M. Hutchins, UNIVERSITY OF CHICAGO MAGAZINE (Chicago), Feb. 1945, v. 55, no. 5: 3-4, 22-24. Discusses the university in the war, education and research in war, postwar education, university organization, and the offoot of the war upon university finances, 1138 The Ear and Liberal Education, by Raymond Gram Swing. BULLETIN OF THE AMERICAN ASSOCIATION OF UNIVERSITY PROFESSORS (Washington), Dec. 1942, v. 28, no. 5: 600-604. Suggests government scholarships to enable women, and physically sub- standard men, to receive a liberal education, in order that liberal arts collegs may be preserved and leaders trained for peace. XXI. EDUCATION (Gont.) 1139 The Ear and the Elementary School, by .illiam E. Young, NEE YORK STaTE EDUCATION (Albany), Fob. 1943, v. 30, no. 5: 326-523, 593-594. Deals with the implications of the war for the elamentary school. Contains the results of the State Education Department's study of this question in the Non York State schools. 1140 .ar and the Liberal Arts, by Irwin Edman. NATION (Now York), March 6, 1945, v. 156, no, 10: 357-539. Discusses the detrimental effect.the war is having on institutions of higher learning and the degree, to which the schools themselves are responsible for this effect. 1141 The' ,ar and the Secondary School, by .arren .. Knox, NE.. YORK STaTE EDU- CATION (Albany), Feb. 1945, v. 50, no. 5; 537-559, 395, 596. Indicates that the student bodies of secondary schools represent our largest and potentially greatest reservoir of strength. Stresses the fact that it is up to the secondary school to train these young people for the war effort for military, industrial, agricultural, and variour other kinds of duty, 1142 A Ear Policy for American Schools, (isshcd by) Educational Policies Com- mission. ..ashington, National Education association of the United States and the American Association of School administrators, 1942, 16 p. A statement of ‘“’prioritics11 which must bo considered in forming the educational policy of the iimorioan schools, 1143 Eartime Perplexities in Secondary Schools, by Harlan C.Koch. SCHOOL OF EDUCATION BULLETIN (University of Michigan, i.nn Arbor), Feb. 1943, v. 14, no, 5: 65-68. Considers some of the questions on which the schools arc confused be- cause they are subject to divided thinking, both on the part of edu- cators and the community. Some of these arc curriculum content, college requirements, guidance, and joint work-study programs. 1144 . Eartime Policy of Phi Beta Kappa, by Christian Gauss, ..a ERIC..-N SCHOLAR (New York and Concord), Spring 1943, v, 12, no, 2: 143-152, The Phi Beta Kappa Senate recommends that faculty resources should bo mobilized for effective attack on the problem of rediscovering, rede- fining, revitalizing the fundamental values of the liberal studies to satisfy deeper hungers for an abundant life and help create a •world worthier of the sacrifice of our young men, \ 1145 wartime Role of Higher Education, by Guy E. Snavely, NE .S BULLETIN (In- stitute of International Education,.New York), March 1, 1945, v. 18, no, . 6: 4-7. Discusses tho accelerated program of universities at present, the shift in curricular offerings, and discontinuance of the liberal arts curriculumo 1146 The Eartime Role of Our Junior Colleges, by a, Lcdskor. SCHOOL EXECUTIVE (New York), Jan. 1943, v. 62, no'. 5; 18-19, 38, photos. Discusses the number and distribution of junior colleges in the United States, tho training for war service and for intelligent citizenship which they offer at present, and their role in tho postwar world. XXI. EDUCATION (Cont.) 1147 What Colleges'Learn from Ear, by barren Taylor. SCHOOL END SOCIETY ’(New York), bay 1, 19 43, w. 57, no. 1479: 487-492. Some of the objactives of colleges appear more clearly during war. They include preserving, enlarging, and enriching the life of the people, and'helping students develop a critical and creative in- telligence, 1148 ..hat Does Labor bant from Education? by Martin Wolfson.AMERICAN TEACHER (Chicago), iviarch 1943, v. 27, no. 6; 14—15, 29, Discusses the demands that labor has made on American education. 1149 Should Our Schools Teach in Hart 1:0 • Columbus, American Edu- cation Press, March 18, 1943, 23 p. (.Bulletin of -America’s Tcwn Meet- ing of the Air, v, 8, no, 45.) Emphasis should be upon skills, definite information, political science, and an understanding of the issues of the war. Partici- pants in the discussion were Brooks Hays, Alexander-J. Stoddard, hark Van Ddren, John Frederick Wolfenden. .1150 thither Bound, Education? by Daniel L, Marsh, BOSTONIA (Boston), Feb. 1943, v, 16, ho, 5: 4-7, photos. The President of Boston University comments upon five trends in present-day education: acceleration, emphasis on vocational sub- jects, emphasis on appreciation of the American democratic heri- tage, provision of scholarships, and a shifted emphasis in the appraisal of educational institutions. 1151 thy? ... And How?' ... And there? PROGRESSIVE EDUCATION (New York), Jan, 1943, v, 20, no, 1: 33-36. Two accounts presenting education as something that can revitalize community living. B. Curricula and Methods. 1. In Civilian Schools. 1152 adjustments in Mathematics to the Impact of tar, .by G, 3, Price, . AMERICAN MATHEMATICAL MONTHLY (Chicago), Jan. 1943*, v. 50, no. 1: 31-34. A report on how the mathematicians have participated in the war, the problems that have arisen, the measures that have been taken to meet them, the changes that have been made in the mathematics curriculum. 1153 adjustments That Should Bo Mado in the Engineering Cur icula for the War and Post-tar Periods, by Dr. William E. Wickondcn, BULLETIN OF THE VIRGIN!.. POLYTECHNIC INSTITUTE (Blacksburg), Nov. 1942, v. 56, no. 1; 22 Po Discusses the problems the war has thrust upon the Engineering schools and the adjustments which must bo made now and in the post- war era, 1154 Asia in the School Program,’ by Howard E. tilson, EDUCATION. A RECORD (Washington), Jan. 1945, v, 24, no. 1: 14-23. Gives examples of ways in vhich schools have introduced the study of the culture and history of Asia into their social studies program. XXI. EDUCATION (Cont.) 1155 Aviation Mathematics, by Lillian Moore. SCHOOL SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS (Menasha, Viis.), Nov* 1942, v. 42, no. 8: 755-757. Gives examples of methods by which aviation mathematics may be taught, either in the regular school courses or in special extra- curricular aviation courses. Stresses the immediate need for such instruction on a wide scale. ■Q50 Can We Prepare Now for the Post-War Period? by Theodore Brameld,' EDUCATION (Boston), Feb. 1945, v. 65, no. 6; 540-545. Asserts that the new Army-Navy education program totally ignores war and peace aims. Feels that postwar problems should be studied now, and that democracy and inter-racial cooperation should be practiced now. Suggests concrete steps, such as student and adult discussion groups and seminars, school library projects, and courses on postwar reconstruction, by means of which such study can be carried out. 1157 L Challenge to Every Wisconsin Teacher, Prepared Jointly by State Department of Public Instruction andState Wartime Studi es Committee, Madison, Wisconsin, Aug, 1942, 30 p. Offers suggestions, together with lists of materials to teachers of social studies and other subjects, with particular emphasis on geography in its relation to the war and to postwar, 1158 Children’s Interest in the War and the Curriculum, by Julia Wade Abbot. PROGRESSIVE EDUCATION (New York), March 1943*, v. 20, no. 3; 111-113. Indicates that children show an intense interest in the war and that the duty of the teacher is to direct this interest in the right channels. 1159 College-Curricula, the War Effort, and Postwar Stabilization, by Paul M. Tinsley. SCHOOL AND SOCIETY (Lancaster, Pa.), March 13, 1943, v. 57, no. 1472; 281-285. Argues that the basic courses areas of our college curricula for times of peace are the basic course areas for our present war efforts and for the postwar problems. Our educational obligation is to make adjustments in emphasis in these areas for the war and postwar emergency, although care must be taken that the in- terests of the young men and women are not sacrificed, 1160 Communication and War; An Urgent Letter to English Teachers, by Lennox Grey. ENGLISH JOURNAL (Chicago), Jan, 1943, v. 32, no, 1: 12-19, How English teachers can focus work in English classes on the teaching of communications, one of the five or six mo st e spial services of war, _ 1161 The Content of Education, by’H. G. Stead. FABIAN QUARTERLY (London), Jan, 1943, no, 36: 9-15. Discusses the following aspects of educational reconstruction: purpose of education, structure of a Proposed system, organization of the structure, and content. XXI. EDUCATION (Cent.) 1162 Tho Curriculum Movement Helps the High School Face Total ear, by Harold Spears, EDUCATION (Boston), Fob. 1943, v, 63, no, 6: 359-367, Presents curriculum concepts- that have continued during the shift to war Conditions, such as the development of the curriculum from cemcuismtimty soil, education as a functional matter, the community school idea, the desirability of work experience* importance of physical fitness education as total growth, and others, 1163 Education and Morale, by Charles 1, Glicksberg. EDUCATION (Boston), April 1943, v. 63, no, 8: 497-504, Discusses the part high schools can play in developing morale through the of public opinion, propaganda analysis, and developing the*; critical insight and intelligence of students to- ward the affairs of. government. 1164 Education for War and -Peace, Stanford Workshop on Education for War and Peace, Stanford, Stanford University Press, 1942, 39 p. Education in Paraguay, by Morrill Cody, NEWS BULLETIN (Now York), May 1, 1945, v, 18, no, 8: 12-13, Discusses the problems of language, .and the school system of Paraguay, 1165 Education in Uniform; The Dilemma, by Archibald MacLoish, ATLANTIC MONTHLY (Boston), Feb. 1943, v. 171, no. 2; 37-46. Discusses the dilemma the college faces in dedicating its resources to ensuring victory in the war and at the same time give students , the under standing of the past, the sense of the futur'e, and the mastery of the tools and implements of life which are necessary to turn the military victory into a human victoiy. 1166 Education 1942-43 - A Summary, by Frederick L, Rod'ofer. PROGRESSIVE EDUCATION (New York), May 1943, v. 20, no. 5: 202-207, Discusses the changes in curriculum in colleges, and elementary and secondary schools in the United States since the war, and plans of educators for the future, 1167 Education of Teachers for War and Peace, by Erling M, Hunt, TEACHER- EDUCATION 'JOURNAL (New York), Doc, 1942, v, 4, no, 3; 105-106. Suggests new emphasis in teacher training designed to prepare teachers for their tanks in the war and postwar periods, through an under- standing of the issues of the conflict and the problems of recon- struction. 1168 Effects of the World War on American Education, by William G, Carr and Mary L, Mai lam. REVIEW OF EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH (Washington), Fob. 1943, v. 13, no, 1: 13-20, (Bibliog.) Discusses tho effect of war on student attitudes, on school curricula* Describes special war services, acceleration of programs, special educational services, effect on school enrollments, school finances, and teacher supply, 1169 Elementary Education in Wartime, PROGRESSIVE EDUCATION (New York), March 1943, v, 20, no. 3: 98-145, The March issue of PROGRESSIVE'EDUCATION is devoted to all phases of elementary education in wartime, * / - - ~ \ m. EDUCATION (Cont.) 1170 Essential Mathematics for the Aar Effort, by liilliam D, Reeve, TEACHERS COLLEGE RECORD (New York), Feb. 1943, v. 44, no. 5; 327-335. Emphasizes the need for mathematics in the military services and suggests practical measures by which secondary schools may bring their courses in mathematics up to date, 1171 Exigencies of VJar Change College Curriculums, by J. Hillis Miller. NEL YORK STATE EDUCATION (Albany), Feb. 1943, v. 30, no. 5; 354-356, 398, 399. Discusses the effects that war has had upon college curricula. Among these are: acceleration of the college program, decline of liberal arts courses, addition of technical and military courses, and acceptance of students prior to high school graduation. 1172 Geographical Regionalism of Aorld Problems, by Alfred H, Meyer. JOURNAL OF GEOGSAPST(Menasha), Fob. 1943, v, 42, no, 2: 68-76. Believes that the lack of a geographic defense in the sense of a geographic knowledge of world affairs has been greatly responsible for our unpreparodness in the early stages of the war. Discu sses Ameri can geographic education as compared with the European, special course in world problems, and some suggested solutions of the geo- graphic education problem. 1173 Geography for the Duration, by Otis A, Freeman. EDUCATION (Boston), Jan. 1943, v. 63, no, 5: 263-265, Discusses the importance of geographical knowledge in wartime, 1174 Health Education in a Democracy, by Dr, C. E. A. Elnslow, SCIENCE (Lancaster, Pa.), Fob. 26, 1943, v. 97, no, 2513; 189-192, Discusses health education from the community aspect, stressing the need for development of preventive programs and the importance of thinking in terms of world health, and of a type of education that comprehends cooperative living on an international scale foilowing t he w ar . 1175 High School Science and Mathematics in Relation to the. Manpower Problems, A Report of the Cooperative Committee on Science Teaching, SCHOOL SCIENCE AID MATHEMATICS (Menasha, His.), Feb. 1945, v, 43, no. 373; 127-157. Discusses the nature of the manpower problem as it affects youth end proposals for high school training to prepare young people to help meet the manpower needs. Suggests ways of reorganizing the physics, biology, chemistry, and mathematics programs so as to achieve immediate goals without unnecessary sacrifice in the know- ledge of those subjects, 1176 High-School Teacher on the Home Front, by H, H, Mills, CLEARING HOUSE (New Yo&k), Dec, 1942, v, 17, no, 4: 225-226. Stresses the importance of the work of the individual teacher in helping youth to an understanding of and faith in the democratic way of lifej and of furnishing opportunities for youth to contribute to the continuance of that way of life. JQd. 2 DUCAT,I ON (Cent.) 1177 History iri the College .During the Presort iar, by Robert E, >:iogol* SOCIAL EDUCATION' (Lashington), Fob, 1943, v, 7, no. 2; 58-61, Considers the special problems of teaching history in the college during the war. 1178 The Impact of bar on the Secondary School Curriculum, by G, Franklin • Stover, EDUCATIONAL OUTLOOK (University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia), ■ ■•March 1945, v. 17, no, 3; 123-129, Discusses curriculum changes, finding that increased emphasis on science and physical fitness have boon needed and that the division between curricular and extra-curricular activities may be breaking * .''down. Believes certain long-standing inadequacies of the schools - Pro being corrected but care must bo taken not to sacrifice essential valuo s. 1179 Japanese as an Enemy Language, • by Jo-snoh K, Yamagiwa, 6,11 Chi GLEE (*\mi Arbor), Fob, 20, 1945, v, 49, no. 15; 150-151, Discusses- the need for greater knowledge of the Japanese language as an instrument of war• Gives a brief illustration of teaching • aothods, 1180 John and Joan and Pvt. Halligan, by Charles G, Spicglor, CLEARING HOUSE (Now York), Doc. 1942, v. 17*, no. 4; 207-211." Offers- a plan for morale-building.activities which high schools night use, based on a survey of -the needs of non .stationed in tho nearest military encampment, 1181 Junior .College Education for (.hio.rgoncy, by Aline hard,' JUNIOR COLLEGE JCURlidj (Washington) ,• Dec, 1942,. v. 13, no, 4: 18.7-19.1, Believes that the merger of the liberal arts program with useful methods and materials in junior college scheme makes the junior -collego curriculum easily adapted to the war emergency, 1182 Leader Training for Group Caro of School Age Children,' Lansing, Midi., Department of Public Instruction, 1942, 25 p. (Mimoo,) List of Rp- ■ foroncos, (Bulletin not 5040; Service Series) ’A guide;-for teachers and loaders1 who! may-be drawn' into the ‘war • child care program. -Discusses creative1 activities, gomes and recreation, health, and child development, 1183 Liberal Arts 1 Education in a Lor Id at ear,’ by dendoil L, .illkic, SOUTH ATLANTIC -QUARTERLY' (Durban, N.C.), April 1943, v, 42, no, 2: 105-112. Urges that (liberal arts education should bo as much a part of our war planning -‘as.; technical training, 1184 Liberal Education, the Social Sciences and Total Liar, by dilliani Clark Trow. SCHOOL JYD -SOCIETY (.Lancaster, Pa.), May 8, 1943, v. '57, no. 1460; 522-527. - A plea net to sacrifice education in tho social sciences to those ■ parts of tho curriculum which seem of more immediate i3.1tcrest to the war program,’ XXI. EDUCATION (Cent.) 1135 Looking at Latin Amorica, by Vincont A. MoKivorgan. SCHOOL EXECUTIVE (Now York), Jan, 194-3, v, 62, no, 5: 24-25, 67, illus. Discusses an integrated regional study of Latin America, giving facts about the history, geography, current living conditions, government, and prospects of Latin American countries, for use by secondary schools, 1186 Mathematics and the Maximum Scientific Effort in Total 1,7ar, by Dr, Marston Morse. SCIENTIFIC MONTHLY (Lancaster, Pa.), Jan. 1943, v, 56, no, 1; 50-55. Scientific analysis of mathematics as a basic factor in winning the war. Emphasizes the importance of mathematics in the scientific research for military and industrial purposes. 1187 Mathematics in Relation to Curriculum adaptations, Pro-Induction Courses, and the Victory Corps, MATHEkwTICS TEACHER (Monasha, is), April 1943, v, 36, no, 4; 171-174, (Bibliog.) A reprint of a bulletin issued by the Curriculum Advistory Comigittoo of Now Jersey, States a basic policy for and for girls, and offers specific suggestions as to organization, content and methods of teaching, 1188 The Nation Calls for Mathematics, by Lillian L, Hart• SCHOOL SCIENCE .AID MATHEMATICS (Mcnasha, his.). Fob. 1943, v. 43, no, 373: 105-116. Discusses the background for special war service in the field of mathematics, the nature of the wartime demand for mathematics, and the mathematical situation in the secondary field. 1189 The Ntture of This Aar and amorican Education, by Eric C, Kollman, SCHOOL .AND SOCIETY (Lancaster, Pa.), Feb. 20, 1943,* v. 57, no, 1469: 201-206, States that the schools should adjust themselves to this way by emphasizing mathematics, physical education, languages, and geo- graphy, Suggests some practical extra-curricular activities, such as soci-welfare work, t 1190 The Navy and the Schools, by hi Hi am Exton Jr. NORTH CENTRAL ASSOCIATION ’OJJARTERLY (Ann Arbor), Jan. 1943, v, 17, no, 5: 238-242, Urges schools to teach mathematics, chemistry and physics as valuable helps to later service in the armed forces. Explains several of the Navy training programs which require the cooperation of the colleges, with special emphasis on the V-l program. 1191 The Place of Geography in the Social Studios for Orientation in a "..orId of Changing National Boundaries, by Derwent Ahittlescy. JOURNAL OF GEOGRAPHY (Chicago), Jan. 1945, v, 42; no. 1: 1-6. States that geography is the only subject which offers a base fixed in nature from which the' historical, political, economic, and socio- logical effects of change can bo measured. 1192 Praise the Lord and Pass the Education, by C, E, Le Masscna, MUSICIAN ■ (Now York), Dec. 1942, v. 47, no. 10; 168-171. Discusses tho importance of music and the arts in wartime. XXL . EDUCATION (Cont.) 1193 Preparing Teachers for Nursery Schools, Lansing, Mich., State Depart- ment of Instruction, 1942, 17 p. (Mirioo.) (Bibliog*) (Bulletin no. 3041; Instructional Service Series) Presents an outline for pre-service and in-sorvioo training of teachers for care of children whose mothers arc employed outside the home, 1194 A Program of Nutrition Education in the Elementary School. Hartford, '.Connecticut State Dept, of Education, Division of Instruction, March 1943. 74 p, (Bulletin 27) A suggested program for use in the schools, resulting from studies and suggestions by nutritionists and teachers, ■ 1195 Redirection of the School Program in 'wartime. State Dent, of Education, Baltimore, Md, Dec. 1942, v, 24, no, 2. 149 'p, (Maryland School Bulletin) Deals with curriculum, techniques, and adaption of individual sub- jects to wartime needs, 1196 Report of a Committee of the American Sociological Society on wartime Adjustments in College Sociology Teaching, AMERICAN SOCIOLOGICAL REVIEW (Kenasha, ..is.), Dec. 1942, v, 7, no* 6: part 2; 849-852, Cites confusion of the public mind with regard to the war situation and suggests- new emphases in the social science curriculum, together with an illustrative list of topics. 1197 , The Science Teacher and the war Effort, by Louis M, Neil, PROGRESSIVE EDUCATION (New York), Feb. 1945, v, 20, no. 2: 70-75, Discusses the role the 'secondary school science teacher can play in winning the war and the peace. Outlines a few steps which can be taken to increase the e-ffectiveness of science instruction, 1198 The Social Studies in wartime, by Erling M, Hunt, TEACHERS COLLEGE RECORD (New York), April 1943, v, 44, no, 7: 465-472, Believes that the changes in history teaching introduced during and after the First World War have done little to prepare us for the Second Vie rid War and its aftermath. Advocates the following programs for grades IX to XII: IX, World Georgraphy; X, World history expanded beyond the confines of western civilization; -A, American History, including Canada and Latin America; XII, Modern Problems, or Problems of American Democracy. 1199- The Social Studies Mobilize for Victory, by wilbur F, Murra, BULLETIN OF THE NATIONAL ASSOCIATION OF SECONDARY SCHOOL PRINCIPALS (Washington), March 1943, v, 27, no, 113: 51-55. Summarizes and comments on the recommendations of the National Council for the Social Studies for a wartime social studies program, 1200 Some Aspects of Science Teaching in Relation to Civilian Aefense# by Nathan A. Neal. SCHOOL SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS (Henasha, ..is,), Nov. 1942, v. 42, no. 8: 711-718. • Shows how high school science teachers can help the war effort by teaching the -scientific aspects of protection against gas, fire, and explosives, in their classes, and by familiarizing their students with other civilian defense material. XXL. EDUCATION (Cont.) 1201 Speech Curricula and Activities in Wartime, by Franklin H, Knower, QUARTERLY JOURNAL OF SPEECH (Detroit), April 1943, v. 29, no. 2: 146-151. Discusses professional services, curricular and activity changes and adaptations, and recommendations for other activities for the National Association of Teachers of Speech. 1202 Teachers and Teaching in Wartime. PROGRESSIVE EDUCATION (New York), May 1943, v, 20, no. 5: 231-246. Discusses the conditions teachers face, the morale of teachers, and the curriculum that should be taught in wartime. Includes the ex- periences of various sections of the country. 1203 Teachers, Children and the War, by Genevieve L, Stone, PROGRESSIVE EDUCATION (New York), March 1943, v. 20, no. 3; 132-133. Indicates the changes that will be made in the elementary curricula du to the war. 1204 Toward Democratic Living at School, Washington, Association for Childhood Education, 1943, 31 p. Defines the problem in terms of the various objectives; self-realizatic civic responsibility, and economic efficiency. 1205 Visual Aids in Industrial Training. New National Industrial Con- ference Board, Inc., 1943, 60 p., illus. (Conference Board Reports, Studies in.Personnel Policy, No, 49) Discusses the advantages and limitations of visual aids in education their current use in industrial organizations, and their relation to the industrial training program. 1206 The War and the Curriculum. NEW YORK ST...TE EDUCATION (Albany), Feb, 1943, v, 30, no, 5: 326-362, This issue of NEW YORK STATE EDUCATION is devoted to all phases of the war’s effect upon school curriculum. 1207 The War and the Curriculum, by L, Thomas Hopkins, EDUCATION (Boston), Feb. 1943, v. 63, no, 6: 346-351. Presents positive and negative values in the effect of total war on the schools. Sees a new concept of education emerging, based on common experiences and an application of education to specific uses. Indicates unlimited opportunities in teacher training. Sees dangers in the development of authoritarian controls over the school, a loss of faith in the ability of the schools to adapt their curricula to present needs and the breakdown of family life. 1208 War and the Education of Teachers, by Earl S. Johnson. EDUCATIONAL METHOD (Washington, D.C.), March 1943, v. 22, no. 6: 254-258. Sees that a global education for a global peace depends upon an integration of the branches of the social knowledge and a greater reciprocity between them and the humanistic and scientific studies. 1209 The War: 0Ur Children--Our Schools--Our.Community, PROGRESSIVE EDUCATION (New York), March 1943, v. 20, no, 3: 126-130, Indicates that the war has brought a broadening of the child's outlook and an interest in current events and a deeper sense of responsibility toward the community and the nation. XXI. EDUCATION (Cont.) 1210 ’ War Responsibilities of the Speech Correctionist, by Raymond Carhart. QUARTERLY•JOURNAL OF SPEECH (Detroit), April 1943, v. 29, no, 2: 137-140. Discusses the professional functions that speech correctionists can perform in behalf of the war effort. The functions are: help to over- come speech defects in men liable for military service] aid persons engaged in essential civilian activities to assume more important duties by helping them overcome handicaps of speech] supply speech rehabilitation opportunities to war injury cases] and maintain school and community speech correction services. 1211 Wartime Adjustments in Mathematics, by H. T. Moncure, VIRGINIA JOURNAL OF EDUCATION (Richmond), Jan. 1945, v0 36, no, 5: 173-174, Outlines methods used to develop speed and accuracy, refresher courses, and other adjustments in the mathematics curriculum brought a.bout by the war conditions. 12125 Wartime Adjustments in San Diego Schools, by Charles J. Falk, CURRICULUM JOURNAL (Nashville), Feb. 1945, v, 14, no, 2; 65-68. Points out changes in secondary school curriculum.in San Diego caused by the war. Discusses aviation education, mathematics, physical science, health education, home economics, social studies, art and music, and victory corps organization. 1213 Wartime and Peacetime Programs in Music Education, by Charles Seeger, MUSIC EDUCATORS JOURNAL (Chicago), Jan, v. 29, no. 3: 12-14. Finds the organization of music education well prepared to meet the demands of war and suggests adjustment to meet necessary curtailments of old activities, 1214 The Wartime Curriculum, by John E, Wade, JOURILJj OF E DUG. ID 10IL*L SOCIOLOGY (New iork), March 1943, v, 16, no, 7; 403-406. The Superintendent of Schools of New York City describes the revisions in the curriculum, chiefly in the high schools, designed to train the students for war service. 1215 War-time Education, by Oron E. Long, HAWAII EDUC.ATIOILJLi REVIEW (Honolulu), Dec, 19424 v. 31, no, 4: 105, 115-116. Surveys the present school program and finds■subjects taught of great importance for the war and the peace. Calls for greater emphasis on more effective teaching, 1216 War-Time Problems in Industrial Arts, by Homer J, Smith. EDUCATION (Boston April 1943, v, 63, no, 8; 480-485, Lists thirty-six suggestions for industrial arts teachers in meeting wartime problems. 1217 What the Schools Should Teach in Wartime, (issued by) Educational Policies Commission. Washington, National Education Association of the United States acid the American Association of School Administrators, Jan. 1943. i 32 p. Considers the long-range needs of the•elementary schdols and the immediate needs of the high school with respect to training for citizen-* ship and wartime vocations. XXU EDUCATION (Cont.) 1218 Lhatfs happening in the Colleges, by Harry Lorin Blinsso. COHLONLEAL (Nov; York), April 30, 1943, v, 38, no, 2: 35-56, Views the changes in college education in the light of new textbooks being published. Finds emphasis very largely on technical subjects to the exclusion of literature, philosophy and history. The college courses to be given to selected members of the Armed Forces, however, place emphasis on history and literature, 1219 binning the Aar: a Job for the Schools, by A, F, Ross. SOCIAL STUDIES (Philadelphia), Feb, 1945, v, 34,. no«. 2; 51-53, Calls upon teachers to supply dynamic leadership in building morale and considers typical qualities that contribute to a healthy morale, 1220 Young Children Learn the ..ays of Democracy, by Frances R, Norwich. ELEMENTARY ENGLISH- REVIEL ( Chicago) , March 1943, v. 20, no, 3: 98-102. Explains how children of the primary grades can learn the moaning of "American freedom” and of "patriotism,” through books and language expression which make these words understandable to young children. 2, In Schools of Armed Services 1221 (The Army and iidult Education,-) El Ejercito y la Eduoacion del Adulto, por el Tte, Corl, Luis Ramirez Fentanes, REVIST.i DEL EJERCITO (Mexico, Estado Mayor Presidencial, Mexico City), June 1942, v, 22, no, 3: 12-17. Outlines a plan for employing the army as a medium to assist in wiping out illiteracy, 1222 ■ The ii.rmy Institute, by Col, Francis T. Spaulding, PROCEEDINGS OF THE TLENTY-SEVENTH CONVENTION OF THE NATIONAL UNIVERSITY EXTENSION ASSOCIATION (Pennsylvania State College, Harrisburg), May 18-20, 1942, v. 24: 52-61. Discusses the organization of the Institute, the courses it offers and why they were chosen, and the relationship between the Institute . and the college courses, 1223 Army Specialized Training Program. SCHOOL .RID COLLEGE NT (Phila- delphia), May 1943, v, 3, no, 4; 48-52. Digests a speech by Colonel Herman Leukoma, Director of the Army Specialized Training Division, in which ho explains the aims of the army’s Specialized Training Program, its curricula, method of selection and assignment of trainees, schedule, standards and discipline, 1224 Developments in the Army Education Service. TIMES EDUCATIONAL SUPPLEMENT (London), 10, 1943, 33 Year, no, 1468: 171, Discusses the Australian Amy education service, its discus-sion groups, and instruction in different subjects. 1225 Education in Uniform: The and Navy Programs for the Colleges, by Harold T7. Dodds. ATLANTIC MONTHLY’ (Boston), Feb. 1943, v. 171, no. 2: 41-45. Discusses the programs by-which Navy, and Aar Manpower Commission are enlisting certain colleges in the training schemes. XXI. EDUCATION (Cont.) 1226 Education Setup. TRL..D (Fulton, Mo.), Dec, 1942, v. 57, no. 2: 40-41. Discusses the Aipny educational plan and.its effect on liberal education as well as the Navy’s program for educational training of enlisted men. 1227 (The Military School and Its Role in Molding the Officer.-) La Escuela Militar en su Rape 1 de Formacion del Oficial, by General Felipe de la Barra, REVISTA MILITAR (Bolivia, Estado Mayor General del EJercito, La Pas), duly and Aug. 1942, v. 7, no, 63, 64: 612-616. 1228 Reconstruction in the Army, II. Education's Fart, by Col. A. white, ARMY QUARTERLY (London), Feb. 1943, v. 45, no. 2: 223-229. Discusses the importance of education in the reconstruction and resettlement of men in the armed forces, 1229 The Services Take-Over, by Louis Harris and Krane. THRESHOLD (New York Feb. 1943, v. 3, no, 3: 17-19, 32. Discusses the effects upon curriculum and student life of the Army-Navy training program in the colleges. Fears the reactionary trend of military domination. 1230 Some Educational Opportunities for iAen and 7,omen in the .Armed Services, by Paul E. Slicker / BULLETIN OFTHE NATIONAL ASSOCIATION OF SECONDARY- SCHOOL PRINCIPALS (Washington), Feb. 1945, v. 2.7, no,. 112: 79-83. Lists the objectives of the Army Institute, tells methods of enrollment cost and credits to be obtained, and how these credits may be applied in the postwar period. 1231 South African Army Education at the Front, by Francois S. Gillie, aDQLT EDUCATION JOURNAL (New York), ..pril 1943-, v. 2, no; 2: 90-92; Describes a comprehensive; scheme of army education which is designed to interpret the basic social and political issues -of this war to the men who are fighting it. 1232 Speech Training of Army and Navy Officers, by Louis a. Mallory. QUARTERLY JOURNAL OF SPEECH (Detroit), April 1943, v. 29, no. 2; 140-143. Discusses the status, of speech, instruction.-in Army and Naval training and the type of instruction given. . 1233 The Training of Youth in;Eartime, by Charles J, Turck. INTERCOLLEGIaN (New York)', March 1943/ v. 60, no. 5: 101-102. Believes that it is. a^mistake to discard liberal education during wartime, and tells why educators failed to secure some recognition of liberal education, in,the army plan, C, Adult,Consumer,and Vocational, Education- 1234 Adult Education in Eartime, ADULT EDUCATION JOURNAL (Now York), Jan. 1943, v. 2, no, 1; 63 p. Contains reports of activities by Adult Education, Councils, and articles concerning international citizenship and adaptation of adult edu- cation programs to wartime needs. XXI. EDUCATION (Cont.) 1235 ■ .Air Navigation, by Halo Pickett. MATHEMATICS TEACHER (Monasha, 'is.), ■ March 1943, v. 36, no. 3: 109-113. Suggests that the fundamentals of Practical Air Navigation should be taught in high schools. Believes that the practical applications of physics, physical geography and mathematics in a properly organized course in aeronautics, vdll make those sciences more meaningful to secondary students. 1236 American Teachers and a People’s Peace, by John L. Childs. AMERICAN TEACHER (Chicago), April 1943, v, 27, no, 7: 5-8. Surveys the growing difficulties impeding the development of a just peace and urges teachers to clarify postwar problems, particularly in adult education. 1237 Austin Takes to the Air, by Guy 0. Tollerud, SCHOOL SHOP (Am Arbor), May 1943, v. 2, no, 9: 8-9, A description of what one school is doing under the new Minnesota aviation education program. 1238 The Civilian Pilot Training Program, by Edwin F, Smollio. PROCEEDINGS OF THE TLENTY-SEVENTH. AUHJAL CONVENTION OF THE NAI01AL UNIVERSITY EXTENSION ASSOCIATION (Pennsylvania State College, Harrisburg), May 18-20, 1942, v, 24; 47-52. Discusses the conversion of the civilian pilot training program from a defense program to a war program, and indicates some of the develop- ments which directly affect the relationships of the colleges to the C.A.A, program. 1239 Consumer Education; Background, Present Status, and Future Possibilities, Edited by James E, Mendenhall, Office of Price administration, and Honry Harap,,.Now York, Appleton-Century, 1943, x, 399 p. Contributions by authorities in various consumer organizations setting forth the part that their agencies can play in educating the individual and the community toward an intelligent participation in the govern- ment’s program. 1240 Consumer Education and Victory, by Murrary Banks, NATION'S SCHOOLS (Chicago), Jan. 1943, v. 51, no, 1; 15, Emphasizes the importance of acceptance by the American public of wartime controls of their economic and social life. 1241 Education for the Air Ago, by Lylo 17, Ashby, JOURNAL OF THE NATIONAL EDUCATION ASSOCIATION OF THE UNITED STATES (Washington), %rch 1943, v. 32, no. 3; 73-76. Discusses aviation education during wartime in high schools and college and under the Civil Aeronautics Authority and the Civil Air Patrol. ,1242 Education for the Air Age, Report of Study Conference HGld at York State College for Teachers, Albany, June22-27, 1942, Albany University of the State of Nov/ York, 1942, 19 2 p. Contains discussion of recant trends in aeronautics and their effect on secondary education; and reports on aviation education as related to specific subjects, such as science and mathematics and sacial studie XXI. EDUCATION (Cont.) 1243 Education’s Rosponsibilty in Pride Control, by William B, Brown. JOURNAL OF EDUCATIONAL SOCIOLOGY (New York), Jan. 1943, v. 16, no, 5: 279-286. Stresses the important responsibility education has today and contends that it is one institution which can familiarize the public with the aims and functions of price control and rationing, 1244 The Farmer Takes A Course, SCHOOL EXECUTIVE (New York), April 1943, v, 62, no, 8: 55-36. Discusses the Federal program of Rural War Production Training through which the schools can assist farmers to become more efficient producer5 of foods, 1245 Helping 4-F’s to Vocational Adjustment, by Edgar Li, Stover. OCCUPATIONS (New York), March 1943, v. 21, no, 7: 518-521. Describes the organization, procedure and work being done by an agency in New York set up to help Army classification 4-F*s in vocational re- adjustment . 1246 High School Flight Training. AIR TRAILS PICTORIAL- (New York), March 1943, v, 19, no, 6: 25, 66. Indicates that the official trial flight-instruction program held in twenty-two high schools have proved practical for high school student. 124-7 A High School Staff Prepares Urban Boys for Farm York, by Stephen M. Corey. PROGRESSIVE EDUCATION (New York), Feb. 1943, v.20, no, 1: 80-81, Discusses the work the faculty of the Laboratory Schools of the Uni- versity of Chicago is doing to prepare high school boys for farm work in the summers. Seminars are arranged to give boys full information about farm life and labor in order to make their experience on the farm interesting and educational, l * 1248 High-School Vocational Teachers and the bar Effort in Agriculture, by Roy H. Thomas, HIGH SCHOOL JOURNAL (Chapel Hill, N.C.), Jan.-Feb. 1943, v. 26, nos. 1-2; 16-17. Describes the adaptation of teaching and community programs in North Carolina by teachers of vocational agriculture to moot the demands of the war program in rural districts. Shows that emphasis is placed on growing those crops and livestock needed to win the war, 1249 Industrial Education and the Rigors of 17ar, by Thomas A, Hippaka, EDU- CATION (Boston), April 1943, v. 63, no. 8: 486-492. ■ Discusses developments in industrial education to moot the demand for technically trained personnel in the army and industry. 12 50' Learning DMle Earning in wartime, by Y. C, March. JUNIOR COLLEGE JOURNAL (Washington), Fob. 1943, v. 13, no, 6: 277-281, Describes present working opportunities for junior college students, ventures in cooperative training by the junior colleges to fill busi- ness demands, and advantages of combining school with work. EDUCATION (Cont.) 1251 The Mystery and Mastery of the Air, by E. Laurence Palmer. Cornell Rural School Leaflet (Ithaca, N.Y.), Uan. 1943, v, 36, no, 3: 32 p. diagrs. A presentation for students of the elementary principles of ballons, planes and gliders, and of atmospheric factors in their use. 1252 Not School or work but work and School, by A. Mi. Turrell. SCHOOL EXECUTIVE (New York), v, 62, no, 9: 19-20. Describes a school-aviation plant plan developed by the Lockheed Air- craft Corporation in cooperation with the Pasadena Junior College by which four full weeks at school alternates with four weeks in the air- craft plant'.' 1253 A People’s War and a People’s Future, by Robert Gordon Sprbul. LIFELONG LEARNING (University of California, Extension Division, Berkeley), May 5, 1943, v. 12, no, 44: 6 p. (folded) The President of the University says we must choose between a people’s future and a World War III, and offers suggestion to the adult edu- cation movement for war and postwar programs, 1254 The Schools and the Economic Home Front by J.E. Greene. HERALD (Atlanta, Ga.), Dec. 1942, v. 9, no. 2: 4, 17, Explains the work of the Educational Services Branch of OPA and the role which the schools are expected to play in the program of consumer education, 1255 Solving Wartime Problems in Distributive Education, by Norris A, Brisco and 0, Preston Robinson, JOURNAL OF RETAILING (New York), April 1943, v. 19, no. 2: 51-55. Insists that although greatly hampered by wartime restrictions, the program of consumers’ education is still being carried on, 1256 A Technique for the War Production Training Program, by S. Joe Williams. INDUSTRIAL ARTS AND VOCATIONAL EDUCATION (Milwaukee, Wis.), March 1943, v, 32, no, 3: 111-114. Outlines a war production training program for schools. 1257 Through Two Wars, by Harold J. Van Westrienen. MICHIGAN VOCATIONAL OUTLOOK (State Board of Control for Vocational Education, Lansing), Dec, 1942, v. 5, no, 2: 82-86, .graphs. Reviews briefly the first twenty-five years of organized trade and industrial education in Michigan and foresees possible continued grow- th in small communities and sparsely settled areas, through expanding present services in the larger areas, and through improvement of in- structional methods and practices, 1258 Training of Older Persons for War Production Industries, by George P, Hambrecht, PUBLIC WELFARE (Chicago), iviay 1943, v, 1, no, 5: 148-153. Discusses the results of the training of older persons in the voca- tional and adult .education schools of Wisconsin, XXI. EDUCATION (Cont.) 1259 .iLyaining Mar Production Workers, State Board of Control for Vocationa Md'cation in Cooperation with the U, S. Office of Education, Lansing, kich, 1942, 64 p,, tables, illus,, organization chart. (Bulletin 285) Biennial report of the Michigan program of vocational training for war prediction workers, vocational training for rural war production workers, and training for youth employed on NYA work projects, for the biennium ended June 30, 1942. 1260 University Extension in wartime, by Russell M, Grumman. PROCEEDINGS OF TIT TWENTY - SEVENTH ANNUAL CONVENTION OF THE NATIONAL UNIVERSITY EXTENSION .. N ASSOCIATION (Pennsylvania State College, Harrisburg), Lay 18-20, 1942, v, 25: 17-22. Indicates that college extension divisions are prepared with trained personnel and equipped with modern teaching facilities to cope with tin situation confronting them today and stand ready to serve in total war through cooperative action. Discusses national contacts and services, and regional, state, and community services. 1261 Vocational Guidance Now, by Marguerite W# Zapoleon, INTERNATIONAL ALTRUSA1 (Chicago), Feb. 1943, v, 20, no, 5: 8-9. Stresses the need for vocational counseling, for girls in school, and for mature women who have had little or network experience and are being asked to do war work now, 1262 Vocational Training and Employment of Youth, by Selden 0, Menefee. U.S. Work Projedts Administration, Division of Research, Washington, U. S, Govt, Print, ,, 1942. (Research Monograph 26) 152 p., illus. Presents information regarding the characteristics and work histories of youth who have received full-time vocational training under standard established by the Smith-Hughes Act.• 1263 Vocational Training for National Defense. Twelth Biennial Report of the State Division of Vocational Education in Oregon, Salem, June 30, 1942: 22-27. Lists training classes'and types of occupations for which workers were trained. 1264 Vocational Training Problems ;,hen the War Ends, by J. C, Wright. U, S. Office of Education, Washington, U, S, Govt, .Print, Off., 1943. 40 p,chart Surveys the general situation, problems affecting all fields of vocational education and special problems in specific fields, 1265 Vocational War-Training in Kentucky. Frankfort, Kentucky, State Dept, of Education, Jan, 1943, v, 10, no. 11; 1226-1268. 42 p, (numbered, illus. Describes the courses, organization and financing of industrial and rural war-production training courses in the state of Kentucky. 1266 War Production Training for Victory. Educational Press Bulletin, prepared by members of the state staff of the Board for Vocational Education in cooperation with the war production training centers in Illinois, Spring- field, Superintendent of Public Instruction, Nov, 1942, v, 35, no, 5; 24 p Reports on the program of the public schools of Illinois in cooperation with the U.S, Office of Education, for training workers for war indus- tries, Includes a directory of training centers. XXL. EDUCATION ( Cont.) 1267 The War Situation and Adult" Education, by Edmund DeS, Brunner, morse A. Cartwright, and Ailbur C. Hallenbeck. TEACHERS COLLEGE RECORD (New York), Jan". 19437~v. 44, no. 4; 267-274. Discusses the status of.adult education at present and its possi- bilities in wartime, 1268 War Training for .•omen at Iowa State College, IOWA STATE COLLEGE BULLETIN (Ames), Dec. 23, 1942, v. 41, no, 30; 8 p. Describes the needs for women in war work and the training courses being given at -Iowa State College, including short direct training for war industry and short training for agricultural work, 1269 ’wartime Training in Physics; Third Report of the War Policy Committee of the American Institute of Physics, Dec, 7, 1942, JOURNAL OF APPLIED PHYSK (New York), Jan, 1943, v, 14, no, 1:1-7. Surveys the needs for war physicists, .type and amount of training re- quired, availability of students and of teachers, and offers specific recommendations for a working program for high schools, colleges and special schools, 1270 Wartime Vocational Training, Conference Committee American Association of School Administrators, and the Committee on Education, Chamber of Commerce of the United States, (Washington, U. S.Chamber of Commerce, 1943) 8 p. Recommends cooperation between the U.S, Employment Service, educational institutions and private industry in a training program for war workers, to include school and apnrentice training courses, rural courses and vocational schools, 1271 We Make Them; Vitalizing the War Production Worker Training Program Thrqugh .Fabrication of Useful Tools and Equipment, State Board of Control for Vocational Education, Lansing, Mich, 1942. 43 p,, illus., (Bulletin no, 284) (Mimeo.) Contains procedures, forms and progress sheets to be used in a state program for fabricating tools and equipment, C,. Administration, Finance and Community Relations< 1. General; 2. Guidance and Counselling. 1272 Administering Those War Activities, by H. H, Mills. NATION’S SCHOOLS (Chicago), Jan. 1945, v, 31, no, 1; 42. Lists ways in which a committee of teachers appointed in each school to serve as a clearing house for war information pertinent to the school and community, might function. 1273 Air Raid Precautions in the Schools, Lansing. Mich. Dept, of Public Instruction, 1942, 17 p, (Mimeo.) (Bibliog.; (Bulletin no, 3039; In- structional Service Series) ■ Offers suggestions for developing sound plans for air raid precautions and discusses the need and the instructional values of planning. XXI . EDI CATION .(Cont,) 1274 Attempts to Meet Teacher Shortage in Virginia, by Edward Alvey Jr, LLiDISON QUARTERLY (Harrisburg, Va.), Jan. 1943, v, 3, no. 1: 1-5. Lists steps that have been taken and suggestions offered of ways to meet the growing teacher shortage. Finds the method most commonly in use at present is acceleration of students. 1275 Britain’s Educational Effort, by Gilbert Murray, FREE WORLD (New York), May 1943, v, 5, no, 455-459,. , , Discusses the impact of the war on the universities, the public schoolr and the Board of Education schools, and measures taken to preserve .standards. Also describes steps taken for instruction in the army and the enlargement of courses to include outstanding issues and pro- blems of the day. 1276 British Schools Carry on, .by Sir Frederick Mender, SQHOOL EXECUTIVE (New York), May 1943, v. 62, no, 9; 26-27. Discusses how the teacher shortage was overcome; the rationing of new teachers; the effect of the war on the amount of education re- ceived; and the disruption caused by flow of children between cities and evacuation centers. 1277 Brit ish Universities in War, by .Morley, NEWS BULLETIN (institute of International Education, New York), March 1, 1945, v, 18, no, 6: 15-16. Shows that liberal arts students are not deferred after the age of 18 in England, that an increasing number of students will be sent back from the forces for service courses, that women students are only allowed to complete two years in university, and that technical stu- dents are deferred until they complete their courses, 1278 Budget Making During the War Emergency. PENNSYLVANIA PUBLIC INSTRUCTION (Dept, of Public Instruction, Harrisburg), Jan, 1943, v, 10, no, 5: 8-9, Finds that the schools are facing a period of high labor and material costs, with pressures for teacher salary adjustments and also for re- duction of local taxes. Favors reduction of debt and adjustments ofidteacher salaries rather than lowering of taxation, 1279 Catholic Schools in Wartime, by Rt, Rev, Magr, George Johnson, Ph. D, CATHOLIC SCHOOL JOURNAL (Milwaukee), Jan. 1945, v. 43, no. 1: 9-10. Indicates that the Catholic schools are ready to cooperate with any educational reorganization the ’war may demand. Discusses the problem of acceleration in the college and high school program. 1280 Chinese Universities During the War, by Ch’en Li-Fu. EDUCATIONAL RECORD (Washington), April 1943, v, 24, no, 2: 130~155, tables. Contains information of the number of students and universities in China in 1936, 1937, 1940, and 1941-42, Discusses the redistribution of colleges since the war, plans for higher education formulated to meet the needs of war and national reconstruction, war damages and property losses of national universities and colleges in war areas, and international cultural cooperation of Chinese universities. . XXI. EDUCATION (-Cont.) 1281 College Women Students and the War, by Margaret S. Morriss. EDUCATIONAL RECORD (Washington). Jan. 1945, v, 24, no, 1: 55-43. Recommends that the colleges train women for the many war activities open to them insofar as it is possible. Urges acceleration of the four-year program, 1282 Community Schools for Democracy, by N. L, Engelhardt, TEaCHERS OODSEGE RECORD (New York), Dec. 1942, v. 44, no, 3: 181-186, Considers changes in the school plant which war andpostwar community needs are likely to bring about. Foresees expanded use of school buildings by adult groups, and for recreational and other purposes. 1283 Draft’s Impact on Education, by John McGregor Littell. LITTELL II GSST (South Orange, N, J,), 1945, no, 28: 1-19, mimeo. Discusses the detrimental effects the dt*aft has had on higher edu- cation--on students and professors. Believes the federal program of taking over colleges to train personnel for the armed forces is a serious threat to our democratic way of life, 1284 Education in Britain. Part II, School Buildings by E, Maxwell Fry, F,R, I.B.A. BRITAIN TO DRY (London), Nov, 1942, no. 79; 10-14. Considers postwar school architecture from the standpoint of community and natiom1 planning. p 1285 Educational and Psychological roblems of Evacuation; an analysis of Experience in England by J. C. henna. Melbourne, Australia, Australian Council for Educational Research, 1942, 54 p., illus. Shows the part which educational and psychological services should play in wholesale evacuations. The mistakes made in the evacuation of English children proved costly, 1286 The Effect of the War on College Women and Mathematics, by Julia Wells Bower, MATHEMATICS TEACHER (Menasha, Wis,), April 1943, v. 56, no, 4: 175-178. (Bibliog,) Outlines the various fields of war work which are open to ’women who major in various types of mathematics and other sciences, 1287 Effect of War on Student Employment, by A, Leo Ellis, Jr, JUNIOR COLLEGE JOURNAL (Washington), March 1943, v, 13, no, 7; 341-342. Gives results of an analysis of student placements made by the Los Angeles City College in an effort to determine the effect of the war on temporary and part-time student employment, 1288 An Experiment in Conservation. SCHOOL, & SOCIETY (Lancaster,sPa.), Jan. 30, 1943, v, 57, no. 1466; 123-124., Recommends ways for universities to conserve in the use of buildings and grounds, the use of electricity and gas, heat, water, supplies, equipment, and facilities, stationery and postage. Advocates educating the student body in the principles of nutrition, first aid, and care ' of the sick. XXI. EDUCATION (Cent.) 1289 Federal Loans for Students, by Kendric N, Marshall. SCHOOL AND COLLEGE PLACEMENT SERVICE (Philadelphia), May 1943, v. 3, no. 4; 54-61. Describes the program initiated by the Government for loans to needy students? with a view to maintaining the supply of technically and professionally trained personnel necessary to the war effort. 1290 The Foundation of Freedom. Annual Report of the Executive Secretary of the National Education Association of the United States, (Washington), June 1943. 32 p., illus. 1291 Freedom of Instruction in War Time, by Walter Cerf. PUBLIC OPINION QUARTERLY (Princeton), Winter 1942, v, 6, no, 1: 576-587. Interprets freedom of instruction in terras of cultural power, 1292 The Good School for the Young Child in Wartime, by Howard Lane, EDUCATION (Boston), Feb. 1943, v, 63, no, 6; 352-358. Considers v/hether wartime offers schools unique opportunities, how we can make children secure in the midst of threat of war, how we can promote drives and campaigns among the children in a manner that will accomplish their purposes and be good for the children, how- children’s questions abouj; the causes of the war should be. answered, and how the school can prepare children for the pace, 1293 How Shall a Wartime Program for Schools Be Developed? by Hollis L,. Caswell. TEACHERS COLLEGE RECORD (New York), Jan. 1943, v. 44, no. 4: 275-284. Presents suggestions for taking care of the general wartime problems which the local school faces. 1294 How the College Admission Office Will Receive the HighSchool’s Wartime Curriculum; I, by Harold Spears, SCHOOL REVIEW (Chicago), Jan. 1943, v* 51, no. 1; 13-20. (To be continued) Faces the challenge to secondary school educators in the High-School Victory Corps plan of the U. S. Office of Education., Reports the results of a letter sent to 31 colleges and universities by the Suburban League comprised of seven high schools bordering Chicago, Which sought their attitude on revision of entrance requirements.. 1295 How the College Admission Office Will Receive,The High School’s Wartime Curriculum, II, by Harold Spears. SCHOOL REVIEW (Chicago), Feb. 1943, v, 31, no, 2: 93-99, Considers the attitude of colleges which in response to an inquiry indicated their unwillingness to adapt their entrance requirements to wartime conditions by accepting some practical courses in lieu of the usual preparatory curriculum, 1,296 Impact of War on Teacher Placement Service. WAR MANPO ,ER REVIEW (U.S. Manpower Commission, Washington), Feb. 1943, v. 10, no. 2: 11-15. Reports on surveys conducted by the U.S, Office of Education, as follows: Arkansas, by B, F. A1lbright, Wisconsin, by James F, Wallace, Idaho, by Leslie L, Sudweeks, XXI. EDUCATION (Cont.) ]_297 The Induction of Secondary-School Teachers, by M, W, Tat el SCHOOL REVIEW (Chicago), March 1943, v. 51, no. 5; 150-157, Report dealing with a questionnaire study of teach©r**indu ction pro- grams in the medium-si zed high schools in Idaho, Considers the commo: problems of adjustment, the most helpful induction practices, and the extent to which superintendents believe it possible to put into uso instructional practices which are deviations from generally employed practices, 1298 Inter-American Cooperation Through Colleges and Universities, Tj. S, Offi< of Education, Washington, U, S. Govt* Print, Off,, 1943, 34 p. (Educatio: and. National Defense Series, pamphlet no, 14) Describes activities relating to the exchange of students with Latin American countries. Discusses problems of students from other Ameri- can countries coming to our colleges, of our students at their colleger of educators from other Timor loan Republics coming to our colleges, and of relations between educational institutions of the various countries, 1299 ’’Know Your Points”: How High Schools Can Help the New Rationing Program, by Walter D, Cocking, HIGH SCHOOL JOURNAL (Chapel Hill, N.C.), Gan,-Feb. 1943, v, 26, no, 1-2; 5-9, Explains why the rationing of processed foods is necessary, how point rationing differs from unit rationing, and how the point rationing system works, 1300 Need Supervision Be a War Casualty? by E, T, MeSwain, EDUCATION (Boston), Fob, 1943, v. 63, no, 6; 333-339, Sots forth the opportunities and responsibilities of supervision in wartime. Suggests ways to avoid repetition of casualties common durii the last war and in depression years. 1301 Notes on Education in Other Countries at War, NATIONaL ASSOCIATION OF SECOND.JRY-SCHOOL PRINCIP.HS BULLETIN (Washington), March 1943, v. 27, no, 113: 33-36, Contains notes from the Office of War Information on wartime educatior in Britain, in occupied Holland, in Norway, juvenile deliquency in Denmark, the Nazi battle to control education in Norway, wartime education in Japan, Germany, and Italy, 1302 Off-Campus Workshops in Wartime Teacher Education, by Maurice F. Seay, EDUCATIONAL RECORD (Washington), April 1943, v. 24, no, 2; 136-147. Discusses the shortages of teachers and programs of in service edu- cation of teachers and practical short-term programs of prcservicc * education closely related to the in-service education that is to follow. Believes that widespread shortages cannot be averted and that many inadequately trained persons must be trained in these programs and employed as teachers, 1303 Our Church Colleges in Wartime,, by Gould Wickey. LUTHERAN (Philadelphia), April 7, 1943, v. 25, no, 27: 6-7, Answers the question, ’’Will the church colleges be saved from financia collapse?” by giving facts about wartime adjustments that have been necessary, relationships with government programs, and an analysis of reasons why the colleges should be supported. XXI. EDUCATION (Cont.) 1304 Outside the Classroom, by L, B, Sharp. EDUCATIONAL FORUM (New York), May 1945, v. 7, no, 4: 361-368, . Discusses the emphasis that is being placed upon teaching of a wider range of skills in education, the community school plan, which provide for acitivitics in the community, and outdoor education, 1305 The Parent-Teacher Mar-Time Program, by %s. E. T. Hale, CALIFORNIA CHIL DREN (Sacramento), Sept. 15, 1942, v, 5, no, 9; 2-8. Tells of the programs carried out by local units in the fields of juvenile protection, student loans, radio education,-student welfare, > the exceptional child and parent education; and of the relationship o: the parent-teacher organization to the State Department's of .elfare. Health and Education, 1306 The People and TheirJSchools, by Goorgo Henry. COMMON SENSE (New York), t April 1943, v. 12, no, 4: 118-120. Describes the opportunities for mutual exchange between parents and teachers brought by rationing and other wartime measures, 1307 The Placement Service in the Emergency, PENNSYLVANIA PUBLIC INSTRUCTION (Dept,'of Public Instruction, HarrisburgJan, 1943, v, 10, no, 5: 19-2C Considers the factors of teacher distribution,- deflection- into industi and deflection into military service during the emergency and the special responsibilities of the placement service of the Department of Public Instruction, 1308 President*s Report Issue, 1941-1942, MASSACHUSETTS INSTITUTE OF TECHN0L0( BULLETIN (Cambridge), Oct. 1942, v. 78, no. 1: 232 p. Contains material on manpower contributions of the Institute, special war training, war research, students under war conditions, and changes in educational policy due to the war, 1309 The Principal and His School in wartime, by Russell T. Gregg. BULLETIN OF THE NATIONAL ASSOCIATION OF SECONDARY-SCHOOL PRINCIPALS (Washington), Feb. 1943, v. 27, no. 112; 7-18. Discusses the following six objectives of wartime secondary education: preparation for effective citizenship; maintenance of a wholesome -morale; development of health and physical fitness; preparation for vocations and for. the armed- services; preparation for the role of con- sumer; guidance. Discusses also the functions of the schoid-principal in wartime, 131G A Program to Meet the Teacher Shortage, SCHOOL BOARD JOURNAL (Milwaukee). Fob, 1945, v, 106, no, 2; 39, 65. Program urges teachers to stand by their profession and the schools, that public opinion be aroused to the importance of maintaining institions intact through financial supoort, and that teachor-traininf- institutions and placement bureaus pooi their information. A ]_3X]_ .Prospective Revenues for Schools and Libraries in the-War and Post-War Periods, by R. R. Ren ne, LipjARY QUARTER AY (Chicago),, April 1943, v. 15, no, 2; 93998, , '. .. Discusses the present urge to curtail non-war expenditures, decline ii school population, geographic distribution of maorican youth, revisioi of methods.of financing schools and libraries, building up local gove: ment reserves for postwar.school and library finance. XXI. EDUCATION (Cent.) 1313 Role of the Schools in 'Wartime; Community Organization, by Muriel W, • Brown, AJAERIC-ilN SCHOOL BCARD JOURNAL (Milwaukee), March 1943, v, 106, no. 3: 25-27. Suggests techniques which schools nay use in cooperating with their coimTiunities through helping to plan and guide war activities, through interpretative educational programs, and through special services in connection with the war effort, 1313 School and College After the YJar, by Herschel T, Manuel. Austin Texas Commission on Coordination in Education, University Station, April 1943, 11 p., tables. (Research Bulletin no- 17) Discusses comparable tests as a basis for admission to college, and college and school requirements, Army-Navy tests, Inter-American tests and 1942 tests- of college freshmen. 1314 School Supervision in Wartime, by Walter A. .mderson. EDUCATION (Boston), Feb. 1943, v. 63, no, 6: 327-329. Discusses the problems of continuing helpful supervision, retaining the services of well-qualified teachers, providing in-service programs for new teachers as well as those who remain in the schools, helping maintain and build "the good school" for children and youth during wartime, helping reconstruct the school in terns of postwar needs, and achieving new significance as supervisors that this professional service may be recognized for its true worth, 1315 Schools and Manpower - Today and Tomorrow, nmerican Association of School Administrators’ Twenty-first Yearbook. Washington, xoacrican association of School Administraters, Feb. 1943, 448 p., illus., tables, diagrs. A statement of the policies and programs of the association designed to enable the youth of the land to prepare for the demands to be made upon them by the armed services] also in planning for the future, account is taken of a further increase in service occupations. 1316 The Shortage of Instructors in Japanese- and Chinese Languages, SCHOOL & SOCIETY (Lancaster, Pa,), Jan, 30, 1943, v, 57, no, 1466: 125. Discusses the need for Chinese and Japanese language teachers in universities, the Army Intelligence, Navy, and Signal Corps Schools, 1317 The Support of Education in Wartime, (issued by) Educational Policies Commission. Washington, National Education association of the United States and the American association of School administrators, 1942, 16 p. Contains arguments in favor of the support of the educational facili- ties of the country. Holds that federal and state funds for equalizing the support of education in different localities arc necessary. 1318 The Teacher of Industrial Arts and thb War, by Albert F, Slopert, EDU- CATION (Boston), April 1943, v. 63, no. 8: 476-479. Discusses the problem of the industrial arts teacher who has to decide where he can servo best — by remaining in his present job, going into industry, or applying for teaching positions in the technical training courses' in-army camps. XXL. EDUCATION (Cont.) 1319 Teachers and Public Relations in bartime, by Otis A. Crosby, VIRGINIA JOURNAL OF EDUCATION (Richmond), 1945, v. 36, no. 8: 302, 313. Discusses the influence teachers can have on, the public opinion in a community and believes they can stress the importance of education in wartime more adequately than many other agencies. 1320 Teachers and the bar, by Bossio Leo Gambrill, PROGRESSIVE EDUCATION (New York), May 1943, v, 20, no, 5: 208-214, Answers the questions, "How is the war effecting teachers?" and "Hot; ■. is it affecting their personal lives and their professional attitudes and activities?" 1321 Teachers1 Economic Status vs. Increased Living Costs, by R, B. Marshal. LEST VIRGINIA SCHOOL JOURNAL (Charleston, A, Va.), Ban. 1943, v. 71, m 5: 5-7. Discusses the present economic status of best Virginia teachers and indicates that the state school system may deteriorate unless toachors are paid higher salaries to keep then from going into war industries, 1322 Ten College Presidents Consider the "wartime Problems, by Harry boodburn Chase, Harold 17. Dodds, and others. HAT THE COLLEGES ..RE DOING (Boston). Jan. 1945, no, 65; 2-5, , The presidents of New York University, Princeton University, Univorsit of Texas, Purdue University, University of Utah, Tulane University, Miami University, University of T.ashington, and bayne University dis- cuss briefly the*wartime problems confronting Educational institutions 1323 To Set Our Children- Free1 the Design of Schools Must Catch up with Modern Education, by Geoffrey Baker, MAGAZINE OF JIT ( Washington), Dec, 1942, v. 35, no, 8: 234-239, illus. Discusses the buildings and grounds of future American schools, 1324 The Undergraduate and the Armed Forces, PRINCETON ALUMNI MEEKLY (Prince- ton, N.J.), April 16, 1943, v. 43, no, 27; 5-7. Outlines government regulations and opportunities for service offered by the Armed Forces as they Affect college students and Princeton undergraduates in particular, 1325 Aar and Higher Education, by Francis J, Brown. JOURNAL OF EDUCATIONAL SOCIOLOGY (Now York), March 1943, v. 16, no. 7; 406-411. Discusses several specific effects of the war upon higher education; decreasing enrollments; shifts in curricula; and contractual services to the armed forces and to industry, 1326 bar Bonuses for British Toachors, by Hazel Davis, SCHOOL AND SOCIETY (Lancaster, Pa,), Mar. 6, v, 67, no, 1471: 259-261, tables. Tolls of the cost-of-living bonuses that aro being paid to teachers this year ill hundreds: of communities in the United States and what is being done on a nation-wide basis in Groat Britain to adjust teachers1 salaries to- wartime conditions, 1327 bartime Cooperation Between Schools And Parents, by Ralph b. Tyler, UNIVERSITY OF CHICAGO MAG_.ZI.NE (Chicago), March 1943, v, 35, no. 6: 10-12 Discusses factors influencing the effectiveness of education and the war1s Impact on educational standards. XXI. E DUCAT I ON (Cont.) •13 28 Wartime Education and Postwar Careers for Youth, by Arthur J. Jones, EDUCATIONS OUTLOOK (Philadelphia), March 1943, v. 17, no, 3: 97-105, Discusses various attitudes of educators regarding the relation of the school to the mr effort, the aid schools can give to the war effort and the community, tho change in the school curriculum, and speculates on postwar employment conditions. 1329 Wartime Handbook for Education,,,Washington, National Education Associ- ation of the United States, Jan. 1943, 63 p. Presents in brief and highly condensed form a number of practical suggestions for wartime policy and procedure in the schools. The selection of material has been based on tho questions which teachers and administrators are asking about their role in the var effort. 1330 Wartime Public Relations of tho School Director, by-Earl R, Douglass. SCHOOL BOARD JOURNAL (Milwaukee), Feb. 1943, v. 106, no. 2; 17-18. Stresses the responsibility of school directors for a wartime school budget large enough for schools to function effectively. Says that schools must spread democratic ideas and give more technical training related to industries essential to the war effor't, 1331 What Has Happened to tho Schools of England? by Max Black, AMERICAN TEACHER (Chicago), March 1943, v, 27, no, 6: 8-11, chart. Surveys the constructive and destructive effects of the war on Eng- land* s schools. Discusses damage from aerial attack and from ovacu6*' ation, mental health, and tho widespread educational advance that the war is bringing, 2, Guidance and Counselling 13 32 Adjustments to the' Effects of the War on the Secondary School Guidance Program. SCHOOL AND COLLEGE PLACEMENT (Philadelphia), May 1943, v. 3, ■ no, 4; 26-55. A symposium reporting on changes taking place in the schools' efforts in the guidance field. Areas reported on are: Tashington, D.C, by Walter J. Greenleaf; Providence, R.I., by Charles F, Town©; the Chicago Area, by Dr, Lester J, Schloerb; and Lansdowne School, Penna., by Carlton Abbott. 13 33 Bibliography for a High School Wartime Guidance and Counselling Program. Indianapolis, State Dept, of Public Instruction. Jan, 1943, 6 p, (Mimeo.) (Bibliography Series, Leaflet l). Lists general items, and those relating to the Army, Navy, Marines and Coast Guard, Prepared by J, Fred Murphy. 13 34 Civilian War Service Opportunities; Employment Opportunities in the E’ederal Service of Special Interest to College Students and Recent Colleg Graduates. Washington, U, S. Govt, Print, Off., 1943, v, 80 p. The purposes of this bulletin are: (l) To provide information on the basis of which colleges and Universities may adapt their curricula to wartime needs and (2) To assist placement officers in advising student concerning wartime employment. XXI. EDUCATION (Cont.'i 1335 Council of Guidance and Personnel Associations; Report of Conference, January.15-18,.1943, New York City, OCCUPATIONS (New York), April 1943, v, 21, no, 8: C1-C48. Summarizes panel discussions on (l) Pre-service guidance; (2) In- service guidance; (3) Postwar guidance; (4) Useful personnel tech- niques and instruments; (5) Rural Youth Problems; and (6) lists recommendations for the guidance of counselors, 1336 Counseling Youth for Wartime Jobs,, by Roy N, Anderson, T PACKERS COLLEGE RECORD (New York), Peb, 1943, v. 44, no, 5: 319-326. Makes practical suggestions for vocational advisors of High School students, 4' 1337 Educational and Vocational Guidance in Wartime, by Col. Edward A. Fitzpatrick, AMERICAN SCHOOL BOARD JOURNAL (Milwaukee, ..is.), April 1943 v. 106, no. 4: 15-17. . Discusses function of educational and vocational guidance, education of the armed forces, difficulty of general education, vocational guidance for war production. Army and Navy. Lists the nondeferrable occupations, essential occupations and some factors in vocational guidance in wartime, 1338 Guidance for Essential Occupations and the Armed Forces, by Harry A. Jager. BULLETIN OF THE NATIONAL ASSOCIATION OF SECONDARY-SCHOOL PRINCI- PALS (Washington), April 1943, v, 27, no, 114: 51-56. Looks upon schools as manpower pools for the war effort and recommend; a guidance program based upon an investigation of the abilities, aptitudes, and achievements of the boys and girls. Surveys the most critical needs and services of the war program, 1239 Guidance in a War Crisis, Leonard M, Miller, PENNSYLVANIA SCHOOL JOURNAL (Harrisburg, Pa,), April 1943, v, 91, no, 8: 261-262, 272. Believes that guidance in wartime should consist of information for students on all opportunities and services of youth in the war effort and the requirements and training necessary to fill such positions. 1340 Guidance Manual for the Victory Corps, U, S. Office of Education. Washington, U, S, Govt, Print. Off,, 1945, 37p, (Victory Corps Series pamphlet no, 4), A manual for school administrators, counselors and. teachers offering suggestions on the making of a pupil inventory, securing and using information about critical wartime services and occupations, and a program for wartime counselling and guidance, 1341 How to Select Your War Job. VOCATIONAL TRENDS (Chicago), Jai , 1943, v. 6, no. 1; 12-13. Offers suggestions as to how to match personal qualifications to the demands of available jobs. XXI. EDUCATION (Cont.) 13 42 Occupational Guidance Has Six Facets, by Ti, T. Markham. SCHOOL EXECUTIVE (New York), Jan. 1943, v. 62, no, 5: 20-23, Discusses the importance of individual inventory, occupational.in- formation, counseling , exploration of training'opportunities, and the follow-up in occupational guidance. Mentions the necessity for full cooperation of the entire school system and community. 13 43 M Plan Concerning High-School and College Inductees, by Frank S, Freeman. SCHOOL AND SOCIETY (Lancaster, Pa.), March 13, 1943, v. 57, no. 1472: 285-289. Urges that educational psychologists on the college staffs should be used to select the inductees who are to be assigned to colleges for specialized training. This can bo accomplished through collaboration with secondary school officers in their areas. The work of educations psychologists should also include the "screening” of the men admitted to college for more advanced training. 13 44 Shifting Emphases in the Problems of Pupils in Certain Michigan High Schools, by Harlan C, Koch. SCHOOL REVTET (Chicago), Fob. 1943, v. 51, no, 2: 79-94, tables. Gives statistics on shifting emphases in pupilsf personal and curri- cular problems as a result of the war. This report is based on a questionnaire sent to some Michigan high schools, 13 45 The U, S. ..rmed Forces Institute; An Invitation to Counselors, OCCUPATION (New York), March 1942, v, 21, no, 7; 515-518, Indicates the important responsibility college and high school coun- selors have in aiding the preparation of future inductees so they may take advantage of the opportunity to continue their education ■while in the armed forces. Discusses the program of the United States Armed Forces Institute which enables men in the services to continue their education while in uniform, 1346 University Training for Mar Service, Berkeley, Calif,, University of California, Juno 1942, 40 p, A booklet, primarily for undergraduate students, depicting the opportunities to train for war service offered by the University of California, Contains sections on training for service in the armed forces, for war industry, and for administrative posts; training for women; placement opportunities; and other material, 1347 liar-Time Education for Girls, by Dale Z el lor, BULLETIN OF THE NATIONAL ASSOCIATION OF SECONDARY-SCHOOL PRINCIPALS (Washington), April 1945, v. 27, no. 114; 57-64. Discusses the serious problems faced by the schools in assisting adolescents, both boys and girls, to mature in wartime. Believes a clarification of woman’s place in our society would tend to clarify and in the development of an educational policy with respect to women. XXI. EDUCATION (Cont.) E. Control of Education in Occupied Countries 1348 Ax:is Oppression of Education . London, Inter-Allied Information Committee, Oct. 1942, 20 p. (Conditions in uccupied Territories a Scries of Reports...No, 4) Reveals how the nxis powers have made education an instrument of conquest. Testimony in introduced from each of the occupied countries of Europe, and from China and the Phillippincs as well, 1349 (The Axis Sabotages the Schools of the 0CGupicd Countries.-) El Eje cometo sabotages on las cscuelas de los paises ocupados. COMENT—RIOUS Y DOCUMENTOS DE LA GUERR-x (Mexico City), Feb. 15, 1943, v. 7, no. 74: 83-8r/ Discusses the use of education as an instrument of domination in the occupied countries, 1350 Education in Hungary--East, Present and Future, by Dr, Paul Tabori. .xDULT EDUCATION (London), Dec. 1942, v. 15, no. 2: 83-91. Describes the present naz-ifloat!on of Hungarian education and the reorganization that mil bo needed in the postwar -pe riod. 1351 Education Under Japanese Rule, CHINA AT .AR (Chungking), April 1943, v. 10, no, 4; 59-60, Deals with Japanese administration of the schools in North China, Shows that there is one Japanese appointed on the administration staff of each school with final authority on all matters, that Japa- nese is now a required language, that English has been dropped from the regular curriculum, and that various other changes have been made, 1352 Nazis Sot "Loyalty” Pledge Deadline, KNICKERBOCKER MEEKLY (Now York), axpril 19, 1943, v, 3, no, 8: 6-8, Discusses Nazi methods used to undermine Netherlands’ educational institutions. Deals with declarations of "loyalty" which the Reich demanded of college and university students, and indicates reactions of the Netherlands Government to this procedure, 1353 Note on the Attempt to Nazify Dutch Education, by J, Van Houten, _DUL1 EDUCATION (London), D0c, 1942, v. 15, no. 2: 74-76. Shows that the Nazis have closed the University of Leyden, have sent many of the Dutch professors to prisons and concentration camps, have revised all elementary school books, and have replaced many teachers by others who are more Nazi-minded in order to adapt Dutch education to the Nazi pattern, 1354 The Pattern of Education in Central and Eastern Europe, by Otakar Odlozilik, NED EUROPE AMD LORLD RECONSTRUCTION (Now York), 1943, v, 9, no, 4: 22-23. Finds certain features in the educational systems of Central and Eastern Europe, to be of the same character, with the differences only of language and religion. Analyzes other countries and regions such as Poland, the Danubian Countries, and the Balkans, from a political and religious point of view and in relation to their edu- cational systems. XXE. EDUCATION (Cont.) 1355 Present■State of Education in Poland and the Tasks of Educational Re- construction in a Liberated Country, by. Dr. Stanislas Gryf, ADULT EDU- CATION (London), Dec. 1942, v, 15, no, 2: 76-83. Shows how the Germans have destroyed Polish secondary schools and higher educational institutions as well as libraries and museums. Dis- cusses the work the Polish Board of Education in London is doing to prepare for the educational reconstruction of Poland. 13 56 Teachers in Nazi-Occupied Europe, by Emory A. Balduf. PROGRESSIVE EDU- CATION (Now York), May 1943, v, 20, no, 5: 215-224. Tells how the Nazis have made or-are attempting to make political instruments out of schools in Poland, Czechoslovakia, Jugoslavia, Greece, Lelgiun, France, Holland, Denmark, and Norway, 13 57 War in Netherlands Schools, by -l, K. van Ricmsdijk, KNICKERBOCKER WEEKLY (New York), April 26, 1945, v, 5, no, 9: 10-11, Tolls of the refusal of Dutch educators and students to collaborate with the Germans in the matter of the labor draft and the deadline which was set for such collaboration by ixoril 10, Foresees further resistance and more sorvero reprisals, F* Victory Corps and Other Mobilization Measures 1358 Bryn Mawr Raises Its Torch, FORTUNE (Now York), April 1943, v, 27, no, 4: 107-110, 136, 138, 141, 142. Describes how Bryn Mawr is meeting the demands of the war, but is continuing the liberal arts courses, hopeful that the future will bring a return to them. 13.59 The Canadian Universities in the Mar, by R. C, L'allace, QUEEN’S REVIE.7 (Kingston, Ont,), March 1943, v. 17, no, 3: 59-64. Tells of the services rendered by the universities in training tech- nical men, medical and dental students, cooperating with the Office of Education in offering educational opportunities to men in the armed Services, and planning for full employment after the war. 1360 Centenary’s Selective Service Plan, by Louise Omwakc, JUNIOR COLLEGE JOURNAL (Washington), April 1943, v, 15, no, 8; 384-386, Includes a questionnaire taking an inventory of the training of students and faculty which would be of value to the community in a war disaster, 136*1 The College Answers the Challenge of Mar and Peace, by Katherine E, McBride. BRYN MAV.R ALU14N-E BULLETIN (Philadelphia), March 1943, v. 23, no, 2: 1-7, ■ Surveys the work of the colleges in training economists, scientists, workers.in research and social welfare. Considers curriculum changes brought about by these needs and the prospect of tbo impact of post- war needs upon the colleges. XXI. EDUCATION (Cont.) 136 2 Colleges Gird for Total Lar; A Contrast ..ith 1917-18, by Francis J, Brown* NORTH CENTRAL aSSOCIaTION QUARTERLY (Ann Arbor), April 1943, v. 17, no, 4; 339-347. Discusses the activities of the National Committee on Education and Defense and its subcommittees in coordinating the efforts of govern- mental agencies and institutions of higher education, indicates two functions of schools and colleges; to shift emphasis in the curricula: to professions'll and vocational subjects necessary to the war effort; and at the same time to maintain a sense of values and a perspective needed for the period of readjustment, 13 63 Education and the ar’s Demands, by Lark Sllingson, ROCHESTER COMMERCE (Rochester, N, Y,), Jan. 25, 1945, v. 30, no, 28: 28, 34, photo. Describes the defense training program undertaken by the educational institutions of Rochester, New York, and mentions war services which former teachers and students are performing, 13 6 4 Education for Victory, Madison ..isconsin High School Committee on Edu- cation and the National Emergency, University of Wisconsin, (n.d, ). 18 p. ( Mimeo.) Suggests materials and techniques for organizing emergency activities within the school for the U'so of *.isconsin secondary schools, 13r€H5 Education on the March, TECHNOCRAT (Los Angeles), Fob, 1943, v. 2, no, 75; 3-4, 17, Describes curricular changes, in California high schools, preinductio: courses, use of colleges, and training of mechanics, 13 66 EDUCATIONAL BULLETIN: KENTUCKY HIGH SCHOOLS VITH aDAPT-TIQNS TO MEET EAR • NEEDS 1942-1943, (Kentucky State Dept, of Education, Frankfort), March 1943, v, 9, no, 1: 57 p. A monthly bulletin which contains material on war programs and adjust menbs of the Kentucky Schools, 1357 The Function of Guidance in the Victory Corps Program, Iowa Department of Public Instruction, Des Moines, 1942, 39 p, (victory Corps Scries; Bulletin no,3) Emphasizes the individualizing of the program and that major part of the responsibility for the program should be assumed by the in- dividual student, 13g8 Gardening Through the Schools, Sacramento California State Department of Education, April 15, 1942, 10 p, (Mimeo.) (List of References) Enumerates several values of a school victory garden program, such as supplying vegetables for idle school lunch program, improvement of nutritional status of individuals, stimulation of morals, cooperation with community problems, and offers specific suggestions for the carrying out of such programs. XXI. EDUCATION (Cont.) 13 69 Geared to the Ear: Highland Park High's total-war program emphasizes health and physical fitness, by Herman L. Shiblor, CLEARING HOUSE (How York), March 1943,, v. 17, no, 7: 392-398. Lists the recommendations of the committee of teachers,.health super- visors, and principals appointed to set up a health program for the Highland Park schools, 137 0 The Georgia High-School Victory Corps. Atlanta, Ga., Sta.te Department of Education, (n.d.) 31 p, (Mimco.) (Victory Corps Series; Bulletin no, . Outlines the plan of organization, objectives and program for victory corps in Georgia, 1371 Guidance and the Victory Corps. Indianpolis State Dept, of Public in- struction, (n.d.) 6 p. (Mimeo.) (victory Corps Series, Bulletin Ho,2) Prepared by Gerhard Ahrens, State Director of Victory Corps, and J. Fred Murphy, State Director of Guidance, 1372 High-School acceleration and Graduation in Eartime, by Thomas G, Pullen, Jr/, and Earle T. Hawkins. BULLETIN OF THE NATION .L ASSOCIATION OF SECONDaRY-SCHOOL PRINCIPALS ('Washington), April 1943, v. 27, no. 114: 17-28, Describes a program of acceleration but not abbreviation of the secondary school in Maryland as adopted by the Sta.te Department of Education, 1373 The High School Goes to Ear, by John J. DeBoer. NaTIONaL PaRENT-TEXHER (Chicago), April 1943, v. 57, no, 8: 18-20. Outlines the tasks of the American high school in inculcating an understanding of our own revolutionary tradition of the struggle for freedom; in helping youth to understand the danger of fascism through an analysis of its history and doctrine; and in increasing a sense of national! unity, 1374 High School Victory Corps, Soaring Before the Committee on Education and Labor, United States Sona.to, 78th Cong., 1st soss,, on S, 875, a Bill to Provide for the Preparation of High-School Students for Wartime Service, April 14, 1943. Washington U, S. Govt. Print, Off,, 1943, 66 p. An appropriation bill for the Victory Corps and for in-service train- ing of teacher of special subjects related to the war, 1375 The High School Victory Corps and Business Education, by Hamden L, Forknor. BUSINESS EDUCATION WORLD (Now York), Jon. 1943, v. 23, no. 5: 243-246. Discusses the work of the H, S, V. C,, training procedures, and how the program vdll operate. 1376 Ho?; to Interpret and Initiate the High School Victory Corps in Utah Schools, Salt La.ko City, Utah, State Dept, of Public Instruction, Nov. 1942, 10 p. (Mimco.) Offers an intcrpreta.tion of the standa.rds for a High School Victory Corps and suggestions for its organization. XXT. EDUCATION (Cont.) 1377 The Impact of ....Ear on Education, EDUCATIONAL OUTLOOK (Philadelphia), Mar cl 1943, v. 17, no, 3; 28 p. This whole issue of EDUC-AION. A OUTLOOK is devoted to the impact of war on education. Includes "wartime Education and Postwar Careers for Youth," "Impact of Ear on the Secondary School Curriculum,1' "The Use of Slidcfilms in Pro-Induction Training," "The Cental Hazards in accelerated Educational Programs," and ’Ll Teacher and Thirty-Eight Students Look at acceleration," » 13 78 Industrial Arts Education in the Ear Effort, by Louis V, Newkirk, IN- DUSTRIAL ARTS AND VOCATIONAL EDUCATION (Milwaukee, Lis.), March 1943, v. 52, no, 3: 89-91. Describes how students of industrial arts are contributing to the recreational activities of the soldiers by making gomes and how they are helping the Rod Cross by building stretchers, 1379 LOUISIANA EDUCATION IN WARTIME (State Dept, of Education, Baton Rouge), March 1943, v, 1, no, 10: 20 p. A monthly bulletin containing material on the war urograms of the schools, including war production training programs. 13 80 Meeting of the State Wartime Education Commission mid ..artime Education Committees, by Francis B. Haas. PENNSYLVANIA PUBLIC INSTRUCTION (Dept, of Public Instruction, Harrisburg), Jan. 1943, v. 10, no, 5: 1-8. Contains the recommendations of wartime education committees regarding acceleration, aviation education, social studios and geography, science and mathematics; and teacher education,. Contains a}.so the . findings of a state-wide survey on curriculum adaptations to meet wartime needs. 13181 The Mental Hazards in decelerated Educational Programs for by Frederick H, .Allan, EDUCATIONAL OUTLOOK (Philadelphia), March 1943, v, 17, no, 3: 114-122. Discu. ssos some of the detrimental effects the accelerated school pro- gram may have on the minds and dispositions of the young pocplc, 1382 Mobilizing a School for Aar, by Hucian Lamm. JOURNAL OF EDUCaTIONAj SOCIOLOGY (Now York), March 1943, v. 16, no. 7: 451-452. Discusses the organization apd administration of wartime activities in a New York high school, 13 83 Mobilizing Schools on the Home Front, by Homer A, Anderson. SCHOOL BOARD JOURNAL (Milwaukee), Fob. 1943, v. 106, no, 2: 16, 50, Discusses the necessary .requirements for military victory, and for winning the battle against inflation and against a disastrous peace, and the purposes of the Education Section of the Aar Savings Staff in its work wl th the school and community. 1384 Mount Holyoke Prepares for Ear and Peace, .by Harriet M, Allyn, MOUNT HOLT OKE ..ALUMNAE QUARTERLY (Holyoke, Mass.), Fob. 1943, v, 26, no, 4: 147-148. Explains the new courses introduced in Holyoke College, directed to war production work and service of various kinds to government, in- dustry end community, XML. EDUCATION (Cont.) 1385 OUR SCHOOLS (State Dept, of Education, Cheyenne, Wyoming), April 1943, v 5, no. 2: 21 p, (liimco.) A monthly bulletin containing items on guidance, general education, vocational education and Victory Corps, This issue includes material on a regional physical fitness institute, rural war production train- ing programs, and victory farm volunteers, 1386 Our Schools -- Guidance, General Education, Vocational Education, Victor Corps, Adjusted to Aar Service in Education for the Emergency, (Vocation- Division, State Dept, of Education, Cheyenne, Wyoming, Doc, 1942, v, 5, no. 1: 13 p. (Mimeo,) (Bibliog, of U. S, pamphlets) A detailed outline of the war service program of the Ayoming schools, 1387 Our Schools Mobilize, by Raymond Nathan. PARENTS* MAG..ZINE (New York), Jan. 1943, v. 18, no. Is 32-33, 62-63. Describes and discusses the changes taking place in our schools to prepare boys and girls for the now roles they must fill in our war- time era. 1388 Plans for National Defense' in Negro Colleges, by J, Francis iJricc. QUART ERLY REVIEW OP HIGHER EDUCATION ALSONG NEGROES (Charlotte, N.C.), Jan. 1943, v.ll, no, 1: 54-60, Describes how negro colleges have readjusted their curricula; bolster- ed the morale of students, draftees and others in their communities stimulated the sale of war bonds and stamps; and shared in community protection programs. 1389 Relation of Industrial Arts to the Aar Industries, by R, H, Roberts, INDUSTRIAL ..RTS .JJD VOCATIONAL EDUCATION (Milwaukee), March 1943, v. 32, no, 5: 101-104, Describes how the industrial arts program in the secondary schools of Tulsa, Oklahoma has been adapted and streamlined to fit the needs of the present crisis. Gives a pc.rtial list of recreational and service able equipment for army camps produced in the school shops, 1390 The Roll of Schools in Aar Time, by ..rnetha Holcomb, VIRGIN!.. TEACHERS BULLETIN (Norfolk, Va.), March 1943, v. 20, no. 2; 16-19. Tolls how schools can contribute to the war effort along lines of civilian defense training, morale building, health and physical fit- ness programs, citizenship education, conservation of our resources pro groans, and homemaking programs. 1391 Schools and the Aar, by Ailliam T, Melchior, EDUCATIONS I :ETH0D (Mashing ton), Feb. 1943, v. 22, no, 5: 230-233. Lists literature which tells what schools can do to help in the war effort; contains a statement of what schools arc doing by Commissioner Studebaker; and discusses the Sohools«*at-‘Aar program. 1392 Schools in Aartime, by Gerald E, lord, PENNSYLV.AIM. SCHOOL JOURNAL (Harr- isburg), April 1943, v. 91, no, 8: 268-269. Describes typical services which Pennsylvania teachers arc contribut- ing to the war effort. X£E. EDUCATION (Cont.) 1393 Secondary Schools and the Ear Effort; A Symposium* SCHOOL HID COLLEGE PLACEMENT (Philadelphia), inarch 1943, v. 3, no, 3; 42-54, illus. Presents statements from various high schools throughout the country, indicating the changes which have been made in thpir educational end guidance programs as well as in their^extra-curricular activities to aid the war effort, 1394 Should Secondary Schools accelerate Their Programs? by 41 Hi am C. Hill, NaTIONaL ASSOCIATION OF SECONDARY-SCHOOL PRINCIPALS BULLETIN (Washington) March 1943, v, 27, no, 113; 37-42, Indicates that true acceleration is a long-term process, quite diff- erent from acceleration by the mVasi on of a half year or a year in secondary school. Believes that long-term acceleration can be accomp- lished without any detrimental effects on the high school youth, 1395 The State Teachers College at Trenton, New- Jersey end the Ear, STaTE TEACHERS COLLEGE BULLETIN (Trenton), Sept. 1942, v. 10, no. 1; 4-15, A summary of the adaptations made by the college to the conditions the ( have been produced by war, such as the shortage of teachers and the need for teachers who are air-minded, and for teachers of maturity to interpret the times in which we live, 1396 A Teacher and Thirty-Eight Students Look at Acceleration', by T, E, iuc- Hullin, EDUCATIONAL OUTLOOK (University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia), March 1943, v, 17, no, 3; 106-113, Suggests’that there has not been sufficiently careful thinking and planning with regard to acceleration. Outlines the program adopted by • the School of Education of the University of Pennsylvania and the evaluation given to it by a group of students who wore asked to answer ton specific questions with regard to it, 1397 Thoughts and Actions in a University at "ear, by J» Kennedy Kincaid, Jr, ILLINOIS AGRICULTURIST (College of Agriculture, University of Illinois, Urbana), Jan., 1943, v, 46, no, 4: 58, 64. Surveys changes on the campus during the past year, including trends of thought, increased interest in a balanced diet, and the withdrawal of students, ... 1398 The Victory Corps as It Operates at University High School, by Janos H, Curtis. MINNESOTA JOURNAL OF EDUCATION (St. Paul), Jon. 1943, v. 23, no. 8; 187. Explains the function of the Victory Corps as it has been planned by the counselors at University High School in Minneapolis , Its aim is to help prepare students for eventual induction into the armed forces or work in some essential war industry. It is divided into air scrvic land service, sea service, community service,and production service. XXI. EDUCATION (Cont.) 1399 (Victory Corps Issue) WASHINGTON STATE CURRICULUM JOURNAL (Washington State Dopt. of Public Instruction, Olympia), Jan* 194.5, v. 2, no. 2: 44n, Contains the following articles; Youth - Manpower, by Poarl A. Wanamaker; A Statement of Policy for the Aartime Curriculum, by the State Curriculum Commission; Preinduction Training, by E, L, Lindnan; Singing Our ’..ay to Victory, by Wayne S. Hertz; War and tho English Classroom, by Helen F, Olson; School and Work - a Victory Corps Team, by Frankie C. Schmitz; New Approaches to Art, by Dale Goss; Social Studios Goes to War, by Louis S. Barter; Mathematics in Terms of tho Services and Student, by Lowell Poore; Science - a partner for Victor by Dorothy Massio; From Student to Soldier, by Jbn Frame; Wartime Guidance in Spokane, by Carl H, Ferguson; and A Preinduction or Re- fresher Course in Basic' Subjects, by Howard M, Carr, 1400 The War and the Garden City High School, by Edna Fredericks, PROGRESS!"* EDUCATION (New York), April 1943, v, 20, no, 4: 183-186, Discusses tho adaptation of Garden City Junior - the Senior High School to the war effort, Doals with increased emphasis on current events, democracy-orientated courses, tho programs of the social studies and physical education departments. 1401 The War and tho High Schools, by George Johnson, COM‘ON .AX (New York), April 30, 1943, v. 38, no, 2; 32-35, Warns of the throat to the tradition of liberal education in the American high school. Cites tho pressing demands for special training courses and tho Victory Corps program. 1402 War and the University of Colorado, by Robert L. Stearns, UNIVERSITY OF COLORADO BULLETIN (Boulder), May 11, 1942, v, 42, no, 13; 7p, (unnumbere; (General scries no, 497) A summary of University war activities as outlined by President Stoar at tho convocation of students,,faculty and staff, March 31, 1942. Includes mention of a ebramittoe on national defonso, training courses, naval radio training school, women’s activities and other volunteer efforts, and explains some of tho Navy classifications. 1403 War .Comes into the Classroom,- by Virginia M, Dewey. EDUC-j.TI01L.J-i RECORD (Washington), April 1943, v, 24, no, 2; 93-104, Describes tho ’wartime tasks that are boing perfomred by teachers; sue; as their work with rationing boards; the adjustments they have made in the curriculum, such as handling individually accelerated programs and irregular schedule adjustments of students leaving for college or the armed forces; their work in studnnt guidance. Believes that teachers must provide active leadership for the Victory Corps after it has been organized, 1404 The War Program of the University of Pittsburgh. PITT (Pittsburgh), Winter 1942-43, no, 14, 7-11. Reviews plans for institutions of higher education in the war effort, and tells of tho nine items that have been recommended as a program for the University of Pittsburgh during the war. XXI. EDUCATION (Cont.) 1405 The Aar Services of the Iowa State College, IOWA ST.iTE COLLEGE BULLETIN (Ames), Dec, 16, 1942, v, 41, no, 29: 16 p. The record of one college’s participation in the war effort, 1941- 1942, including training courses, research, extension work, volunteer and other activities. 1406 War-Time Acceleration in Education, by Raymond A, Green, BULLETIN OF THE NATIONAL ASSOCIATION OF SECONDARY-SCHOOL PRINCIPALS (Washington), April 1943, v. 27, no, 114: 29-41, Describes the wartime program of secondary education devised by the,Newton High School and the Newton Trade School vHassachusetts). The author, principal of the high school, contends that with such a program it is not only unnecessary but inadvisable to curtail the secondary education of our youth, 1407 War-Time Acceleration in Education] in the Junior College, by John W, Harbeson, BULLETIN OF THE NATIONAL ASSOCIATION OF SECONDARY-SCHOOL PRINCIPALS (’Washington), April 1943, v. 27, no. 114: 42-50. Recommends organization of a new four-year college embracing last two years of high school; and a high school incorporating grades seven to ten of the traditional elementary and secondary school as a way of providing a general education in fourteen years. Says the program is in operation in 34 junior colleges and public school systems and one major university. 1408 Wartime Educational Program of National Agencies, TEACHERS COLLEGE RECORD (New York), Jan, 1943, v, 44, no, 4: 242-250. Brief reports of recommendations made by national agencies both governmental and private for consumer education programs, war savings programs, pre-induction training programs, air-mindedness programs, and health and physical fitness programs at the conference, at Teachers College, Columbia University, December 9-10, 1942, 1409 A Wartime Job for Every Child, by S. M. Stouffer. SCHOOL EXECUTIVE (New York), Jan, 1943, v, 62, no, 5; 30. Discusses the purpose of the Schools at War Program sponsored by the Treasury Department and the U, S. Office of Education. 1410 "Wartime Opportunities in General Education, by Ralph .. Ogan, JOURNAL OF HIGHER EDUCATION (Ohio State University, Columbus) Dec. 1942, v, 13, no. 9: 457-462. Offers suggestions for curricular and extra-curricular activities on the part of the schools. 1411 War-Time Problems of Industrial Arts, by V. L, Pickens, EDUCATION (Bos- ton), April 1943, v. 63, no, 8: 462-465, Discusses problems involving the shortage of teachers; the conser- vation of materials; loss of students to the armed forces; and adapting the work to the needs of the USO, Red Cross and other organizations. XXI, EDUCATION (Cont.) 1412 Youth Helps with Housing — For Fort Payne, Alabama, by '.7, X. Hill, PROGRESSIVE EDUCATION (New York), Jon. 1945, v, 20, no. 1: 50-32. Discussion of the survey of housing conditions and work in securing a housing project carried out by students in Fort Payne, Alabama, as an example of what schools can do during the war and period of reconstruction to follow, F. Physical Fitness Programs 1413 Appraising Physical Fitness Programs, by Mabel S, Rugon. (Aim Arbor), SCHOOL OF EDUCATION BULLETIN, (University of Michigan) Dec. 1942, v. 14, no. 3; 35-36. Lists a series of questions by means of which school administrators, teachers or parents may evaluate physical fitness programs vdth re- lation to elimination of physical defects, freedom from Illness and accidents, nutrition, sleep, rest and relaxation, and physical edu- cation. 1414 Approaches to the Problems of Physical Education in the Small1Schools for Aar and Post-Aar Periods, by Randolph A, Webster. .ATHLETIC JOURNAL (Chicago), Han. 1943, v, 25, no, 5: 20, Discusses problems of the location and structure of small school plants, equipment and facilities, playgrounds, and problems related to the selection of competent teachers, adjusting teaching assign- ments, and the preparation of adequate physical education programs. 1415 Building for New Understandings of Healthful Living in a Democracy, by Rose Lammel. EDUCATIONAL METHOD (Washington), Feb. 1945, v, 22, no, 5: . 210-216. Considers the health program of U, S. schools and discusses in detail the characteristics of an individual growing toward optimum health, 14-16 The Impact of the War Upon the School Health Program, by William P. Uhler, Jr. JOURNAL OF EDUCATIONS SOCIOLOGY (New York), karch 1945, v. 16, no. 7: 411-416. Discusses specific effects upon health instruction; health service; safety education; physical education; and military training. 14‘17 Nov/ is the Time to Prepare, by Lester Kirkcndall, JOURNAL OF SOCIAL HYGIENE (American Social Hygiene Association, New lork), Nov. 1942, v. , 28, no. 8: 458-463, ; . advocates a place for social hygiene education in a long range progree A" . A and formulates a plan. 1418 Physical Fitness for Tennessee High Schools. Nashville, Term.' State Dept, of Education, lA±2. 50 p. (Mimco.) Offers specific suggestions for a complete program for health on the high school level. 14GLfi Physical Fitness Through Physical Education for the Victory Corps. U. S, Office of Education. Washington, U. S, Govt. -Print. Off, 1945, 102 p., diagrs. (Bibliog.) (victory Corps Series pamphlet no. 2, revised 1943) Describes in detail physical education programs for the schools, including selection of pupils for training, and activities for boys and for girls. XXI. EDUCATION (Cont.) 1420 Priority in Education for Physical Fitness, by hilliam L, Hughes. TEACHERS COLLEGE RECORD (Bureau of Publications, Teachers College, Columbia University, New Pork), Dec, 1942, v. 44, no. 3: 187-196. Stresses the need for physical fitness to perform war tasks either in military or civilian life. Discusses deficiencies in peace time school programs of physical education and health programs and the typo of program ■ needed now, 1421 Putting Students in the Pink, by Byron 0* Hughes, NATION’S SCHOOLS (Chicago), Nan, 1943, v. 51, no, 1: 21-22, illus. Discusses the physical conditioning course at the University of Michigan, 1422 Recommendations for Developing Total Fitness Through a Program of Health and Physical Education in Elementary Schools, by Verne S, Landreth. Sacramento, California State Dept, of Education, 1943, 11 a. Preprint from the CALIFORNIA JOURNAL OF ELEMENTARY EDUCATION, N0v. 1942, v, 11, no, 2, i 1423 Redirection of Physical Education and Recreation Teaching ..activities in Wartime. Baltimore, State Department of Education, Nan. 1943. 113 p., illus. (Mimeo.) (Victory Corps Series no, 3) Stresses physical education training in the Maryland public schools. The program has the endorsement of the Army, the Navy, and the National Education association. 1424 School-College Program. Indianapolis, Indiana. State Defense Council, (n.d,), 10 p. (Mimeo.) (Monograph no. 2) Offers a physical fitness program for schools and colleges, together with a list of needed equipment. 1425 Schools Can Promote uealth Education in wartime, by Boss Exton, NATIONAL ELEMENTARY PRINCIPAL (hashington), Fob. 1943, v. 22, no. 3: 110-112. Discusses some of the newer health procedures in schools such as organization of a health committee, daily observation, medical examination, dental health, raid preparation of school lunch. H, Teaching Materials 1426 .adapting the Missouri Courses of Study in Social Studios to the hartime Emergency, Jefferson Cii*y, Mo, State Dept, of Education, 1942, 59 p. (Bibliog.) (Secondary School Series; special bulletin no. 2). To bo used with Bulletin 4A-Soc ial Studies and Bulletin 4B-Socio- Economic Geography, a booklet designed to help the local school adjust its curriculum to war demands. Discusses areas in which great- er emphasis is needed in the field of social studies and suggests approaches and teaching units, 1427 Easy-to-Get-Materio.ls, by John M, P-ntano, SCHOOL SHOP (mm Arbor, Mich.) Lay 1943, v. 2, no, 9; 7, Methods of solving the problem of shortage of materials which faces the teachers in school-shops. XMI, EDUCATION (Cont.) 14 28 Helps.for Elementary and High Schools, To Bo Used in tho Teaching of Inter-American Relations, 1942, Salam, Oregon State Department of Edu- cation', 1942, 65 p. (Bibliog.) Offers suggestions to teachers on organizing units of teaching and on the location of source material, 14 29 The High School Victory Corps, Baltimore, Md, State Dept, of Education, Nov, 1942. 22 p, (Processed), (victory Corps Scries, no, 1, Maryland School Bulletin). Gives detailed suggestions for organizing and conducting High School Victory Corps in Maryland schools. 14 30 Looking Forward, Martime Education Supplement to Nebraska Elementary Course of Study and 1940 Rural Education Moving Forward, by Chloe C, Baldridge, Lincoln, State Dept, of Public Instruction of Nebraska, 1942, 52 p. bulletin for the use of normal training students, school officers, rural and elementary toa.chcrs and patrons, 14 31 NEa Journal Mar Guide. JOURNAL OF THE NATIONAL EDUCATION ASSOCIATION (Washington), April 1943, v,32, no. 4; 109-110. A bibliography of free and inexpensive materials on such subjects as: education in vra.rtir.iej consumer educationj Junior Red Crossj recreation in wartime; tho United Nations and so forth. Gives publishers’ addresses, prices, and quantity discount rates. 14 32 Non-Priority Physics Equipment, by Richard C. Hitchcock, SCHOOL SCI ENCE aND MATHEMATICS (Menasha,'Mis,), Nov, 1942, v, 42, no, 8: 719-722, Suggests that defective equipment, usable for demonstration or ex- perimental purposes, may be secured from commercial firms, private individuals and junk yard3, 1433 Suggested Unit Course in Concrete Form Construction for Beginners in Carpentry. Vocational Education Program for National Defense Industries. Albany, University of the State of New York, Sept. 1942. 106 p., diagrs,, (Processed) 14 34 ii. Teacher’s Guide in the Social Studies. Tallahassee, Florida, State Department of Education, Sept, 1942, 253 p, (Bulletin no, 28) Section V, ’’Social Studios and the Mar," discusses implications of the war for social science teachers, the teaching of citizenship and conservation, children’s questions on the war, cooperation with other nmerican republics and. with our allies. This guide is intended for the use of teachers in the secondary schools, 14 35 Understanding the War. B. S. Of.ficc of War Information, Federal Edu- cation War Council, March 1943, Mashington, U, S, Govt. Print. Off,, 1943, 15 p, (Unnumbered) Suggestions for summer school courses, for extra-curricular programs, and for discussions relating to war information. Contains lists of materials, such as pamphlets, posters and films issued by government agencies and tolls where those may be obtained. XXE. EOT CATION (Cont.) 1436 The Victory Corps Program; a Wartime Program for High Schools, by D. A. Emerson and Joy Hills, IssueJ by the Superintendent of Public Instruction, Salem, Orog., Jan, 1943, 26 p. (Mimoo.) .(Bibliog,) A handbook for instructors, outlining the objectives and organization of the Victory Corps program, with special attention to pre-induction training courses, physical fitness, opportunities for boys in the forestry service and for girls in child care. 1437 Victory Corps Reading List, Containing Books, Mainly Recent, on Issues of the bar. Preparation for Military Service, and Activities on the Home Front; YJith a Foreword by John , Studebaker, U. S, Commissioner of Education,Chicago, National Council of Teachers of English, 1943, 16 p, A reading list prepared for the purpose of aiding in the democratic organization of high-school youth for war-related preparation and service, 1438 Aartime Emergency Courses for Missouri High Schools, Jefferson City, Mo, State Dept, of Education, 1942. 151 p, (Secondary School Series... Special Bulletin no, 1, 1942) PART SIX; ARTS .HID SCIENCES IN ARTIMB XXL I, Libraries and archives 1439 Adapting the School Library to Aartime, by Helen L, Butler, ALA BULLETIN (American Library association, Chicago), way 1945, v. 37, no. 5; 159-162, 172. Describes present school library practices. Discusses selection of materials, and wartime services of school libraries, 1440 An Army Library-- Jef f er son Barracks, Mo., by Margar ct ' d 11 i s, ALA BULLETIN (American Library association, Chicago), 1943, v, 37, no. 4: 121-3.22, Ulus. The post librarian at Jefferson Barracks gives a description of an Army library, 1441 British Documentaries and the Aar Effort, by H. D, Aaloy, PUBLIC OPINION QUARTERLY (Princeton, N.J.), Aintcr. 1942, v, 6, no, 1; 604-609, Discusses the use of British documentary films in the present war, 1442 British Libraries in Aartime, AMERICAN LIBRARY ASSOCIATION BULLETIN (Chicago), Jan. 1943, v, 37, no, 1; 7-12, illus. Describes the achievements of the British libraries in supplying children’s books to evacuated schools, sending books to men in the armed forces, establishing, sp'odial libraries for refugees, and 'giving . . information on many different subjects. Mentions a now interest in American publications. XHI. LIBRARIES _.ND ARCIEVES (Cont.) 1443 Can Libraries Build Indian National Defense? by C, C-. Viswsenathan, MODERN LIBR.JHAJ! (Lahore, India), Oct.-Dec. 1942, v. 13, no, 1: 52-34. Suggests methods by which libraries can contribute to the war effort through acting as information centers, furnishing technical data, supplying recreational reading to troops .and civilians and helping to maintain morale. 1444 The College Library, by Icrrold Orne, ILLINOIS LIBRARIES (Springfield), . Nan. 1943, v, 25, no, 1; 11-14, A paper delivered at the 46th annual conference o-f the Illinois Library Association, Suggests a roevaluation of the aims and methods of work of the college Horary in the light of war needs. Favors eliminating unneeded book collections, utilizing space on a functional basis, and better provisions for staff promotions, 1445 COMiUNIKAY (Ohio Tar History Commission, Ohio State Museum, Columbus), ij.pril 1943, v. 1, no, 10: 4 p, (Mimeo,) Issued monthly. Items deal with collections of war materials, 1446 Destruction of Polish Publishing Houses, POLISH REVIE. (Now York), April 12, 1943, v. 3, no, 14: 11, Describes the war on Polish culture by the Germans which has extended from the looting and burning of the great Polish libraries to the systematic destruction of all Polish publishing houses and bookshops, as well as the collections of small, private collectors. 1447 Dust or Dynamite, by Russell J. Schunk, TORCH (Buffalo), 1943, v. 16, no. 1: 19-21, Describes the war information work done by public libraries and tolls of their efforts to collect books for service men. .affirms the propaganda value of books, starting that they''aro a real weapon on the side of right.” 1448 Good Citizens First, Librarians Thereafter, by Ralph Itunn. LIBRARY JOURNAL (New York), Nan. 1, 1943, v. 68, no. 1: 11-15, advocates economies in expenditure on the part of libraries during the war period, through an appraisal and evaluation of services. 1449 Government Publishing in Uartimc. COLLEGE AMD RESEARCH LIBRARIES (Chicago March 1943, v, 4, no, 2; 100-106, Gives the recommendations of the American Library association sub- mitted to the United States Government for increasing the effective- ness of different typos of Government publications. },450 Indian Libraries and the war, by Sant Ram Bhatia, MODERN LIBRARIAN (Lahore, India), Uct,-Dec, 1942, v, 13, no.'l: 1-7. Outlines the role of the libraries in India in relation to wartime responsibilities to the public and to soldiers. XXII. LIBRARIES AND ARCHIVES (Cont.) 1451 Is the Library a War Weapon? by Robert J. Blakely and others. WILSON LIBRARY BULLETIN (New York), Jan. 1943, v, 17, no. 5:381-3924- Reports the November 13, 1942 meeting of Library Public Relations Council of New York with the New Jersey and New York Library Associations• 1452 Libraries and the Office of War Information, by John Mackenzie Cory. ALA BULLETIN (American Library Association, Chicago), Feb. 1943, v. 37, no. 2 : 38-41. The Chief of the Library Liaison Unit of the U. S. Office of War Information describes the make-up of the Office of War Information, particularly as it affects libraries. 1453 Libraries and the War; A Radio Address, by James T. Babb. CONNECTICUT LIBRARY ASSOCIATION BULLETIN (no place), April 1943, v. 10, no. 2 j 3,10. Discusses the measures taken to preserve collections from war damage and the efforts to build up complete collections of war material. Describes the activities of the libraries in furnishing material dealing with war problems. 1454 The Library in the High-School War Program, by Mary Peacock Douglas. HIGH SCHOOL JOURNAL (Chapel Hill), Jan.-Feb. 1943, v. 26, nos. 1-2: 10-15. States the eight objectives of the High School Victory Corps pro- gram and explains how libraries and librarians may assist in the carrying out of each objective. 1455 A Library in Wartime, by Ralph A. Ulveling, LIBRARY JOURNAL (New York), Fob. 1, 1943, v. 68, no. 3 • 113-116. Tells of some of the wartime services rendered to the public by the Detroit Public Library. Presents such phases as wartime information given, help to industry and industrial workers on research, and maintenance of civilian morale. 1456 The Library's War Job. ALA BULLETIN (Chicago), May 1943, v. 37, no. 5: 156-158. States that libraries 'are helping the public to learn what is needed to win the war. Lists ways that the libraries arc serving in the war. 1457 The Local History Museum and the War Program, by Arthur C. Parker, Director Rochester Museum of Arts and Sciences. Washington, American Association of State and Local History, 1942. 112 p. (its Bulletins v. 1, no. 4, Oct. 1942). Stresses the importance of the work of local history museums during the war and gives suggestions as to exhibits. XXII. LIBRARIES AND ARCHIVES (Gont.) 1458 Maps in War Time, by Walter W. Ristow. EDUCATION (Boston), Jan. 1943, .v. 63, no. 5 : 273-276. Describes some of the services performed by the Map Division of the New York Public Library. 1459 A Navy Library--Sampson, N. Y., by Helen M. Burgess. ALA BULLETIN (American Library Association, Chicago), April 1943, v. 37, no. 4: 123-124. . The senior librarian at the U. S. Naval Training Station, Sampson, II. Y., gives a description of the Naval library there. 1460 Our Contribution to Victory: the Public Library, by Emily M. Minter. ILLINOIS LIBRARIES (Springfield), Jan. 1943, v. 25, no. 1 : 9-11. Views the problems and opportunities of the small community library in wartime. Sees it as a war information center and a morale-builder. 1461 Public Documents and World War II, edited by Jerome K, Wilcox ... Papers Presented Before the Committee on Public Documents, American Library Association, Milwaukee, Wisconsin, Juno 23 and 25, 1942. Chicago, American Library Association, 1942. 118 p. 1462 The Public Libraries When the War ,1s Over. PUBLIC OPINION (London), Nov. 27, 1942, v. 162, no. 4229s 286, Emphasizes the need for more libraries in the postwar world, and discusses reading in England during wartime. 1463- Publicizing the Library as a War Weapon, by Constance Hope. WILSON LIBRARY BULLETIN (New York), Jan. 1943, v. 17, no. 5 : 382-386. States various ways in which libraries can make the public conscious of its research facilities for current material. 1464 The University Library, by Winifred Vcr Nooy. ILLINOIS LIBRARIES (Illinois State Library, (Springfield), Jan. 1943, v. 25, no. 1 : 14-16. A paper delivered at the 46th annual conference of the Illinois Library Association. Stresses the importance of the collection of tlu best materials on the war and the promotion of their.use by faculty and students, and the importance of war research. 1465 The Victory Book Campaign in Illinois, by Ralph E. McCoy. ILLINOIS LIBRARIES (Springfield), Jan. 1943, v. 25, no. 1 ; 17-19. Tells of the large part Illinois has played in the collection of books for men in the armed forces, disposition made of unsuitable ■ books, methods of transportation used, and plans for the contin- uation of the campaign. 1466 War and Postwar Issues; Proceedings of the National Institute on War and Postwar Issues, Chicago, January 30-31, 1943. Chicago, American Library Association, 1943. 115 p. Discussion of the librarian’s role in the war and postwar world. XXII. LIBRARIES AND ARCHIVES (Contv). 1467 . War History Work. INDIANA HISTORY BULLETIN (Historical Bureau, State of Indiana, Indianapolis), April 1943, v. 20, no. 4 : 149-170. Considers the collection of -war records and materials on war history by state and county organizations and institutions of higher learning. Reports on work being done in Indiana and in other states. L W V 1468 War Information Centers, by Dr. John Lund. PROCEEDINGS OF THE T71ENTY- SEVENTH ANNUAL CONVENTION OF THE NATIONAL UNIVERSITY EXTENSION ASSO- CIATION (Pennsylvania State College, Harrisburg), May 18-20, .1942, v. 24 : 96-102. Discusses the methods of setting up War Information Centers in librar- ies and gives a report on what is being done at the Information Center at the University of North Carolina, 1469 Wartime Adjustments and Economics in the Large Reference and Research Library, by L. Quincy Mumford. LIBRARY JOURNAL-(New York), Jan. 1, 1943, v. 68, no. 1 i 18-21. Considers administrative problems, particularly shortages of . personnel and equipment, and suggests ways of using a staff to the best advantage. 1470 Wartime Changes in the School Library, by Helen L. Butler. ALA BULLETIN (Merican Library Association, Chicago), April 1943, v. 37, no. 4 s 116-120. Reports conditions in over 225 school libraries. Discusses admin- istrative difficulties, changed teaching methods, effects *on library use, changes in reading, and the librarian’s increased burden. 1471 Wartime Outlook in Library Work with Children, by Irene Smith. LIBRARY JOURNAL (New York), Jan. 1, 1943, v. 68, no, 1 : 26, 27. Considers books a source of stability for children in wartime. Deplores shortage of childrens’ librarians and inadequacy of dis- tributing agencies and book funds. • 1472 The Wisconsin War Records Commission, by Elmer Plischke'. WISCONSIN MAGAZINE OF HISTORY (Madison), Dec. 1942, v. 26. no. 2 : 191-202. Describes Wisconsin’s arrangements for a War Records Commission to gather materials for a history of the state’s part in the second Florid War. XXIII. THE SCIENCES AND THE WAR. A. Medicine 1473 American Medicine and the War, by Dr. Morris Fishbein. DELAWARE STATE MEDICAL JOURNAL (Wilmington), Dec. 1942, v. 14, no. 12 : 237-240. Describes the work of the.Medical Procurement and Assignment Service in supplying physicians for military and civilian needs. Considers the importance of research on war problems. 1474 An Appraisal of the Medical Department at Mar, by Major General James C. Magee. MILITARY SURGEON (Washington), Feb. 1943, v. 92, no. 2 : 113-119. Enumerates notable achievements in medical and surgical treatment after Pearl Harbor, by the Medical Department. 1475 Aviation Medicine, by David N. Grant. HOSPITALS (Chicago), May 1943, v. 17, no. 5 : 25-27. Discusses various special health problems which relate to aviation,sue •a s emotional strains,, pilot fatigue, lack of oxygen, and vision at different altitudes. Discusses aviation medicine from a pre- ventive standpoint. 1476 Bacterial Warfare, by Col. Leon A. Fox. JOURNAL OF LABORATORY AND CLINICAL MEDICINE (St. Louis), Feb. 1943, v. 28, no. 5 : 539 - 553. Discusses various fatal diseases and methods of transmitting them and indicates the practicability of employing such diseases in bacterial warfare. Also indicates that modern military sanitary precautions make the use of bacterial warfare more difficult. 1477 Blitz Medical Services in England and What They Teach Us, by Huntington Williams. ILLINOIS HEALTH MESSENGER (Illinois Dept, of Public Health, Springfield), March 1 and 15, 1943, v. 15, nos. 5 and 6 : 26-30. (Biblio. Discusses first aid, ambulance service, hospital services, civil defense in industry, welfare services and gas warfare and offers rec- oKmonde programs in the United States. 1478 Bleeding for Our Country, by Joseph Werech. FACTS (Chicago), Feb. 1943, v. 2, no. 2 i 58-61. Discusses the vital part blood plasma is playing in the war. Also traces the development of blood transfus ions. 1479 Blood Substitutes, by Mona Gardner. LIBERTY (New York), Feb. 6, 1943, v. 20, no. 6 s 26-27, 73-74, photos. Describes the contribution which blood substitutes, a war discovery, have made to medicine. » 4 1480 Blueprint for Health in the Tropics, by Capt. Lucius W. Johnsen. HYGEIA (Chicago), Apr. 1943, v. 21, no. 4 : 260-261, 281-283. Discusses the effect tropical climate has on the human body and gives a few simple rules of diet and sanitary precautions that will make it possible for the average person to live healthfully in the tropics. XXIII. THE SCIENCES AND THE WAR;1(Cont.-) 1481 Dysentery and Diarrhea in Wartime, by Sir -p. H. Manson-Bahr. MODERN MEDICINE (Minneapolis), March 1943, v. 11, no. 3 ; 51-52. Describes new drugs used in the treatment of acute and chronic bacillary dysentary, which was the second most important war disease in the last war. 1482 Flies, Fleas and Lice, by J. Davidson. MODERN MEDICINE (New York), Jan. 1943, v. 11, no. 1 : 105-108. Tells of the diseases carried by these agents and suggests methods for their elimination. 1483 The Importance of Spas in the Military and Defense Program, by Walter S. McClellan. (REPRINTED from" the JOURNAL OF THE ARKANSAS MEDICAL SOCIETY, Nov. 1942), 7 p., tables, (Bibliog.) Discusses a program of'spa mobilization for the care of certain typos of war casualties, and the part which State• Medical Societies might play in backing this program. 1484 Learning to Fight Tropical Diseases, by Ella Hasonjaeger and Helen Buck. TRAINED NURSE AND HOSPITAL REVIEW (New York), March 1943,"vT 110, no. 3 : 187-190, chart. Contains explanation of a chart which deals with tropical diseases. GJiart headings arc? principal way the disease is spread; incubation period; period of communicability; degree of transmissibility; products for immunization and treatment; and control measures. 1485 Lifcsavcrs, by Mildred Danforth Kibbic. AMERICAN LEGION MAGAZINE (Chicago), May 1943, v. 34, no. 5 ; 20-21, 54, 60-61. • Discusses the extent to which the various sulfa drugs are, saving life arid limb in this war. Describes the almost magic help of the sulfa ■ drugfPthc evacuation from Dunkirk and -says that in every battlcfront around the world -they constitute first aids to the surgeon. 1486 Manual for the Microscopical Diagnosis of Malaria in Man, by Airncc Wilcox. U. S. Public Health Service. Washington, U. S. Govt. Print. Off., 1943. 39 p., illus. (Bibliog.) (National Institute of Health Bulletin No. 180) Designed to aid the student of malaria and the microscopist in the diagnosis of the disease. 1487 Manual of Standard Practice of Plastic and Maxillofacial Surgery; Pre- pared -and Edited by the Subcommittee on Plastic and Maxillofacial Surgery of the Committee on Surgery of the Division -of Medical Sciences of the National Research Council and Representatives of the Medical Department, U. S. Army... Philadelphia, W. B. Saunders, 1942. xiii, 432 p., illus. 1488 The Medical Bulletin of the Veterans1 Administration. U. S. Veterans’ Administration, Jan. 1943. v. 19, no. 3. Washington, U. 3. Aovt. Print. Off., 1943. 117 p. Contains special articles and case reports concerning methods of dealing with various diseases and injuries. XXIII. THE SCIENCES AND THE WAR (Gont.) 1489 The Medical Department of the United States Army. MAR DOCTOR (New York), Nov.-1942, v. 1, no. 7 : 3-5. Discusses the varied activities 6f the IT. S. Amy Medical Department. 1490 Medical Miracles of Tar, by Joseph Hirsh and Leonard Allen. TOMORROW (New York), Jan. 1943, v. 2, no. 5 : 43-46. Reviews many new devices being used in the prevention of disease and treatment of vrounds in the armed services. 1491 Medicine, by L. D. Carson. FLYING (Chicago), Feb. 1943, v. 32, no. 2 : 160-162, 232, 234. Describes the geographical problems of a global war, such as varying temperature, the delivery of medicine to United States soldiers, and •the work of the flight surgeon. 1492 Medicine in the War and After, by Morris Fishbcin. UNIVERSITY REVIEW (Kansas City,Mo.). Spring 1943, v. 9, no. 3 : 151-156. Discusses trends of s cicntific medical research; nutrition; now methods of protection against aviation hazards; and postwar medical services . > 1493 Memoranda on Medical Diseases in Tropical Areas, 1942. Groat Britain, War Office. London, H« M. Stat. off., 1942. 305 p., illus. 1494 A New Field—Aviation Medicine. ROCHE REVIEW (Hut ley, N. J.), Feb. 1943, v. 7, no. 5 ; 153-169. Deals with the history and problems of aviation medicine, qualifications Aviation personnel, psychia.tric problems, arid the flight surgeon’s duties. 1495 Pain, Blackout, by Myron Stearns. SATURDAY EVENING POST (Philadelphia), Jan. 2, 1943, v. 215, no. 27 : 20-21*. Shows how new drugs and gases plus new methods of administration have revolutionized the science of anesthesia. Discusses the importance of those discoveries to the armed forces. 1496 Refugee Crops, by Glenn Sonnedccker. SCIENCE NEWS LETTER (Washington), April 3, 1943, v. 43, no. 14 : 214-215, illus. Tells of various medicinal plants, formerly grown in far parts of the world, which are now being grown in America to ease war shortages. 1497 Research on the March •’ Proprietary Medicines Advance on the Pharma- ceutical Research Front, by Harold Hutchins. AMERICAN DRUGGIST (New York), May 23, *1943, v. 107, no. 5 ; 36-39, 123, illus. Outlines research methods and organization in use at numerous individ- ual commercial plants. Stresses the importance of and need for ade- quately trained researchers. ■ XXIII. THE SCIENCES AND THE WAR (Cont.) ,1498- The-- Role of Contemporary Modioino in the Current War Effort, by Joseph Rogers Darnall. "JOURNAL OF LABORATORY AND CLINICAL MEDICINE (Richmond), Jan. 1943, v. 28, no. 4 : 383-387. Reviews some of the outstanding medical achievements since 1914 and outlines the contributions that are now being made by medicine toward the successful prosecution of the war. 1499 A Survey of Allergy in a Station Hospital, by Captain Philip Blank. MILITARY SURGEON (Washington), April 1943, v. 92, no. 4 : 419-423. Asserts that the disposition of cases seen in an. allergy clinic is far more important than the actual treatment. Evidences of environmental conditions, sensitivities and past history are all important in deciding the disposition of a case. 1500 (Studies of Tropical Pathology) Estudios de Patalogia Tropical, por el Dr. David R, Iriarto. Caracas, Venezuela, Imprenta de la Loteria, 1942. 316 p., illus. A study of tropical diseases by a professor of bacteriology and par-• as i to logy of the University of Caracas. 1501 The United States Pharmacopoeia and the War, by Virgil E. Simpson. KENTUCKY MEDICAL JOURNAL (Bowling Green, Ky.), Anril 1943, v/'41, no. 4 : 116-119. Discusses the effects of the war on the drug trade in creating shortages and placing additional demands upon the drug industry. 1502- The War and Socialized Medicine. DRUG AND COSMETIC INDUSTRY (New York), March 1943, v. 52, no. 3 : 266-267. Says that organized medicine is alarmed over the coming socialization of medicine. It is estimated that more than 75,000 doctors of the country will be in the Armed Forces by the end of the war and that the government will have to make provision for their maintenance on their return. Socialized medicine appears to be the solution. 1503 War Endocrinology and Recent Progress, by James H. Hutton, CLINICAL MEDICINE (Waukegan, 111.), Jan. 1943, v. 50, no. 1 : 10-14. Explains how to use clinical studies for diagnosing endocrine disorders during a period when elaborate tests are impracticable because of personnel shortages. 1504 War Medicine, by Orlen J. Johnson, Leonard G, Rowntree, and others. PENNSYLVANIA MEDICAL JOURNAL (Harrisburg), Dec. 1942, v. 46, no. 3; 191-203. Discussion of medicine and the war which includes Wartime Medicine and ; • Selective Service, The Medical Profession’s Part in the War Industrial . Effort, and Question and Answer Period of Symposium on War Medicine. XXIII. THE SCIENCES AND THE JAR (Gont.)' B. Other Sciences Ahead - Hew Industrial Horizons, by Ward Gates. MAGAZINE 0? WALL STREET (Hew York), Dec. 26, 1942, v, 71, no. 6: 271-273, 311-312. Gives examples of the rapid progress of science since the beginning of the war, in the fields of electronics, petroleum, production of light metals and others. 1506 Anglo-American Co-Operation in the Scientific Field, by Sir Alfred Egerton. ENGLISH-SPEAKING WORLD INCORPORATIHG THE LANDMARK (London), Feb.-March, 194-3, v. 24, no. 11 ; 196-199. Describes some of the American Foundations such as the Rockefeller Foundation and what they have done to foster collaboration in science and provide the means for advancing science in countries outside the United States. Particular mention is made of the close collaboration between Britain and the United States. 1507 (Biology and the War) Biologiia i veins, by L. A. Orbeli. POD ZHAMEHEM MARKCIZMA (Moscow), 1942, no. 5-6 : 100-109. Surveys some of the biological research going on in Russia that is of direct and indirect importance to the war and some of the military problems biology has to consider. P508Chemical Profession and the War, by C. F. Prutton. CHEMICAL BULLETIN (Chicago), March 1943, v. 30, no. 3 ; 77-79. Notes the contributions of chemistry to World Wars I and II. Considers also the problem of maintenance of chemical manpower during the war, in view of these contributions. on the Battle Front, by Edgar M. Queeny. TECH ENGINEERING HEWS (Cambridge, Mass.), Dec. 1942, v. 24, no. !• 5-7. Discusses the contributions of chemistry and the chemical industry in providing entirely new materials of strategic war value and in helping to convert old materials into more effective weapons. N 1510Tho Mobilization of Science in National Defense, by Frank B. Jewett. New York, Bell Telephone Laboratories, 1942. 16 p. Sketches the set-up of organized civilian research and development created by the war emergency. 1511 (Organization and Accomplishments of German Science) Organization et Travaux de la Science Allcmande, by Dr. Hans Hartmann. GAHIERS FRANCO- ALLEMANDS (Berlin), Fob. 1942, v. 9, no. 2 : 45-51. Reviews the progress of current German research in the fields of chemistry, physics, aeronautics, biology and other sciences. 1512 (Physics and War) Fizika i voina,by A, F. Ioffe. POD ZNAMENEM MARKCIZMA (Moscow), 1942, no. 5-6 ; 90-99. Discusses the role of Soviet physics institutes and physicists in the war, and some of the general military problems physicists must solve. , : 'XXIII. THE 3GIMCES AND THE WAR. (Cent.) 1513 Physicists in Demand, by Frank Theme. JUNIOR RED CROSS JOURNAL (Wash- ington), Jan. 1943, v. 19, no. 5 : 136-138, illus. , : .•Discusses some of the work that physicists do in wartime, the need for physicists, and requirements for a career as a physicist. 1514 Proceedings of the Eighth American Scientific Congress Held in Washington May 10-18, 1940, Under the Auspices of The Government of'the United States of America. Volume 5, Agriculture and Conservation. Washington, U. S. Dept, of State, 1942. 348 p. •Includes the;results of recent scientific studies on such topics as land utilization, soil conservation, reclamation, forest and wildlife p . servation • and management, rubber and sugar production, crop diseases air pests• 1515 Proceedings of--War Service Meeting of Association of Consulting Chemists and Chemical Engineers, Inc. At Headquarters of Electrical Testing Laboratories, Inc., Dec. 7, 1942. New York, Association of Consulting Chemists and Chemical Engineers, 1942. 29 p. Purpose of meeting was to consider the assistance being rendered by independent consultants and laboratories in the war effort and exploration of means of rendering greater service. 1516 Regionalism, Science and the Peace Settlement, by George A* Lundberg. SOCIAL FORCES (Chapel Hill), Dec. 1942, v. 21,.mo. 2 : 131-137. A critique of regionalism, including some of its practical aspects in the international field. Examines the apparent present conflict between what is scientifically advisable and what is politically possible • 1517 Report of the National Roster of Scientific and Specialized Personnel to the National Resources Planning Board. June 1942. Washington, U. S. Govt. Print. Off., 1942. 47 p. Contents include organization of the National Roster, its operation, the use,of its data, implications of the R-ster for national personnel Xll with education and vocational guidance and post- war .planning. 1518 (Research and Progress) Forskning og Framatskridande, av Axel F. Enstrom. INDUSTRIEIDNINGSN NORDEN (Stockholm), Jan. 6, 1943, no. 1; 1-3. Says that the war, to some degree, has stimulated the work in the physical sciences. 1519 Science and Scientists During the War and After. SCIENCE AND CULTURE (Calcutta), Dec. 1942, v. 8, no. 6 : 241-245. Discusses the role scientists are playing in the war, recommends the use of census of scientists, reviews the work of universities and research institutes, the importance of physics in industry, and the need for good administration in research. XXIII. THE SCIENCES AND THE WAR. (Cont.) 1520 Science and War-Effort in Great Britain and India. SCIENCE AND CULTURE (Calcutta), Sept. 1942, v. 8, no. 3 : 95-98. Claims that the best use is not being made in the United Kingdom and India of science and scientists for a strong war effort. Says that the attitude of industry and Government is responsible for the failure to utilize science and scientists to the fullest extent. 1521 Science and World Orders The Report of the British Association for the Advancement of Science. ADVANCEMENT OF SCIENCE (London), Jan. 1942, v. 2, no. 5., 117 p. Transactions of a conference of the Division for Social and Inter- national Relations of Science. Includes papers by various authors under the headings Science and Government; Science and Hunan Needs; Science and World Planning; Science and Technological Advance; Science and Postwar Relief; Science and The World Mind. i 1522 Science, Common Sense and Decency, by Irving Langmuir. VITAL SPEECHES OF THE DAY (New York), Jan. 15, 1943, v, 9, no. 7s 207-211. Discusses the accomplishments of science. Notes the difficulty in a scientific approach to economic problems, and in attempting to solve human relations. Recommends that people develop and follow a "sense of morality snd decency." A- •■■■■■■■' ’ ' ' 1523 Science, War and Human Progress, by Dr. Robert A. Millikan. New York, National Association of Manufacturers of the United States of America, 1943. 18 p. Address before th$ ’War Congress of .American Industry. Counsels social, as well as individual, morality in the world of the future. 1524 Scientific, Technical, Inventive and Industrial Mobilization for War, by Dr. Gustav Sgloff. CHEMIST (New York), April 1943, v, 20, no. 4 : 227-246. Attributes the results obtained in■the development of production to the inventiveness, ingenuity, and resourcefulness of .American scien- tists, technologists and industrial management. 1525 Technology and Human Relations, by Carleton S. Coon. PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY OF ARTS AND SCIENCES; • PAPERS ON POST-WAR PROBLEMS (Boston), Oct. 1942, v. 75, no. 1 : 23-27. Discusses the important changes technology has brought to civilization, and its place in the post-war period. 1526 Things to Come; How Science May Shape the Next Twenty-five Years, by Ralph W. Gerard, William F. Ogburn, and Gerald L. Wendt. Chicago, Uni- versity of Chicago, Jan. 3, 1943. 29 p. (University of- Chicago Round Table, no. 250). Concludes that education that prepares people for change and planning in all phases of life is essential. XXIV, ARTS UNDER THE IMPACT OF WAR A. Music 1527 Creative Music and the War-, by Lilia Bello Pitts. MUSIC EDUCATORS JOURNAL (Chicago), Jan. 1943, v. 29, no. 3 : 7-8. Tolls of various governmental war projects, such as the Victory Corps program, which provide an incentive to original musical creation in the schools. 1528 Music and Lyrics for Musical Comedies and Revues ... For Use Exclusively in Military and Naval Establishments by Personnel of the Armed Forces of the United States. Edited and compiled by the Writers and Material Committee of U. S. 0. Camp Shows, Inc, New York, 1943. 236 p. (AT EASE, vol. 3) A collection of published and unpublished songs and lyrics dealing with the every-day life and thoughts of men in the armed services. 1529 Music in our Army Camps, by John Parker. SOUTHWESTERN MUSICIAN (Denton, Texas), Nov.-Dec. 1942, v. 9, no. 2:8. Tolls of the importance of music to army morale and describes musical activities of the USO. B. Other Arts 1530 Art—Psychiatry—War, by Vernon Clark. DESIGN (Co 1 umbus ), Jan. 1943, v. 44, no. 5 : 12-13. Discusses the use of art programs and art education in dealing with psychiatric problems caused by the war. 1531 Cartooning in Wartime America, by William Murrell. ART NEWS (New York), April 1-14, 1943, v. 42, no. 4 s 9-12, 27, illus. Discusses the function of the cartoonist in wartime and believes his work to be one of the most effective elements in promoting and sus- taining civilian morale. 1532 Children's Art and the War, by Victor D'Amico. DESIGN (Columbus), Jan. 1943, v. 44, no. 5 : 6-10. Finds that the war is of major concern to children as revealed in the subject matter of their art studies. 1533' Current War Cartoons Follow Patterns of World War I and of Earlier Wars, by Paul Flowers. • OHIO NEWSPAPER (Ohio State University, Columbus), March 1943, v. 23, no. 6 ; 3, 6-7. Surveys types of cartoons and subject-matter most in use. 1534 Medical Art and Photography Enlist for the Duration. JOURNAL OF THE BIOLOGICAL PHOTOGRAPHIC ASSOCIATION (Milwaukee), March 1943, v. 11, no. 3 s 100-102. Discusses Army and civilian needs for medical photography. XXIV. ARTS UNDER TEE IMPACT OF WAR (Cont.) 1535 The National Gallery in War-Time, by F. Ian G. Rawlins. 'NATURE (London), Jan. 30, 1943, v. 151, no. 3822 : 123-128. Discusses the wartime problems of the National Art Gallery in London, shelter protection, protection of paintings from the atmosphere. 1536 The Painters Interpret the War, FORTUNE (Now York), Mar. 1943, v. 27, no. 3 : 107-112, Ulus. Includes colored reproductions of war paintings by famous artists. Men- tions war photography. 1537 War and the Liberal Arts, by Irwin Edman. NATION (New York), March 6, 1943. v. 156, no. 10 : 337-339. Discusses the detrimental effect the war is having on institutions of higher learning and the degree to which the schools themselves are responsible for this effect. XXV. EFFECTS OF THE WAR ON LANGUAGE 1538 The Status of Foreign Languages in Wartime, by Sister Rosa. CATHOLIC EDUCATIONAL REVIEW (Washington), May 1943, v. .41, no. 5 : 295-298. Believes that the study of foreign languages is an important contribu- tion to the war effort. Tolls of editors and publishers of French, C German and Spanish works engaged in preparing for immediate use, mili- tary readings, who look upon this as a unit of national defense. I 1539 War ’Words, Recommended Pronunciations, by W. Cabell Greet. New York, Columbia University Press, 1943. 137 p. This list, prepared for the purpose of assisting speakers of the Columbia Broadcasting System, contains the recommended pronunciation of geographical names, names of well-known war personages, and common words whose pronunciation is debatable. XXVI. LITERATURE IN WAR TIME * 1540 The Battle for Books, by Curtice Hitchcock. ATLANTIC MONTHLY (Boston), May 1943, v. 171, no. 5 : 75-79. Indicates that new books arc scarce in Great Britain because the paper, ink, cloth, and boards from which they arc made, and the manpower for making them, arc so restricted. Tolls how English .publishers have- done their job under bombing and without paper supplies, and discusses the type of books that are being demanded and read. 1541 Books That Shook the World, by Bennett A* Corf. SATURDAY EVENING POST (Philadelphia), April 3, 1943, v. 215, no. 40 ; 19, 84, .86. Examines the changes that have occurred in reading taste between World Wars I and II, finding a greatly increased interest in non-fiction. especially first-hand accounts of the war and of other nations. _ XXVI. LITERATURE IN iM THE (Gent.) 1542 The Classics in War-time, by Jocelyn Toynbee. ANTIQUITY (Gloucester, Eng,), .March 1943, v. 17, no, 65 : 42-45, ■ A report of the meeting of the Hellenic and Roman Societies and the Classical Association held at Oxford, August 29 to September 5, 1942. Indicates that the classics are retained and taught in the midst of the greatest war of all time. 1543 Culture and Nationalism in Europe, by J, M. Batista I, Rcca. WORLD RWIEW (London), Feb. 1943 i 11-17, Reviews the history of the linguistic and literary revivals which devel- oped into cultural and national movements throughout Europe and which- are now threatened with extinction through Naziism. 1544 Czech Poetry under Goman Rule, by Ota Ornest, SPIRIT OF CZECHOSLOVAKIA (London), April 12, 1943, v. 4, no. 4-5 z 41-42. States that Czech writers have not only continued to create, but were the first to continue writing in all of Occupied Europe. Gives statistic o n number of books published- in 1940-1941. 1545 Facets of the War, by George T, Guernsey. COLLEGE ENGLISH (Chicago), April 1943, v, 4, no. 7 : 395 - 402. Comments upon the messages of the current books and indicates that they should bring to the readers an understanding of what we arc fighting for. 1546 Historiography and World War II, by Arthur G. Umscheid, SOCIAL STUDIES (Philadelphia), Jan. 1943, v. 34, no. 1 : 32-37, Discusses the major problems confronting the historian in writing about World War II. 1547 Service of the Enemy—III) Au Service de 1tEnneni--III, [by] Rene Avard. FRANCE LIBRE (London),’Feb. 15, 1943, v. 5, no. 28 : 268-274. Criticism of loading French intellectuals and writers who arc supporting collaboration with Germany. 1548 Literature in This Global War, by Granville Hicks. COLLEGE ENGLISH (Chicago), May 1943, v. 4, no. 8 ; 453-^159, Galls attention to the-relative unpopularity of war fiction as compared to non-fiction war literature. Discusses some of the more important war novels. 1549 Mr, MacLeish, We Arc Not Irresponsible. Washington. Division of Intellect- ual Cooperation, Pan American Union. April 1943. 30 p. (Mimeo.) (Points of View No. 6) An answer from the Latin American intellectuals to Mr. MacLr ish’s essay ”Tho Irrospenaibles." Quotations from a large number of South American writers• . • r • • . . XXVI. LITERATURE IN' WAR TIME (Cont.) 1550 Reading and the War in 1941, by Richard H. Logsdon. MADISON QUARTERLY (Harrisonburg, Va.), Jan. 1942, v. 2, no. 1 : 8-13. Finds that the war has had a marked effect on the type of books that are being written and published. Reviews briefly some of the books most widely read in 1941, which relate to the present crisis. 1551 Religious Books in Wartime, by George N. Shuster.. SATURDAY REVIEW OF LITERATURE (New York), April 3, 1943, v. 26, no. 14 : 22-24. Discusses the growth of religious and their popularity at the present time. 1552 The Rise and Fall of the House of Ullstein, by Herman Ullstein. New York, Simon and Schuster, 1943. 308 p. The story of a great German publishing house - before and after Hitler’s rise to power. The account shows Naziism .in action on the business front. 1553 Shall We Writers Fail Again? SATURDAY REVIEW OF LITERATURE (New York), April 3, 1943, v. 26, no. 14 : 4-9. A round-table discussion of Norman Angell’s article. Participants are: Max Lerner, James Truslow Adams, John Chamberlain, Allan Nevins, Simeon Strunsky, and Norman Angell. 1554 The Tasks of Publishers in the War, by William S]oane. PUBLISHERS’ WEEKLY (New York), Dec. 26, 1942, v. 142, no. 26 : 2505-2508. Four-fold job iff editors in wartime: to make available books of instruc- tion for the armed forces, to aid in the war of ideas, to inform the public of postwar plans, and to maintain freedom of speech. 1555 The Victory Book Campaign, by John M. Connor. ALA BULLETIN (American Library Association, Chicago), June 1942, v. 36, no. 6 s 377, 378, Discusses the distribution of books by the Victory Book Campaign, the type of material collected, and the problem of the distribution of material segregated for use in industrial and devastated areas. XXVII. THEATRE AND MOTION PICTURES * 1556 Construction of War Department Theatres* by Charles WeIpley. JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF MOTION PICTURE ENGINEERS (New York), Jan. 1943, v. 40 : 4-23, illus. An architect of the U. S. Army potion Picture Service tells of the peacetime and wartime growth, design and basic governing principles, in the construction of motion picture theaters in military areas. XXVII. THEATRE AND MOTION PICTURES (Cent.) 1557 Films for America at War. Supplement Humber: to Selected Educational Motion pictures. Washington, American Council on Education, 1942. 97 p. Lists films, gives annotations and contains an index. 1558 Films for the Community in Wartime, by Mary Losey. How York, National Board of Review of Motion Pictures, 1943. 78 p. An annotated list of the representative types of war films available in this country. 1559 Gorman Propaganda Movies in Two Wars, by Alfred W. Rohde, Jr. AMERICAN CINEMATOGRAPHER (Hollywood), Jan. 1943, v. 24, no. 1 :10.11, 28, illus. Reviews various films of the first 'World War, and the interim- period, as well as those being used at present. 1560 Government War Films, by Edgar Dale. WOMANS PRESS (New York), Jan. 1943, v. 37, no. 1 ; 32,33. Lists available films, tells how to obtain and use them. 1561 Hollywood and Minorities, by Bxra Goodman. ASIA AND THE AMERICAS (New York), Jan. 1943, v. 43, no. 1 j 34, 35. Discusses the movie industry's alleged failure to promote the Good-Neighbor policy and' its record in the depicting of foreigners and minorities. 1562 A List of U. S. War Information Films. ' U. S. Office of War Information, Bureau of Motion Pictures. Washington, IT. 3. Govt. Print. Off., April, 1943. 28 p. Lists films issued by a variety of government agencies, with brief annotations as to their contents. Tells how and where those may be rented or bought. 1563 Motion Pictures and the War Effort, by John G. Bradley. JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF MOTION PICTURE ENGINEERS (Society of Motion Picture Engineers, Easton, Pa.), May 1943, v. 40 : 281 - 290. Discusses the importance and significance of motion pictures as a medium of propaganda. 1564 National Socialist Films, by A. Vessel©. NINETEENTH CENTURY AND AFTER (London), March 1943, v. 133, no. 793 : 133-34. Reviews' several popular films in Germany. Says melancholia,neuroti- . cism, madness, ans fanatical self-sacrifice characterize their themes, which forecast the doom of National Socialism. 1565 OWX and Motion Pictures, by Walter Wanger. PUBLIC OPINION QUARTERLY (Princeton, N. J.), Spring 1943, v. 7, no. 1 : 100-110. A motion picture director and President of the Academy of Motion Picture Arts and Sciences, criticizes the policies, personnel and methods of the Motion Picture Bureau of the 0WI. XXVII. THEATRE AND MOTION PICTURES (Cont.) 1566 The Theatre and the Armed Forces. THEATRE ARTS (Now York), March 1943, v. 27, no. 3 : 149-168. Describes a varied program for the diversion and relaxation of army men and says more effective fighting is done by soldiers who get entertainment. 1567 Theatre in Uniform, by Frederic MpConnell, QUARTERLY BULLETIN (National Theatre Conference, Cleveland), April 1943, v. 5, no. 1 ; 17-28. Proposes a permanent and continuing post theatre company which will supplement forms of dramatic entertainment now being supplied to service men. 1568 War Films Every Floridian Should Sec. General Extension Division Record, Gainesville, University of Florida, March, 1943. v. 24, no. 7. 8 p. Lists war film titles and tells how to obtain them.